taht eres! us (ser eee ety ead ge % Poet) aya) en ithe Bay Jak en ie Et “tae a we wna aN : ‘ Tye ’ a Yor Wh apie “hae s ‘ ty Pes Sh Tatts aayie v8 ‘ Doane tiny ies . 450 Hie ned a ‘ re yr Meee * a ib Se yee wt : . Mah). ues ath 5 . : \ "* rr a ee a . 5 * DOR 6 Tine | yeh WLM G'S . =o Cc ee Cee a Che oes spe ve : Ry ngs an soe seme woes * wo Pn OF wees cece “ts ‘ : ied a ‘ ay ‘ fe 8 *x > ‘ 7 : 4 te : , : wa ran es : ere ‘ ' 1% ; : ‘ . ’ nb aes rs vo : ‘ - t ‘ a “ : y 4 : a er) : , ‘ t 4 ’ : 7 . 7 . i : : . £ ds care, ’ . : . tae cr be LP 2A ee gatle : . : 7 eke P . ‘ : . : - WT onie . ‘ ess oe ioe! Be iy ho be . ix Dy # fue , fie ‘ ek Aah so “ ee : ran Fi ree , ne sont , 5 dl, ‘ el 5 rer sony ae e e!ote . ry ‘ ; Yopare Vous pe c : . wt ee. - «% obs é- ee a oe . ry to ees ee ge Re boo . . . - Tos + Pup 4 1 ‘ ‘ ys sh E peredut Te ews F : a ae rip’. teh. hap der oe int a m t See hea at 540 14a SOR oe: oe Aaa) A . on abe = ’ Soot 8 . , +H eae one ’ note e ek ., Po) dig Ot ete «ee ee oo ke tm » 1° ed fae cle a, eeted § Caney Serr ae : ’ be a ae mee Qk oath coe ba, Ct) PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. vf Vol. XXXII. Gi JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1893. PHILADELPHIA : PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY MAC CALLA & COMPANY. 1893. a ee 3 B Name. Date of Election. Present Address. 1995. BACHE, R. MEADE........ Jan’y 18, 1884, Philadelphia. 1832. BACHE, THOMAS HEWson. . . Feb’y 2, 1877, mane 1630, BAIRD, Henry CarEY..... Jan’y 15, 1869, “ 1991. Barrp, HENRY M..... . .. Jan’y 18, 1884, Yonkers, N. Y. 2075. BAKER, WILLIAMS.......: May 21, 1886, Philadelphia. 2191. BALL, ROBERTS, ........ May 15, 1891, Dublin, Ireland. 1936. BARBER, EDWIN ATLEE. .... April 15, 1881, West Chester, Pa. 1818. BARCENA, MARIANO, ...... Feb’y 2, 1877, Mexico. 1741, BARKER, GEORGEF. ..... - April 18, 1873, Philadelphia. 2011. BARKER, WHARTON....... April 18, 1884, a 2144, BARNARD, WILLIAM T...... May 20, 1887, Boonton, N. J. 1902. BARTHOLOW, ROBERTS ..... April 16, 1880, Philadelphia. . 1138, BARTLETT, W.H.C........ April 17, 1840, Yonkers, N. Y. 2119. BASTIAN, ADOLPH........ Dec. 17, 1886, Berlin, Germany. 1968, BELL, ALEXANDER GRAHAM... July 21, 1882, Washington. 1966. BELL, JOSEPH SNOWDEN..... July 21, 1882, Philadelphia. 1802. BELL, LOWTHIAN......... April 21, 1876, Northallerton, England. 2149. BIDDLE, ALEXANDER ...... Feb’y 17, 1888, Philadelphia. “ 2154. BIDDLE, ARTHUR ....... - Dec, 21, 1888, 1920. BIDDLE, CADWALADER ..... Oct. 15, 1880, a 1831. BIDDLE, CRAIG ......... Feb’y 2, 1877, _ 2134. BILLINGS, JOHNS......... Feb’y 18, 1887, Washington, D. C. 2157, BLAIR, ANDREW A........ May 17, 1889, Philadelphia. 1554. BLatirn, THomMasS........ Jan’y 19, 1866, Pittsburgh, Pa. 1669. BLAKE, WILLIAM PHipps .... Oct. 21, 1870, New Haven, Conn. 1790. BLAstus, WILLIAM........ Oct. 15, 1875, Philadelphia. 1700. BLODGET, LORIN... ...... April 19, 1872, & 1444, BOHTLINGK, OTTO. ....... Jan’y 17, 1862, Leipzig, Germany. 2047. BONWILL, W.G.A........ Oct. 16, 1885, Philadelphia. 1126. Boyk, MarRTIN H.. ...... Jan’y 17, 1840, Coopersburg, Pa. 1826. BRACKETT, Cyrus Focc..... Feb’y 2, 1877, Princeton, N. J. 2088. BRANNER, JOHN C........ May 21, 1886, Palo Alto, Cal. 2195. BREZINA, ARISTIDES....... May 21, 1886, Vienna, Austria. 1636. BRINTON, DANIEL G...... . April 16, 1869, Philadelphia, 2069. BRINTON, JOHN H. ...... - Feb'y 19, 1886, . 1745. BRITTON, J. BLODGETT. .... Oct. 17, 1873, a 2080. BRooOKs, WILLIAM KEITH. ... May 21, 1886, Baltimore, Md. 1881. BROWN, ARTHUR ERWIN .... April 18, 1879, Philadelphia. 1833. BROWN-SEQUARD, E........ Jan’y 20, 1854, Paris, France. 1614. BruGsH, HENRI. .... -... Jan’y 15, 1869, Berlin, Prussia. 1547, BRUSH, GEORGE J.. ....... Jan’y 20, 1865, New Haven, Conn. 1658. BULLOCK, CHARLES ....... Oct. 15, 1869, Philadelphia. 1452, BUNSEN, ROBERT W........ Jan’y 17, 1862, Heidelberg, Germany. Mend; HORM SROBE Voss. 6 st ate Jan’y 18, 1884, bs 1988, BUTLER, WILLIAM........ April 15, 1881, West Chester, Pa. 1788. CAMPBELL, JOHN LYLE ..... July 16, 1875, Crawfordsville, Ind. 1606, CANBY, WILLIAM MARRIATT.. . Oct. 16, 1868, Wilmington, Del. 2051. CANNIZZARO, TOMMASO ..... Oct. 16, 1885, Messina, Italy. 1781. CAPELLINI, GIOVANNI. ..... April 18, 18738, Bologna, Italy. 1796. CARLL, J. F............ Oct. 15, 1875, Pleasantville, Pa. 2180, CARRILLO, CRESCENCIO ..... Dec. 17, 1886, Merida, Yucatan. 1911, CaRSON, HAMPTONL....... April 16, 1880, Philadelphia. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 8Oc, xxxr. 142. 2V. PRINTED JAN. 17, 1894. AES TIES A sectaatanm i, eae 4 Name. Date of Election. Present Address. 1707. CASSATT, ALEXANDER JOHNSON. Oct. 18, 1872, Philadelphia. 2147. CASTNER, SAMUEL, JR. ..... Dec. 16, 1887, vf 2152. CATTELL, J. MCKEEN...... May 18, 1888, New York, N. Y. 1675. CATTELL, WILLIAMC....... Jan’y 20, 1871, Philadelphia. 1908. CHANCE, HENRY MARTYN ... April 16, 1880, iy 1788. CHANDLER, C.F. ..... © « April 16, 1875, New York, N. Y. 1778. CHAPMAN, HENRY C....... April 16, 1875, Philadelphia. 2132. CHARENCEY, COMTE HYACINTH DE Dec. 17, 1886, St. Maurice les Charencey France. 2111, CHILDs, GEORGE W........ Dec. 17, 1886, Philadelphia. 2158. CLARK, CLARENCE H....... May = 17, 1889, ia 1717. CLARKE, THOMASC........ Jan’y 17, 1873, New York, N. Y. 19838. CLAYPOLE, E.W. ........ Jan’y 19, 1883, Akron, Ohio. 1876. CLOISEAUX, DES,A. ,...... Oct. 18, 1879, Paris, France. 1999. COHEN, J.SOLIS........+. Jan’y 18, 1884, Philadelphia. 2005. COLERIDGE, LORD. ....... Jan’y 18, 1884, London, England, 1555. Copz, EDWARD D......... Jan’y 19, 1866, Philadelphia. 1867. COPPEE, HENRY ......... Jan’y 18, 1856, Bethlehem, Pa. 2120, CoRA, GUIDO .....%+... +. Dee 17, 188,~ Turin, Italy. 1867. CouES, ELLIOTT. ........ Sept. 20, 1878, Washington, D. C. 1662, Cox,J.D,....+2++..-.--. April 15, 1870, Cincinnati, O. 1672. CoxE, ECKLEY B........+. Oct. ~21, 1870, Drifton, Pa. , 2207, CRAMP, CHARLES H....... Dec. 16, 1892, Philadelphia, 1836. CRANE, THOMASF. ....... Feb’y 2, 1877, Ithaca, N. Y. 2100. CROOKES, WILLIAM ....... May. 21, 1886, London, England, 2172, CrUZ, FERNANDO (of Guatemala) Dec. 20, 1839, 1439. CURWEN, JOHN... ....-.. April 18, 1861, Warren, Pa. D 1567. Da Costa, J.M.......... Oct. 19, 1866, Philadelphia, 2214. DALY, CHARLES P.,....... May 19, 1898, New York, N. Y. 1854, DANA, JAMESD.. .. 1806, DANNEFELD, C. JUHLIN . » +. July 21, 1854, New Haven, Conn. ... April 21, 1876, Stockholm, Sweden. 1516. DAUBREE, A. .........-. July 17, 1863, Paris, France. 1811. DAVENPORT, SAMUEL....... Oct. 20, 1876, Adelaide, S. Australia. 1557. DAVIDSON, GEORGE... ..... Jan’y 19, 1866, San Francisco, Cal. 1923, DAWKINS, WILLIAMB...... Oct. 15, 1880, Manchester, England. 1468. Dawson, JOHNW........ As) & S — z 1696, HouGH, GEORGE W........ Jan’y 19, 1872, Evanston, Ill. * 1698. Houston, Epwin J........ Jan’y 19, 1872, Philadelphia. 2143. HousTON, HENRY H....... May 20, 1887, ” 2084. HOVELACQUE, ABEL. ...... May 21, 1886, Paris, France. 1843. HumpHREY,H.C........ July 20, 1877. 2211. HUMPHREY, JAMES ELLIS. ... Dec. 16, 1892, Amherst, Mass, 16238, HUXLEY, THOMAS HENRY.... Jan’y 15, 1869, London, England. 1426. HyrrL, JOSEPH ......... July 20, 1860, Vienna, Austria. ; p , 2052, IM THURN, EVERARD F...... Oct. 16, 1885, Georgetown, British Guiana. 2221. D’INVILLIERS, EDWARD VINCENT. May 19, 1893, Philadelphia. 1773, INGHAM, WM. ARMSTRONG. ... April 16, 1875, “ 2010, JAMES, EpMUNDJ........ April 18, 1884, Philadelphia. 1933. JANNET, CLAUDIO. ....... April 15, 1881, Paris, France. 2049. JAYNE, HORACE. ........ Oct. 16, 1885, Philadelphia. 1954, JEFFERIS, WILLIAMW...... Jan’y 20, 1882, Ley 2017. JORDAN, FRANCIS, JR... .... April 18, 1884, a pheaeet see eT f S oat hetajige ia ew ive ing ve 4 rave ces! @ailts 4 ; lle ri 7: poo laa EAA erent « R . H.—Hé/ilisuk:, : Héiltsuk’ Dialect. G.—Gyit’ama’t, Gyit’uma’t Dialect. ¢ Kwakiutl Dialect. The literature of this language is very scanty. The following writings are of importance : W. Fraser Toimie and Groraz M. Dawson, Comparative Vocabu- laries of the Indian Tribes of British Columbia. Montreal, 1884, G. M. Dawson, Vocabulary in 7rans. Royal Soc. of Canada, 1887, ii. A. Hau, A Grammar of the Kwagiutl Language, Z’rans. Royal Soc. of Canada, 1888, ii, pp. 59-105. F. Boas, ‘*Grammatical Notes on the Kwakiutl Language,” in the ‘Sixth Report of the Committee on the Northwestern Tribes of Canada,”’ Proc. British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1890. 1892.) ~ 39 : (Boas: Tne GosPEt according to Saint John, translated into the Qagitl Lan- guage. London, 1834 (by Rev. A. F. Hatt). THE GosPEL according to Saint Matthew, translated into the Qa gatl (or Quoquols) Language. By Rev. A. F. Hauu. London, 1882. The following alphabet has been used; the vowels have their conti- nental sounds : &—=ay in law. E=¢ in flower. Consonants.—The foilowing consonants require a special description : k’, g’, k, g, ky (ku), gy. This isa series of k sounds beginning with the posterior guttural k’, passing through the ordinary & to the anterior palatal ky. There is a ten- dency in the Héiltsuk’ dialect to transform ky and gy intokandg. The distinction between sonans and media is here, as in many other Indian languages, exceedingly difficult, and it may be that to the Indian ear there is no real distinction between both classes. The same is true in the case of labials and dentals. 8s and c (= English sh) are evidently modi- fications of the same sound ; 8 is always pronounced with open teeth and post-alveolar position of the tip of the tongue. Thus it obtains a simi- larity with ¢, while the latter partakes in the same way of the character- istics of s. q, Q, 1 correspond to k, k, ky, the first being the German guttural ch in ach, the last the German palata! ch in ich, the Q an intermediate sound like ch in the Westphalian dialect. The vowels of the Kwakiutl language are extremely variable, and I have not been able to ascertain satisfactorily the meaning of lengthening and shortening, of apparent contractions and dieresis. I had, therefore, to confine myself to give the various forms which I obtained from the Indians. We find a series of very indistinct vowels which are not articu- lated, but indicated by position of the mouth. The most frequent among these is uw following a terminal k, for which I have used the sign ‘; for instance, in the passive participle —k‘. In compounds, when a syllable follows the —x‘ the wu is often articulated. : Pauses in words are very frequent, and are almost always accom- panied by an increased stress of the preceding consonant. I have found it impossible in this language to distinguish clearly between consonants articulated with ordinary stress and increased stress, although the latter are undoubtedly found, p. ¢., ky’é, no. Boas. ] 36 [ Nov. 18, VOCABULARY. A. to be able to compete with somebody, N. la’kyusta (—usta, up); wi'- kyusta, not to be able to get up against (wi, negation ; —usta, up)—to rise opposite to some- body ? about, —uili(la) ; N. tlé’kuilila, mov- ing about; lakuilila, camping about, here and there (\Ek‘u’la, to camp). above, N. L.aiku, aikya ; H. G.aika ; N. aikyak‘au’é, wppermost (—k:aué, farthest in a certain direction) ; L. ai’/kyaqala, from above (—uqa, down ; —la, verb. suf.) ; L. aikyak‘E/muit, to look up (—k'E’m, surface of round thing = fuce ; — Hit, v. a.); tlaq- k-o-it aiku, evening sky—red above ; G. au/kyoa, upper side (see On top of); H. ma/tea, to Sly above. to abuse one another, H. laa’lk‘au. to ache, Ly. ts’é/sila (see Sick). across, N. —uitla(la); 14/lauitlala, or Ja/lndtla, always going across (la—, to go). Adam’s apple, H. (—qfoa, neck). adrift (see On surface of water). adze, HB, Wa/k’oabala (same type as the Pacific Island adze); towai’t (D-shaped handle with blade at- tached to its flat side); Ulé’q- kauul, afraid, N. ky’é/t\lala; L. ky’é/tlen, J am—; 8. w0's8; w0/stnd/gua, or lend/gua w0/sile, Jam—. to make afraid, N. ts'e/ntiyim ; ts’#/ntikya, to be—, after, behind, N. w'leqtlé; a/tlin, w/laqtlitl, J will go after him. afternoon, BH, Uky&’qa. k”’6k‘oqa/oa again, N. hé'’ét; e/télis, again in earth. ago, long ago, L kcait/tlutl; H. k-aia’tlutl’ats (—ats, distant, in- visible). agreeable noise, H. aikn’é/kala (aiku, good ; —kala, noise). ahead, N. lalak‘a, to go ahead; (lak‘a, to pass by, from; la, to go; —k’a, reaching); La‘la- k-ayi/k‘oa, name of female = made to go ahead. air, H. na’la. ° alder, N. tl’a’k*Omis (t]’A’k°0, red ; —mis, tree); H. G. tla’kotas (from : red). alive, N. k‘o/la; k-o/lasta, water of life (—sta, water). au, L. k’’a'laué, N. na’qua, H. agy, G. wa’qau ; that ts all, L. leEm- k‘oa/tla, H. au k‘oa/tl, alone, N. nfi/nawa; na/nawalaqisé’- aq’énoqg, one who wants to work alone ; N. nEm0/k‘ (nEm, one); Nem6/kuis, the only one on earth ; Nemd’kyustilis, the only one who came up out of earth (—usta, up; —lis, ground) ; Nem0/kua, alone on rock (—a, stone, rock) ; Nemo/kuak‘amé, all alone on rock (—k'ame, su- perlative) ; Nem6’kuitsalis, alone on prairie (—itsalis, flat open country). — to eat, drink, work alone, N. - na/quia. along, N. —nta(la). — long object, N. —nitsEntala (along side of); k Atsnitsentala, to walk along long object. —— flat object, N. —unqgeEntala (—ingé, edge) ; k &/senqEntala, towalk along flat object; BH. (6n6/olsa, to walk along plank. 1892. | always, N. —tl; ama/qutatl, always giving away coppers (ama’qut, to give away coppers) ; hia’qk‘o- latl, always giving away blankets (ia’k-ola, to give away blankets) ; hama/lagyilatl, always giving anmay blankets (ma/lé, to dis- tribute blankets ; —gyilis, earth, always) ; baqbaku/latl, always eating human flesh (baqba’k*, eating human flesh, from bek‘, man). —N. gyilis, literally: on earth ; ham4@/lagyilatl, always distribut- ing blankets; winA/lagyilis, always fighting; hamp’lagyi- litlen, ZT eat always in house (ham—, to eat ; —itl, in house) ; hamE'lagyilisen, J eat always on beach(—is, on beach); Ni/Uk-ala- gyilis, always acting foolishly. among, N. H. G. —ak'a; N. neq’- ak‘f/la, to pull out of a bag; doq’ok'a’/la, to look among —; ain’ak‘f/la, good among others ; wii'lak-a, to lead Hamatsa around afler Tsétsa/ék'a; HB. 1é/lvak‘a, to search among ; p’épéya’k'a, to feel among ; G. du/mduk‘ak:a, to look everywhere among. ancestor, N. gyangyila/itl = first of house (gyil, first ; —itl, house). anchor stone, H. kvalia/ois (-—is, in water) ; G. t’ayayai/a. to anchor ; Ib. md/koanut, cast an- chor ! (see To tie); H. tle mé/n’- énEm, to anchor ; G. Uayaia’q, canoe is at anchor. to angle, L. tla/k'a, k’é/ta, HL. t’Opha/ ; to drop hook into water, L. ts’E/qstEnta k-’é/taid. angry, L. @/en, N. tla/uis; tl’r/- tiespis, expert in anger (—pis, expert); H. hai/lala (= angry noise ; —ala, noise); hailalak’s, 37 [ Boas. angry noise woman (—k’s, fe- male). animal, H. sisa’kwimis ; a certain —, k’a/iskat6, large ear (kas, large ; —ato, ear). ankle, L. k-oa/tlk-ok’, H. k-0/k’a- nutl (perhaps: foot side), G. k‘au/k 6matl. antless, L. N. H. wutle’/m. anus, I. po/laqstée (—qstée, hind part of body), H. ama’kyas. apron, L. tsip (borrowed from Oo- mox), G. SE/paqstéya (—qstéya, hind part of body). arm, L. N. a/yaso, H. haia’sd, G. ha/is6. —— above elbow, N. H. dgsiapée’ ; skin of —, N. tl’étséapé, H. k’uk’utséa’pé. armor made of wood or skin, Hi. pa’- kcaitem., armptts, H. da’dok‘ola/tsé (—atsé, receptacle). to arrange bed, GL. heitla/lit; HB. hailé’tlatl, to make right. around, N.H G. —ista ; N. awi’st around a thing; awista‘lis, héista’lis, around the world ; 1é/- istala, to go around; k-a/iséstala, to walk arovnd ; maqsist&‘lisa, making potlatch ali around the world (ma/qoa, to give two blan- kets to each; —lis, earth); N. Nitlemistalitse’mk‘a, woman made to go like a fool around the world (no'lo, hu’‘tizem, fool ; —ista, around; —lis, earth; —tsem, made to; —k*a, woman), H. 6e’sta, view ; d’oqgsista/la, to look around; t0e’stala, to go around ; gy’éqse’stala, to run around ; G. k*’a’tsistala, to walk around. to arrive, L. lamen 1a’kya, I—; N. lé/intin la/kyaatla, when I ar- rived, 38 arrow, L. N. H. W. G. ha’ntlem ; H. ha/ntlempa, arrow potni (—pa, point); ha/ntlema’tse, quiver (—atse, receptacle). bird arrow, N. k‘6'lok‘oait. arrow point, H. k’’r’/mkyim. to ascend river in canoe, H. sia’. to ascend a mountain, N. lagyusta/la (la, to go; —usta, up; —la, 0. 8.), H. na’qa. to be ashamed, Lh. ma’qts’a. ashes, GL. k‘ona'i, H. guné’. — white of wood, L. k’oa’tlopeEs, H. k-o0a/tlom. —— to roast in ashes, L. &’sa. asked by everybody to give feast, N. wullé’t. to assemble, N. hOk‘ona’kula (—na- kula, motion) ; hoqsta‘la, an as- sembly (crowd) running into water (2) (—sta, water) ; kyi’m- k‘ona/kula (used tn songs only). assistant of Hawi'natl, N. né/qatla, wi'tatla. — Hamatsa, N. ¢alatiila. aunt, father’s and mother’s sister, N. H. ani‘s. —— uncle's wife, N. apa&’/tso (step- mother). autumn, G. gya/lemgyilis (—gyilis, eurth). to awake, v. n., Gs. ts’i'nit, H. ts’ini’t. — v. a., H. koia’. aze, L. N. sdpai’i (sdpa, to hew with aze; —ait, instrument), H. k’dkuna/‘kula (k'O/koa, to hew with are ; —nakula, motion). stone axe for war (long, sharp stone Sastened ina perforated handle), N. neb’ai/i. B. baby, N. wi'sa, HB. qenii’q’d, G. qiba (from qap’é’, cradle (?)). [Noy. 18, back, N. —ikyé, —igya, H. G. —égya; N. awi/kyé, back; k’’6/ko-igya, hunchbacked ; 1s’i/lkigyila, feathers on back (—la, v. 8.) ; moé’gyint, to carry on back ; pEné’gyalitl, to warm one's back ; nalagyiligya, back of day of world (—gyil—, earth) ; H. dsk‘amé/gya, back (—sk-am, outside of round thing) ; ts’ &’m- tégya, dorsal fin ; k’u/tsmme’- gya, skin of back; Owée/gyatl- kya/né, back of hand (—tlkya’- né,—skya/né, hand); k’utstse’- gyatlkya/né, skin of back of hand; Owi'gyatltse’tsé, énstep (—(tl)tsétsé, foot). —— support (lazy seat), N. yi/mk-oas (—as, place). bad, L. N. ia/qsum (i—, negation ; —ain, good), H. iaku, G. ian ; N. ia/qp’aqsta, to speak bad of one (—qsta, mouth) ; G. iakne. k-ala, bad noise (—k-ala, noise). bad tempered, H. tlusa’/la (—ala, noise). bailer, H. qa/Igyilis. bald headed (see Bare). ba’qus (season when no Trétsa' eka must be held), N. ba/qus. bare, H. tl’Ok*; tl’6k‘k'ea’, dare headed (—k‘ea, head) ;U’0k'u’s, country bare of plants (—us, outside); tl’dqse/mla, dare mountain (—k‘sEm, outside of round thing; —la, 2. 8.). bark of tree, L. qi’/k’ um, H. qk’um. — of cedar, N. Tl. H. W. G, tena’s, H. da/deotl (?). to bark, L. N. w6'koa, H. wa/kya ; L. w6/kdq ta wa/tsé, the dog barks ; N. wa'wakulitla, barking in house (—itl, in house). barnacle, L. N. qi/ik’. basket, L. lnqgii’; N. Leqla’q (a name), basket eater (2). 1892. basket, small, for fish, N. 1a/laqam. — large, for blankets, L. tla’pat, H. kw’é/patsé (—atsé, recepta- cle). —— for fish and clams, H. G. ts’ Ela’. — for berries, H. W. nana/k‘Em (naik-‘a, to drink, the basket ia watertight). —— L. pé/kyoo. bat, bak’oala/ué, making sleepy, From ba’k*’oatlela, sleepy. baton, used in winter dance, L. N. va’miaid, H. W. tle/qem; N. t’a/msala, to beat time (—ala, noise of (2); —sila, to make (?) ); t'a/miatsé, master of batons ; Va/miasilila, rhythm ; H. tlé/- qala, to beat time. baton, H. haua/qula (—ala, noise). — of chief, Tl. sik’a’/kyand, H. si/kyak-Em. bay, L. awétlé’sela, N. dytlalis (per- haps only head of bay), H. otso- i/s. beach. N. L. —is, —lis; H. G. —is, —lis ; L. tin/miais, beach ; t’a'tis, lying on beach ; N. 0k‘oma’lis, Jace of beach (—k'am, facing) ; d’apa‘lis, covered by tide (d’apa, to flood); ha/Iqsiualis, killing on beach at mouth of river (—siuaé, river mouth) ; H. uwi’s, beach ; ai/kyitskolis, flat beach (aiku, good); hana/qtis gyi’loaq, canoe is on beach(han—, hollow object, canoe) ; G. w0’- qanuis, beach ; goa/is, to sit on beach; aigyitsui’s, flat beach (aiku, good). heavy beams supporting roof, parallel to ridge of house, L. ky’a/té@wan, H. k’’aqa’wa. grizzly bear, N. L. Tl. H. nin; N. gyi/la; G. sin; N. Nugnemis name: né/nEnk‘as (= bear wo- man); nanis, bear in bottom of 39 [Boas. sea (—is, in sea) ; nanqa, called ‘bear (—qa, called); na/ntsé, great bear (—tsé, great) ; na’n- k‘ama/lis, bear facing beach or earth (—k-am, facing; —lis, beach); na/nqtlo, cinnamon bear. skin of griazly bear, pas’ Ena’é. black bear, Ls. tlé, N. tla’é, H. tl/a, G. t’e/Hoa ; N. Nuqnémis name: t’e/tlék ‘a, bear woman. beard, chin, Ls. hapa/qstéya (hap—, hair ; —qsté, mouth), H. ha’p- Eusia’ (hap—, hair; —eusia, tooth). — moustache, L. hapa’qstéya, H. hapqta’e (—qtaé, mouth), G. hapEqté (—qté, mouth). to beat time, N. t’a’msela (see Baton). —— on beach at marriage ceremony, N. tsa’/qa. beaver, L. N. ts’A/o0é, Tl. ts’0’k‘oa, ts'a’6, H. G. kolo’n (borrowed Srom Bilqula) ; H. L. N. ts a’e- atsé, young beaver (—atse, young of —); N. Nugnémis names : d’aky a’lis, hé/Jumutasola, bed, L. k*é/nutl, H. k’oai’, G. ku‘]’- ilas (ku/l’itl, to sleep ; —as, place of). bedroom, N. gyiai/las, H. k‘we. to beg, N. k-0e’k‘oasa ; k*0@/k‘oasa- latl, beggar dance. behind, N. dqtlé’é; L. dqtlaksi’tsé, heels; alqtlaé’istala, coming around last ; H. —qtle ; wala’q- tlék’s, youngest daughter; d’Ook~’- oqtla/la, to look back ; goa’qtle, to siton hind part ; kopaqtla/ut, to break off hind part ; G. d’o'- k’’oqtla, to look back ; ha/mts’- aqtlée, rest of foot. to believe, N. né‘nky/ék-ala. Bellabelia village, H. G-alts. Bella OQvola, N. K. H. Bi’lqula. Boas.] belly, L. ti/ikyé, H. tky’é, G. teka ; H. k’utséqtla/és, skin of —; tlo’qoaqtlali’sEla, sick in —. below, N. pE’n’a, H. 6a/poa, ésa/- poa ; G. 4u/apoa, H. hésa’po-itl, below in house ; wiwunk”’apo-is, bottom of sea (—wunk’, edge ; —apoa, below ; —is, in sea) (see Under). below (down river), N. gua’é (also north), gua'tsé. belt of women, L. wusi‘kyanEm, H. wad. to bend with hammer, H. mokpta‘ut (modkoa’, to strike with ham- mer). berries (species unknown), Tl. haii- tlus; k-e/gelis; k’emk:oale’ ; k’é/sk élé’q; k‘0a’k ‘ugé’e; k*0’q- k'uls; nek’ utl; si/lem; wao- pa/litse; tle’/k’um; tling; L. ts’é/Hina ; tsi’k-ctl. black berries, H. cia’k’unatl, cranberries, L. ti/stak’a, Tl. ti’- stik’ua. huckleberries, L. k’va‘tem, BH. koa/- tem; L. k’oa/tlmis, — bush ; k’oa'tqut, eating —. salmonberries, L. k’’E/mtsuk’, A, H. kau/lali; H. kau/tlila, country Sull of berries. sallalberrics, N. nEqna’k‘, eating —. soapberries, N. Tl. nEquski‘n; H. nuqsku, berry soup. dried berries, L. v'é/k-a, HB. lek'k. to bewitch by putting clothing of a person in contact with a corpse, N. ]é’petanté, 14’/prtand. —— by putting clothing in a skull which is heated, N. 6/k-a ; per- son who knows to do so, 6’k"'é- nog. —— to counteract the éka, by re- peating the process, N. dw’/gyin- ta; de/gyinikénog, person who knows lo perform Uas act, 40 [Nov. 18, bile, H. k:u/lamas. bill of bird, H. t’/itlpa (—itlpa, nose). bird, L. ts’ék, H. ts’é/k0, G. ts’ek*. — humming bird, N.k’ waa’/kumte. —— meadow lark (Sturnella magna, neglecta), tle/ItsEn, N. OtsEq- ‘tala. —— warbler, N. ma’méma. —— Oregon junco (Junco malis), N. tsd’/pamalé. —— Ampelis garrulus, N. kyaa’- kyétaqtle. —— violet-green swallow (Tachy- cineta thalussina), N. ma&'matlé- kya (ma/tlé, to fly, flying around tn short cuts). —— Ammodramus sandwichensis, N. k’’é/qeégyila. —— chickadee (Purus rufescens), N. tsOtsa/k ‘a, —— thrush (Hesperocichla nevia), N. tsdp’alé, —— .Meruia migratoria propingua, N. k‘ak-ala/s. —— Zonotrichia cornata, N. tsks- k:oa/né. —— snipe, N. t-4/tsatlkyawa. —— Bubo virginianus, N. te/mtéen- ialéul, H. tuinni. —— Nyctea, N. ky’ &’/saqa. —— Nyctala acadica, N. bekue/ (soul, ghost). — screech owl (Megascops asio Kennicottii), N. ndpHop, kyo’. kyOkyo. —— flicker (Colaptes caper satu- rator), N. gu/ltem, —— woodpecker (all kinds), N. tla’- Uanaétl. —— kingfisher (Ceryle aloyon), N. kyetela/ we, —— Corvus caurinus, N. kyiqgéla’- k'a; Nugnémis name; ky’a’- nauék'a ; Tl. ts’eqsi/k'é ; Vugq- némis name; kuk‘ala’k'a ; H. ka’ a/k'a, hye- 1392,] 41 bird, blue jay, N. ku’ckue. —— hawk (various kinds), N. ma’- mane, — eagle, bald and golden, N. kué/k‘, H. wik‘, G. ainsto- k‘06/oa. — Swainson’s hawk (Buteo Swain- sont), N. t’ot’a/l6tl, — red-tailed hawk (Buteo borealis calurus), N. &/ukoané. —— fish hawk (Pandion halietus, carolinensis), N. ts’éutsék. —— sandpiper (Creunetes occiden- talis), N. ts’Esqaué’k: ‘, — Tinga alpina, N. tsd’/p’apa’la. —— plover ( Charadrius squatarola), N. ts0/tsEtsa. — Ayialitis semipalmata, N. k-a/V ia. -— Limosa fedra, N. k-‘oa’/k’oa- k‘um, — pintail (Dafila acuta), N. wée'- WapEs (—wap, water ; —DpEs, expert = liking fresh water). —— petrel (Oceanodroma furcata), N. k‘06’k-0ék'oé. —— gull, L. ts’i/ek*oaam, N., ts’é/- koa, H. ts’é/kyéla/‘k'a; N. Nuqnéemis name: N. ma’tagyila (making fly (2) ), tse’nqk’aio. —— Diomedea albatrus, N. ba/tla. — tern (Sterna paradisea), N. k-a/k’akyitawa, biting off from man’s head ; k’’a/gyuk‘, a piece bitten off. —— Merganser serrator, N. k‘6k'd/- os; Nugnémis name: k Ok*0/- ts’aqsma/lak‘a (as mink’s wife) ; tle’/mk*éu (=gummy head). — coot (Oitdemia perspicillata), lek‘a’p'ala. : —— scaup duck (Aythya marila nearctica), N. ts0/ts’ EspEs. -— loon (Urinator Imber), N. qa’- we, PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 80C. XXxI. 140. F. [Boas, bird, Holboell’s grebe, N. ha’ masilalis; Nugqnemis name ; ha’maqsta. — horned grebe (Colymbus auri- tus), IN. k’’au/tak. —— Brachyramphus maramoratus, N. tegyé’gyila. — Uria Grylle Californensis, N. t’EnQ. —— cormorant ( Phalacrocorax-pela- gicus resplendens), N. 1a/qlaq. — — (Phalacrocorax pelagicus robustus), N. tlo’/pané; TI. tld’- patl. —— Cepphus Columba, N. tsé'ssa. —— gray-ruffed grouse’ ( Bombosa umbellus umbelloides), WN. ku- ku/mQ’a. —— Dendragapus obseurus fuligi- nosus), N. hO’mhom. —— pigeon (Columba fusciata), N. ham0’. —— sandhill crane (Grus mexicana), N. ate/mkuleé. —— blue heron (Ardea herodias), N. k:o0a’k*'oané, ‘ —— oyster catcher (Hamatepus Bachmari), N. gué’guégué. —— swan (Olor columbianus), N. krak-a/uk-, —— snow goose (Chen hyberborea), N. tl’é/staq. ’ —— Anser albifrons Gambeli, N. nE‘Ila. — Branta nigricans, N. n’/naga- kEm. — Branta Canadensis, N. neqga’k-. —— pelicun, N. ha/uqaukoa’yatl. —— Charitonetta albeola (male), N: taa/tlé. —— Charitonetta albeola (female), N. Hi’ pé. — Mallard duck (Anas boshas), N. tla’tiky’éi. — Clangula hyemalis, N. haha'né. —— harlequin duck, N. ma‘tséna. PRINTED MARCH 2, 1893. Boas.] bird, golden eye (Glaucionetia clan- gula Americana), N. kuté’na. — Spatula clypeata, N. sisok’ua. ——Oidemia Deglandi, N. HOQup- stala, Tl. k’amtsé/Q. — Urotrichus Gibsii, N. gya'gy’- apes; Nugnemis name: hila- mA/lak’a. —— (species unknown) Tl. tle/stlek*; tla/tsem ; ma/tséné; ky’i/ndt, H. kii/nk*; nésna’k*. — fabulous birds, N. ha/utlak-a- nus; ma&/kékyt, said to make canoes in words. to give birth to, L. ma/yotlam, H. ma/y6tla. biscuit, N. kwa’k’uqsEm ; kwa’k'uq, eating —. to bite, a piece bitten owt, N. k’’a- gyuk‘ (k’’amgyuk‘ (?)). black, IL. 1s’6’tla, H. ts’0/tla, G. ts’u’tlto. bladder, H. te’qatsé (—atsé, recepta- cle). — of fish, H. wulé’tl. blankets, all kinds of, when used, Ls. nk&/q’uné, H. k’0/tin, G. tsat- sag’0/étl, H. —otl; N. ala/- gyim, skin —;tle/k-oqsEm, mar- tin — (tle’k'Ek*, martin); pelpE- lask'n/m, mountain goat wool — (p’4/lem, wool of mountain goat); k’’a/sasqem, sea otter — (k’’a’- sa, sea otter) ; t10/qsEm, red — (tlikoa, red); k’’O'tsem, black — (the ending common to these words is probably —k'sEm, —sem, —k‘rem, related to: out- side of round object,in reference to their being put around the body); k’ulA/otl, skin — (HB. k’utse, skin ; H. —Otl, blanket); gy'd’- paoas, blanket made of yellow cedar bark ; y&/k'élak, another style of the same, HB. mi/ms- Uk'6tl, martin — (mestlk‘an, 42 [Nov. 18, martin) ; ts’atsagko/tl, moun- tain goat wool — (ts’ak’, moun- tain goat); k’ak‘a’sotl, sea ot- ter — (k’’asa, sea otter); te’- qsEm, green —; tla/oqsto, red — (tlik-oa, red); kye/Iqsem, white —; &/mEsEm, black — ; tsatsoa’la, skin — for children ; yiqtu/mkena, Chileat — (yiq—, dance). blankets, lying about, L. k‘ui/lk-uéla, H. ma/metl. —— in potlatch, N. ié/k‘ala. — tied around belly, L. sa’qstae (—qsta, end of body), H. sap‘a’- qstégyila (—qsta, end of body ; —gyila, to make). — to put on blanket, L. k’0/qotlsut (—O1l, owt of (2) ). — to take off blanket, L. k’6’qtsut (—tsoa, tn (2) ). blind, L. p’a’p’as, H. b’ ak‘. block by means of which Hawi'nacatl is raised, N. k’a'k’ekyi. blood, Ly. Elk. N. a/lg’um, G. br/]H- tlem; H. a/lkoasa, blood in body ; a’lusimala, blood on out- side of something (—sEm, outside of round object; —la, 2% 8.) ; a/lnokyana/la, blood on hand (skyana, hand). to bleed, L. a/ln/uit, H. a/ikoa; H. a‘lkuitlpa, nose bleeds (—itlpa, nose); a/lkmala, face bleeds (—ma, face; —la, v. 8); aqa/lkus blood on ground (—us, ground, outside, country). to blow fire, L. pa'quit, to blow, whale, N, Ua'tla; Tlé’tlaé- gyilis (name of a woman), blow- ing on land (—gyilis, lund). blue, Tl. tsi/ca, H. koa/yélak's, G. koila/qstd. board, made by means of wedges, HB. ha/was (also board of roof). ——— sawed, H. kéqk’ (kéqa, to save). 1892,] body, N. 6’/gwiné, H. dkona’ (only surface of body) ; H. k*emEqa’- otlna, left side; hai/tlkotIna, right side; tlOqoana/la, sick, sore all over. body, corpse, H. k‘a/Ikuis ; k‘a'lkué, drifting (—é, on surface of wa- ter); k’a/lkuntsis (—unts, (?) ; —is, in sea). to boil, v. n., a. tikma’, H. tlema/’, tldo/m. : to bolt, N. ts’B/mk‘oa. bone, L. W.G. gik; L hak-’d’poi, sternum (—poé, breast) ; H. ts’- i0’poa, sternum (—poa, breast) ; k’6/tsaqa/oa, collarbone (—qaoa, neck). — of fish, L. k*’d'k‘oaid. boom (of canoe sail), L. tsé’kyini’- tlemé (—niitlemé, side of), N. tsi’/kyanqai’. born (perhaps: from beginning), N. ni'tlamé, born a fool (ni/tlum, fool); nod’/k‘amo, born wise, (n6/k‘at, wise). both, N.H. wags; N. waqsE/ngé, both sides (—Enqé, edge) ; wa’/qsEn- gilis, somebody on each side of an object on beach; waqsEmk’’a/- sEla, to put into mouth from both sides; waqsistaut, to divide; H. waqsddn/toa, bvth ears (—Btoa, ear). botile made of kelp, kelp, L. N. H. wa’ wate. bottom of an object, N. 6’qsté, —qste ; L. po/laqst@é, anus; sa/qstaé, blanket tied around belly; H. —sté (?); ky a’qté, notch of arrow (=notch in bottom); sap’a’qsté- gyila, blanket tied around belly. bottom of sea, N. k’’atsi/s (—is, in water), H. wiwu/nk‘apois, (—unk’', edge ; —apoa, under ; —is, in water). bow, L. N. tla’/kuis, H. G. tle’kuis. 43 | Boas. bowstring, H. tikué/tsrEm. bow of canoe, H. tlé/tskina. —— man in bow of canoe, N. 0/kyiné. box, Indian, L. qu/tseEm (borrowed. from Catléltg), L. N. H. gyi’- ltas. box for blankets, H. pak éye/la, G. ] dk‘ea/la. — — grease, H. (—atsé, receptacle). —— — blankets, H. ky’E'lqsEma’- tsé (= white blanket receptacle). —— woman's working bor, H. dkwal- &/tsé (—Atsé, receptacle). —— for berries, A. k'atik-. boy, L. N. gyina/num (child), H. gipqd’ (about twelve years old). bracelet of mountain goat horn, N. yé’'k-wékila, L. gy’6’kula. bracelet of copper, Tl. k’’0é’k0@, H. ts’Ew4'ta. braid, L. haé/qs!6, L. k’’a/tleeé. brain, L. tln’k'oa, H. tlqik-oa/tsoa. branch, L. wii/tisa’né, H. tl’Esna’. to break, L. kyii’q’uit (see To fight), N. ky6/k‘oa ; ky6’qky6k‘oa‘la, noise of breaking(—ala,noise);H. kéu/meEsiait; k6’kumsia, to break to pieces (reduplicated); kdkoa- poa/lut, to break by bending ; képaqtla/ut, — off hind part (—qtlaé, hind part); kod/mpatt, — off point. — with hammer, H. mu’qsiut, — with one stroke ; mumu/qsia, with many strokes. —— coppers in potlatch, N.laqs’E’nt; La’laqs’Ent’aid, means of break- ing copper (a name). — I break it, N. Vap’é'tEn. breaker for cedar bark, L. ky 4'ts’aid, A. yitsai/o, H. tlana’kula (—nakula, motion) (shape of the tapa beaters), tss’oai’d (shape somewhat like a mincing knife without handle). tengua/tse Boas.] breakers, H. kwé’ta. braast, L. N. 6pd'é, —pdé; L. hak’’- 0'poe, breast bone; L. nak*poe, stomach; WN. tlé/tsEpo’é, skin of —; H. tqk:’dpoa’, —poa ; ts’i- 0’poa, breast bone; k’utsepod/a, skin of —; tloqoapo/ala, sick on — (tlOqoala’s6, sick in —); G. tak-apo’a breast, female, Ly. ts’im, H. tsaa’m, G. dzim (see Jo suck). breath, N. ha/asaé, H. ha’spio ; ha’- &6t, to breathe out. bride, H. qaé’tl. to bring back novice from woods by dancing, N. wutla’qut. broom, H. ky’alai/0. brother (said by male), N. ne/mwiut ; collectively: neEnk#/mwiutlala, brothers and male cousins ; na- tlemwi'ut, relatives; H. meni’- ya; G. mené/suwa. —— said by female, N. H. wa’k‘oa, —- younger, L. N. H. G. ts’a/ya; also: parent's younger brother’s or sister’s child. —— younger, addressed, N. wis. — elder, N. H. G. nO/la; also: parent's elder brother's or sister’s child. —— elder, addressed, N. gyi'B (see Chief). brother-in-law (both kinds), N. k‘o- lis, gyli’/mp ; H. also; sister-in- law. brush, BH. ky’a’taid (= paint instru- ment), bucket, Is. na’/k*atsé (= drink recep- tacle), H. na’/k*em (from nak’a, tu drink). buttocks, H. me/nkyatse. to buy, L. kui/lmoa, BH. G. én ; B. tléa/nugq, something that has been bought; léi/iks, storekeeper (= expert in buying); Uléaé/les, store (= buying house); G. 4 [Nov. 15, tl’éla/s, store; keeper. by and by, L. k‘oatlema/stl. tl’é/Igis, store- C. calf of leg, H. tl’é/tl’"ékya (—ékya, leg below knee). to call, Ly. 1a/k*oalasd ; lamanq: Ja’- koa gya’tlk’é, J call again. to call to feast, to invite, N. g’é/la ; tlatlig @la/lait, every one calls him to feast. called, to call, N. —qa; Quaé/kuna- qan, J call canoe, ¢. e,, Twish to buy @ canoe (Qua’k’un, canoe) ; nanqa, called bear. calm, H. k-auqk‘ula; k-’au’k:o-is, place where tt is always cal. to camp, N. \ek'u’/la; 18/kK‘uilila, tribe always camping about. canoe, a. N. Qua’/k’un ; Quaé’kunatl, canoe that ts going to be, ¢. e., that is making ; Qua’/Qqukunatsé, large canoex ; QuakunamEné’q, small canoes; Qua/kunatsEs, Fragments of canoe; Qua’qua- kuiala, to look for a canoe want- ing to buy tt ; Qua/kunaqan, J call a canoe, 7%. é., wish to buy tt ; N. gy4/lo (obsolete), H. gyi'l’oa, G. gyi/loa; H. gyil’oaai/asé, place of canoe in woods ; gyi'l’o- kO/Ué, broken canoe ; N. gui/tEs, ku/mtsala (?). —— Chinook canoe, L. sk/qnm, H. sqam. — war canoe, N. d’aku/n. —— large war canoe, N. mB/nk‘a. —— Fort Rupert canoe, L. Qué’- taqtla. —— Flaida canoe, H. hai/dats. —- (what kind (2) ), L. ya/atsé. —— legendary (folding), N. di’- tldatita, —— tn canoe, N. 0/qsk; lags, to go " 1892.) into canoe (la—, to go); gya’- qaqsala, to come in canoe ; gua’- qsEla, to sit in -—-; m6/qsEla, to loud — ; H. lopqs, empty canoe (lop, empty); laqsut, to load canoe (la--, to go ; —ut, %. @.); goa’qs, to sit in'—; G. laqs, to go into —; wa'’mEqsit,to load —; goa'qsala, to sit in —. —— lying on side, N. k’6’k‘oatla ; k‘0k‘om4/lis, canoe lying on side in front of beach. — adrift, H. k-auk‘oansela’ktlé (—-tlé, on surface of sea). —— han— ; this stem probably means a hollow vessel (see Kettle). and is used in composition with local sufizes ; N. ha/nk‘amlis, canoe landing in front of beach (--k‘am, in face of; —-lis, beach); hanusi/waé, canoe at mouth of river (--siwaé, river mouth) ; hanue/lagyitlé, canoe is on water ; H. hana/ytis (gyi’- loaq), canoe t3 on beach ; hana’- eas gyi/loaq, canoe is on water ; hanaé/laktla, canoe at anchor ; hanéa/sés gyiloa, place of canoes in forest; G. hanéilwa’paqt, * canoe i8 on water. —— place of —- in forest, H. tlq’- éa/sé. out of canoe, —-otlt ; N. gyaqotlta/- lisaisus, he brought one out of canoe to beach ; G. wA'motitut, to unload. to make canoe, H. &/tl’a; &’tl'eskio, _ canoe builder. cap, dancing —, N. ts’é’qéoée (ts’ék"—, secrets, winter dance ; —éoé-—, forehead). capable of —, N. ts’Es ; d’0/q!s’Es, seer ; H.--tes ; kA’ watus, with good power of hearing. ‘cape, N. waqsa, H. da’qsiwa. tu capsize, L. k'apa’, H. k‘paé’; 45 [Boas, k*pé/tla, something turned up- side down; k'pé’tla-itl, some- thing turned upside down on floor. to take care of —-, N. aa’qsila; tla’- tlaqsila, taking care of cedar- bark rings (t)a’k*ok’, cedar-bark ornament) ; m&’menatsila, tak- ing care of drums (2?) (mEn4@’tsé, drum ; —ila, to make ; probably drum maker). to treat carefully, cautiously, N.ma’- yauila. something one does not care for, one does not want to keep, N. wA’iat (w—, negation). — cariboo, H. tl’aqt. to carry in hand, N. dala, --Enk’- ula, matsEmEnk’olawis, always carrying two round ones in hand ; mam0/sk‘amEnk‘ola, carrying four round ones in hand. to carry into house, H. laai’/tla (la—, to go ; —-itl, in house). to carry on back, N. méé/gyint (—igya, back). to carry load into canoe, La. ma’wa (see 70 load). carrying something in mouth, N. té'- kuqsta (-—-qsta, mouth); k-é- tyeqstils, —- outside (see To bite, --qsta, mouth ; —ils, out- side); kétyeqsta/litl, in house. to carry fire, H. pe’n’it (?). to carve meat, L. kca’qgit; koa/tlaid, carving knife. carved figure, N. ky’ék*. carving knife, L. k'ilk‘uatlam, k-oa/- tlaid, H. ky’é/olem. cat, L. ma/matlis (see Huropean), H. ma/qoa. cataract, i. tsE/qoagqala (—aqa, down), H. gy’a/matseEn. cat’s cradle (game), N. ts’ «tlisE/nu,. Boas J} to catch salmon in net, A. tlakil, H. k’0’koay6t. cause of —, —im; ia/knim, cause of evil; é/iknim, cause of good ; alé’tsim, cause of being firm. cedar, Li. tena’smis (tE’nas, cedar bark ; —mis, tree), A. tB/nies, H. de’was, G. koaqtla’. cedar bark ornament for winter dance, N. H. t]’a/k-Ot (t]4’k-oa, red = made red). chair, H. goa’atEma (goa—, to sit). cheek, N. au’tsé, L. 6/nutlemé (— nut), side of ; —mé, face), H. Owa’mia (—mia, face); N. Véekyu’s, mythical name of deer= strike face. to chew, L. ma’lekula, H. k’asky@/la (gum and food = notse of chew- ing), au/akO (tobacco). chips, k’ 0k’ oaka’oa (k’6k’oa, to hew; —iaoa, refuse). chief, N. L. gyi/k‘amé (gyi, elder brother, chief; —k'amé, superla- tive); gyé’qskm, group of chiefs ; N. hé/meskyas, real chief (name of raven ; —kyas, real); A. H. héma/s, coll. hé/mas, G. hai/- mas. chieftainess, chief's wife who gave her husband at time of marriage much valuable property, N. 6’ma; O’magyila, to make —; 6’mak’asemaé, chieftainess in Sace of all; Omaqiflaulé, chief- tainess on séa (7). chirf's wife who did not give her hus- band much property, N. mO‘tsitl (= keeping blankets from floor). chief's eldest son, N, tled/lek‘amé, chief's daughter, N. ky’é/1étl. child, N. L. qonii’k', col. gyi/ngyin- am, H, q6n0/k*, col. s'i/smm, G, goni’g. —— eldest, L, nO/lasnek'emi/é (nd/- 46 [Nov. 18, la, elder brother; —k*amaé, superlative), H. nola/k amé. — second, L. k‘a’yaé, H. qanké’s. — third, N. g:au’i, H. g‘auioaqtlé (—qtlé, behind). — youngest, Ia. tsa’ingé (tsa/éa, younger brother; —ingé, edge of ), a’ma-ingé (ama—, small); H. wala/qtlé, youngest son (—qtlé, hind); wala’qtlék:s, youngest daughter (—k's, fe- male). parents with children, N. gyinli’kyE- 1é. chin, L. pe/nkyutaqsté (pen, below ; —kyut, opposite; —qsté,mouth), H. k’’oa’n, G. gy’uq. chisel, La. ky’i’mtlaio. to chop, L. N. s6’pa; N. s6/ps’al, to chop in half in house ; sOps’a’- lsa, — on beach ; sOps’ali’sa, to chop log on beach in half ; s0'pE- tl'ané, to chop in many places ; s6'paid, adze= chopping insiru- ment ; H. k’0’koa; k’0/kona- kula, adze; k’6k’oukd’oa, chips. clams, L. ky&/6ék*’ankm ; large —, mat’a/né ; N. clamshell, gy0’- gwis; H. clam, ts’é/koa; large —, tséma/né. : a clean house, N. ku’muelalitl (—it), floor). to climb a tree, N. tl’epu’; — a mountain, tl’Epusta/la (—usta, up ; —la, 0. 8.)._ cloud, L. H. ant’/é; N. a/nk-‘ola, cloudy ; A/nk‘olaytk-oa, female making cloudy weather ; a'/nk-‘o- alagyilis, country always cloudy. clover root, N. tliqué; tligsi/waé, — at mouth of river. club, fish —, Li. t'n’lusqin, H. hd’tl’- Em. — war —, N. kué'qaid; to strike with —, kué/qa. . coal, I, ts'O/tlna, Hy, ts’6/tla, 1892.] coat, European, L. kipd' ( Chinook), N. da‘datsowak‘, H. d’a‘datsoa. —— old style, N. tl’Epé’tsaé. cod, red, L, tla’tlaqon (t14/k-oa, red), N. né/ts’é, H. tla/k-o-itk. cod, black, Tl. t’é/Ha, H. ha/tané. cod, Tl. H. na/tlem, L. kyi/mak: (vor1 owed from Gatloltg). —— sp. (?), H. sitqta/la (—qta, mouth). cold, L. wu/ta, H. t’rné’k‘, G. Ené/Q; H. ku’ené’s, to feel cold, collarbone, H. k’dtsaqgi’oa (—qii/oa, neck). column, heraldic, WN. mo/qpik: (mo’/q—, to tie; —pik’, pole ; because blankets are tied to tt); Tl. H. ts’0A/qsé (—qsé, outside). column, memorial, H. alaqtle/n, comb, La, qu/k”’ Em, H. gy’i/ngyanétl. to comb, L. qa’ka-it, H. gy’i/ngya. to come, N. gyaq; gyaq’Otltsoa, to come out of ; OmEn gyaqwuli’- tla, 1 come unasked; k-antld gyaqa’la, when I come back (ob- solete); kantlO gyaqé/tléd, when Icome back ; alqtlaé/istala, coming around last (—qltla, last ; —6ista, around); H. ndgua a’k’éla, Z come here. common man, Tl. H. qa’mala. company, group, H. k-até/u, col. katk‘até/tl, N. —qsem, gyé’- qsEm, group of chiefs companion of Hamats'a, N. si‘la- tlila. to conquer, H. ai/kuoa; L. lamen ai/kHaumasé, J — thee. constellations, A. kyai‘utla, A. uli’- Qua. to cook, L. mete/Iquit, H. a’mgyila. copperplate, L. N. A. tia/k‘oa = red); tl&/\luqsEm, small cop- perplates tied together (—qsEm, group of —). 47 {Boas. copperplate, woman for whom father plants copperplates in ground, N. sépa/alétlilaok’. corner, H. Oa/toa, p’Esaai’; N. goa'ne, to sit tn corner. to cough, L. lnqa’, H. lequa’. council, N. k’ué/qala (--ala, noise) ; kuaé/kungs’ala, to council; H. hasqta/la (--qta, mouth). councillor, N. k’ué’qtsas; kué’qala- lagyilis, councillor of his .own country. to count, N. hd’sa; Hésté/lakyimd, people counting objects thrown into water (2?) (—-sta, water). country, L. t’E/kya, H. tsqams (=dirt), —is; N. wi/nakuis, country ; Otsa/lis, flat country, prairie; k-a/lékwis, crooked country; Gyingina/mis, chil- dren of earth = dwarfs ;—gyilis. ——, — us (see Outside), H. —us; t]’0/k-us, country bare of plants ; aq’a/ikus, blood on ground ; k’’au’k ois, place where it is al- ways calm ; —ila, —-gyila, prob- ably originally no local meaning (see Jo make) ; k‘a/mtlila, coun- try where deer are Jound ; waa’- négyila, — where herring are found ; ts a’k-gyila, — where mountain goat are found (the meantng is probably : catching deer, herring, ete.); ——€noq, iukué/noq, windy place = know- ing to blow; G. —gyilis, gya’- lemgyilis, autumn. cousin, N. nE/mudt; nEnE/muiu- tala, cousins and brothers ; N. L. H. n0’la, parent's elder broth- er’s or sister’s child elder broth- er; ts’a/ea, parent’s younger brother's or sister’s child= younger brother. cover, H. tak k’; tak’k éa/la, covcr over head (--k‘éa, head ; —la, Boas. ] 0.) ; ta’k‘umt, to cover face with blanket. crab, L. N. k*’0'mis (——is, sea) ; k*’O/tsatsé, young crab (—tsatsé, young). crack in dish, H. koék-oatloa’la. cradle, L. qaa'p, A. qap’é’, G. qiba, infant. crazy, N. nO'ntsistatl; nontsistaé/latl, dancing like a madman (—latl, dancing, acting). crooked, L. N. k O’tlala; N. k:’0/- k‘oigya, with crooked back (--igya, back); k’‘aé‘/lokwis, crooked land ; k-autlanéa/la, to walk crookedly. crossbeam over door cf house, H. gaitsoa’ (--tsoa, inside). crown of head, L. oqtlé'n, H. k’’a/- tsoak’é’a (—-k-éa, head). to ery, Li. N. G. k*’0a/sa. cup, L. koa/asta (--sta, water), H. nak‘a/msta (naka, to drink; —sta, water), G. nak‘ai/t (= drinking instrument). to cut, N. paqa/ia, L. paq’it; A. k‘oa/la paqu’, do not cut; 1a/qsa, to cut up ; 1a/qsEnt’aé/noqg, one who knows tocutup ; N. sakwa’, to cut meat; sakwa’s, place where meat ix cut; H. qta, qtl- tsiit, qtla/kyétsit, to carve game ; qO/t\tsia, to cut to pieces ; qtlpta/at, to make a cut in an ob- ject ; k’Oqskyana, hand cut off (--skyana, hand). to cut tobacco, L. t'0's’ it, H. t’ds. D. dagger, long stone —, H. ts’dai/i. Da/gyulk’, N. name of a place. to make a dam across a ricer, N. tsfi’/pa, to dance, L. N. H. G. yiqoa’; N. yigO/eué, dancing cap (--eue, 48 [ Nov. 18, forehead) ; H. yiqsté’kya, danc- ing apron (—ékya, leg below knee) ; yii'qstéusitsé, —leggins (—sitsé, foot); yiqtu/mkéna, Chileat blanket; N. kyi'lkyil- nala, dance at night when novice returns ; N. —latl, Tsd/nok:o- latl, dancing like Tsonok'oa ; N. ts’a/ék‘a ; Ti. H. ts’étsa/eka, winter dance (= secrets) ; tse’- tsék a'lait, song used in winter dance (—ala, noise ; —ait, tn- strument) ; ts’é/qpéek’, pole used in winter dance; ts'éqpek’’- a'lagyilis, dancing pole in earth ; N. d’e‘nts’ik*, Sisiutl dancing pole ; N. 16/quit, war dance (H. to walk); Tl. nO‘ntlem, @ win- ter dance (= foolish) ; Tl. ia’- liati, @ summer dance ; H. tlo- ola’qa, potlaich dance; N. ba/qus, time when no winter dances are held. dancing implements (whistles and masks), N. H. nau/alak’, dancing apron, noise of —, Tl. ts’0k*- oa‘la, darling, N. &/tak‘a. daughter, second. H. k’auioa/qtlek's; only —, hau/ldsék:s (—k's, fe- male). day, N. L. na/la; na’‘laqstala, hav- ing day in month(—qsta, month) ; ndlaq6/tau, the sold day; na’- lagyiligya, back of day. daylight, N. ha/nitsum, H. ts’e’l- qait. dead, L. N. H. G. tlel; N. —oule, dead, past, broken ; Tlatléisilo’- tlé, the dead Tilatleisitl ; H. —1é, O/mpté, the dead father, deaf, L. N. H. gu’ikum; N, gu/- Ikumqemil, mask of deaf man ; H. guluk’d/tato, deaf on one ear (—al6, ear), a/ta; pet-daughter, 1892.] death, N. wanumgyila ; wia’lagyila, making die (only in song) (wé, negation (?) ; —gyila, to make). decayed tooth, T\. Nae/nsHE (—sHE, tooth). deer, L. N. ké/was, t’ékyu’s (= struck against cheek), k*é’- Hustila (Nuguémis name), HB. G. k*a/méla; k‘a/mtlila, where always deer are found, Delphinus Orea, L. N. ma/q’énoq — (= pursuing secretly), A. H. G. ha/Iq’énog (= killer). dentalia, N. a/Usla. to descend rier, H. ina’tiskla (see Fast ; —tiserla, down river). to descend mountain, H. kuinkqa. to desire, H. mEsEla’. - to dip; N. tsé/n’it. dirt=earth, N.d’n’kya, H. tek’um, N. ne’sa, tsE’sa. dish of earthen ware, H. qa’lk-oa. dish, small grease —, N. H. ts’ epa’- tsé, G. da/qtla. — large, N. t10’k’oé. to dive, H. ta’s’it, ta’sela ; — head- long, A. tsasta’ak-a. to divide, N. waqsi’stant (waq, both) ; N. matls’alitla, to divide in hulf in house (matl, two; s’al, in half; —itl, in house). dog, L. N. Tl. H. wa’tsé, G. wa’ts ; N. wa’sus, eating dogs. dolphin, Ti. tistawu'lk. donot! N. k-oa‘la. door, L. t’B/ Hila, Tl. t’é’g'a, H. tl’- apE/m. down, —aqn; N. té/k‘aqala, to drop ; k‘a'sEqala, to walk down ; nek: - A’qala, to beat time in slow mea- sure (= straight down); akyai!- aqala, from above ; L. tsE/qoa- qala, cataract; Walas’aqa’, name of a dance (= great from above) ; H. s0a/qot, to take down; Hué’tlaqals, to fall down ; nué’- 49 [Boas. tlaqitl, to fall down in house ; la’qa, to go downward ; tq’oa’qa, to jump down; d’0d/k*oaqala, to look down; G. la’qa, to go downward ; (’0'k*oaqa, to look down. to look down, L. penk’r/muit (pEn, below ; —k-Em, outside of round thing ; —nit, v. a.). down river —, N.H.G. —tus(£la);N. lata/sEla, canoe descends river ; latusEl]a’/gyilis, to walk down river (—gyilis, land), sunrise ; Héitlat6/sEla, coming down river (name of K-a'nigyilak‘ in L.); A. toatusEla’gyilis, sunrise ; iHA/tisEla, canoe descends river ; G. la’tus, to go down river. down ( feathers), H. k*6s. to draw breath, H. tiaui’t. to dream, H. ky’ a’tlaé. drifting at sea, N. tsé’tsa (log of driftwood on which a person stands); tséna’yd, drifted out of river ; H. p'ugola’ktlé, a log adrift (—tlé, on sea); kukié’i, many things adrift (k’’ai/nEm, many); ya'koé, driftwood adrift; ya'k-ois, driftwood on beach; kva'ikué, body adrift (kralk—, body); k-au’qo-it, canoe drifts away. to drill, H. seElE/m. to drink, L. na’q’it; N. na/nak‘a, trying to drink; nak'r/lkun, I — often (—8\k, expert ; —un, I); nanik‘a’matsa, wanting to give every one to drink; na’k-atsé, bucket (—atsé, receptacle) ; H.na/- ka, to drink ; naqps, nak-g’lk, drunkard (—qs, —Elk, expert) ; nak*a/msta, cup (—sta, water); na‘k‘am, bucket; naina’k‘em, watertight basket; G. na’k'a, to drink ; na'k-aid, bucket. drowned, G. p’ EQue. PROC. AMER. PHILOS, SOC. xxxr. 140. G. PRINTED MARCH 27, 1893. Boas.] drum, L. N. A. H. G. meEna’tseé ; N. ma’/menatsila, taking care of drums. drummer, N. mi’nila (= striking), G. minilis. to dry salmon, H. k6’tl’a; k6’las, where salmon are dried. drying frame, H. ka’l‘io. dried salmon, H. qam’a’s. to dry, N. ts’6’sa; ts’O’tét, fish just beginning to get dry ; ts’d/tEmit, coll. ts’0’ts’6tEm, salmon, half dry ; H. ts6/sa, dry ; ts0/sk-éa, to dry head(—k’éa, head) ; G. ts’t’/sa, dry ; tso’sEms, thirsty. to dry, L. 1£/muuit. dry, L. k’aqo’la. dull, L. ié/inpa (—bad point), G. p’aspE/luqpa (—pa, point). dwarfs, N. gyingyina/nEmis (= chil- dren of country). E. eagle, Is. kii’/ik, H. wik‘ ; wi/kuilak‘, painted eagle (—ilak‘, made). — whiteheaded, N. m0o/méqpa (m6k’oa, white ; —pa, point). ear, L. N. p’®’/spaya, H. G. p’ espé’- y6; N. (awa)to/é; ts’Ena/tola, ear is sick; Hl, —atoa; waqsodk’- toa, both ears; k*oa’k-oatoa, perforations of ears ; mO/koatd, coll. mii/mkouto, earring ; 1’6- qoatoa’lé, ear is sick ; kulnk’d/- tuto, deaf on one ear. earth, dirt, L. tsqems, H. tsqams, N. —is; N. héisté/lis, arownd the world (—6ista, around) ; é/télis, again in earth ; nemd’- kwitsalis, alone on flat ground ; —gyilis ; kué/qalalagyilis, coun- cilor of his own country, of earth ; &/nk‘oalagyilis, his land cloudy; tla/Uaégyilis, whale 50 [ Nov. 18, blowing on land ; ts’éqpék’’a’- lagyilis, dancing around danc- ing pole in earth. east, N. metla’s (L. southeast), H. nelk'; N. métla/lanuk‘, having east wind. to eat, N. ha/mu’it ; JEmEn ha’muH’it he’t’éta, I eat aguin ; hamn’i’- ten, Tam eating ; hama’i/tlen, I am going to eat; ha’msa, to eat; ha/maa, trying to eat; hama/putlen, J pretend to eat ; na/quamka hama/pa, all eat ; ha’mk-olisgn, J eat together with —,; hamaa/k‘, eaten ; hamu’)k, pl. hehé’meElk, eating much ; ha- mB/lkun, Jeat often ; (—rlk, ex- pert); hamasaia’lagyilis, look- ing for food all over world; ham- E/lagyilitlen, [eat continually in house ; H. ha’msa, to eat ; ha’m- sps, ha/mtsilk, eater; ha’m- ats’a, trying to eat ; ha’/mEn’ it, to take water and spit tt out again ; hamasa/oa, rests of food (—Aoa, refuse); G. ha/mspis, hamdzi/lek, eater ; hamdzai/é, spoon; ha/mstoa, to eat walking; Hi/msEla, to know to eat ; ha/m- ts’aqtléé, rest of food; ha’m- ts’imas, food. to eat meat, N. k‘asa’; k’’ak‘ék‘atsa/- la, always wanting to eat meat ; k‘atsa/la, sound produced by peo- ple eating meat; N. wAa'sus, to eat dog flesh ; beqba’k‘, to eat hu- man flesh ; baqbaku'latl, always eating human flesh ; kwa'k’uq, eating biscuit ; neqna’k’, eating sallalberries ; leqla’q, basket eater (2); grod/igrut, eating huckleberries; k-'é’kyes, to eat much (k’é/nem, much, many ; —es, to partake of); G. k’al- ikus, to eat much. ebbtide, a. g’fi/tsaqala, H, tl’0/px’it. 51 1892.] eclipse of sun, N. nEk‘B’k‘ (= swal. lowed). egg, . ts’é/k’und; N. ts’é/kuat, egg-tsland ; HW. k’E£/Iqamin. edge, N. —ngé ; makyingélis, at end of a row on beach ; gy5'q’Enge, house on edge ; k‘Asenqgentala, to walk along a plank; OqsK/- ngé, one side of a flat object ; Nomase/ngélis, oldest of all; wu/ngé, edge of a flat object ; wagqsE/ngé, buth sides; wa'y- sEngélis, one on each side; ama-i’ngé, smallest (= small at edge); H. tqu’negaut, to jump along ; wiwu’nk*’apois, bottom of sea (—apoa, under ; —is, in sea) ; tsA/ingé, youngest child (ts’a’/ea, younger brother) ; G. wu/nk’q, edge of flat object. eight, N. ma/tiguanatl, H. yi'- tquaus, G. yutga’s. eighteen, N. matiguanatlagyi, H. yukquau/sgyt, G. yidugoas- gi’u. eighty, H. yutqsikaus, G. yaduq penkya/sk’a’po. elbow, H. G. tla’koané, — joint, H. aaé’. eleven, N. nE/mayi, H. mEné/egyi, G. na/qugi’u. elk, L. tl6/nls; Nugnémis name: nEnO’E16 (= foolish) ; H. tlad’ls (—Is, outside (2) ) ; G@. wudzi’H. empty, I. 10/pitl, empty house ; 10- pHépitd, you have no teeth in mouth (—ne, tooth) ; H. lopqs, — canoe (—qs, in canoe) ; |0'- pitl, — house ; 16’pés, inside of man empty=hungry; \ou'- misoa, — dish (—tsoa, inside) ; lopla’, a hole, a ptece missing. end of anything, N. ma/qpé. enough, N. wi'k'asEla, not to have enough; wé’k’as, idem (wé, negation); wi'Emk:asEla/soqtis, [ Boas. with whichhe was not satisfied (in song). to enslave, N. k*’&/k‘akwis (k"'a’kya, slave). to enter, Tl. gya’qtsoa (gyaq—, to come ; —tsoa, into) ; H. 1a’tsoa (la—, to go). to be envied, N. hé’nakyala (—kyala, noise). ermine, H. gy’i/lEm. European, G@. H. k*'Omusi'ua (k"'6m— rich; —risiua, at mouth of river) ; H. k-’Omusiuakyala, language of white man. evening, La. tsa’k‘oa, G. p’a’nequit. to examine, Hi. d'd’k-oa (see To see). expert, N. —pEs; tl’E/tlespEes, an- gry ; \aqt’OtpEs, expert tn break- ing coppers ; H. naqps, drunk- ard ; koupis, sweating ; hamsps, eater ; G. ha/mspis, eater. —, —Elk, N. hamp’lk, eater ; hamk/lkun, J eat often; H. nak‘E/lk, drunkard ; ha/mtsilk, eater ; G. hamdzi‘lek, eater. toertinguish, L. kw’ i‘\qit, H. kw’ i/iqa- eye, L. N. k &/yak’s; k-ayak ésak‘ds, thy eyes; N. (Ost0/@) eye ; gyis- 16/é, something in eye; éiku- sOqstd’é, with pretty eyes; H. k‘ks, eye ; —qstua ; ha’paqstoa, eyelashes (hap—, hatr) ; k’oal- qsi6, one eyed ; ba’koanEmgqs- toa, pupil of eye (= man in eye) ; tl’dqstoa’lé, eye ts sick ; wunk:’- é/qstoa, lower eyelid (= edge of eye). eyeball, L. k-*EpElu’qstoé (—stoé, eye), H. k'a/prle’. eyebrow, L. a’an, H. au’ nil, eyelashes, L. ha’pélik* (hap—, hair); La’paqstoa (= eye hair). eyelid, Li. k*EpElu/qstoé (7) (—stoé, eye); H. Owé’kyatltoa, upper — ; wunk-’’é’qstoa, lower —. aaini‘a, G. Boas J Ee Jace, L. H. k’’0’/k-omé ; L. N. —mé, tl’é/seEmé. skin of face; L. k-oate/méya, scar on fuce ; o/nutlemé, cheek (= side of Jace) ; mé/maatlEmé, two faces ; H. —mé, —ma; tl’0gomu/Jé, face sick ; k’u/smé, skin of fuce ; alk‘ma/la, face bleeds ; Owa’ mia, cheek ; ts'0’/tsoqma, to wash face ; G. haithkyutemé, right side of face (—kyut, opposite). facing, N. —k‘am; ok-amialis, facing beach ; ha’/nk‘amalis, canoe in front of beach; a'tik‘am, hind side of man, box (= facing back- ward) ; a’tik‘amala, house fac- ing woods ; Na’/nk-amalis, bear facing world ; kua’k‘amatla, Sacing river mouth ; k*0k-oma’- lis, canoe lying on side in front of beach ; L. task‘ama/tlin, I stand facing sea (—tlé, surface of water) ; H. osk‘amé’kya, back (—ékya, back). See also N. sintlé’k‘am, face of Sintlae ; minstek’E/mt, to strike face. It would seem that —mé designates: Jace; —k'am, an aclion per- Sormed with the face. See also Outside of round object. Sace, upper part of, N.—tEm ; gyi/ls- gyiltem, the long-headed ones. to fall down from an elevated post- tion, H. nué/tlaqitl, — in house (—aqa, down ; —itl, in house); nué/ilaqale, — outside (als, out- side) ; Hué/tlia, to fall into water. to fall, to roll down hill, N.k’u/ mea ; k’OmEne'1é, explained as; ev- erything falls upon him. to fall down (walking), BH. kn'ains’- é/nem. to fall, L. kui' nals, tofall (tree), I, ta/n'it, BH. kuila'q’it, 52 [Noy. 18, to fall to pieces, IN. 11é' Ha. to fall, L. té’q’it ; té/qtlala, to fall into fire (—qtlala, flames). to fall into water, L. E)a/ts’0. river falls, L. kyo/tla. Samily, H. mané/ma (see Gens), famous, N. ts’é/tloala; K-a’'laité (name), explained as: famous. Sar, N. k’0é’k: ; L. k-o@/sala, ¢é és Sar; k'oe’k'sdt, far away on other side (—sOt, on other side) ; K-o0é’k-s0t’énog, people on the Sar other side ; k-0é/s0tE/ngélis, far other side, end of world (—Enq, edge; —lis, land); k‘ui’sEUa, to go far off; H. qué’sala, far. Sarthest, N. —k-aua ; bé'/benak-aua, the lowest ; e'kyak‘aua, above ; adlak*oak‘aua’s6, speaking in lowest tones; nanOd’/ak-aua, the wisest one. to furt (said of male and female), H. wa/qua. Sast, N. i'Ha; i/nak‘amé, the fastest one ; We’Hala, slow (wé—, nega- tion); G. ha’lagyilis. Sather, N. Omp, H. du/mp, G. apf; N. 0/mpté, dead father ; N. ad- dressed; ats, ats; addressed by children ; da/da, Sather-in-law, mother-, son-, daugh- ter-in-law, L. N. H. negu’mp. fathom and subdivisions : futhom, L. palit, H. pa/tl’a; one fathom, 6’p'Enka ; two —, ma/tlp’ Enka. —— left elbow to fingertip of riyht hand, H. k-‘aséta/k-. —— left shoulder to fingertip of right hand, H. asd’tqa-int. —— middle of chest to fingertip of right hand, H. as0o/d’apot (—apoa, breast). —— right shoulder to fingertip of right hand, H. k’a’pot Sawn of deer, H. ad’ Ophé’wa, 1892. | to fear somebody, N. wa/lipolo. feared, N. gyi/lem; gyi/lemkyas, the one really feared. to feast, N. k‘ui/las; k‘ui’/lastems, place where feasts are regularly held ; k‘d'\sElas, people going to a feast. — to yive a feast, L. tléela. feathers, N k’a’mqua ; k‘a/mquaq- stalis, feathers on mouth on beach. —N.H. ts’i/lkem, coll. ts’rlts’n/- ku; ts’i/IkyEmpa, feathers on top. — wing —, L. p’E11Em. to feel, N. H. p’e’fula; ia’kuis p’é/nula’so, bad to feel; H. p’épéyo’k’a, to feel among (—ak-a, among). to fell a tree, H. tla/k-ama, fellow, L. kya’gyiqa (?); —lot; N. gyO/uklot, tribe (= village fel- lows). Sern, L. sa/kuam (Pleris aquilina); — root, L. si/kum, —— H. k‘é’stem. to fetch fire, L. A. 4/noa; L, acano- a/tlen, IT am going to —; L. ané’k:a, to fetch fuel. Sew, L. bb’ latlpeta’G(—pétad. small). to fight, to make war, N. qo’metlela. to fight, i. kuti’q’ uit. —— against each other, H. ts’é/katla. —— always fighting, wind’ lagyilis. —— fighting place, ba’k oqtEms. fin of whale, L. tli’kya (—égya, back). — dorsal fin of fish, H. ts’E/mte- gya (—égya, back). — anal —, H. temtEmua’tsé. — pectoral —, H. k’a’/lk’alk’Em. to find something unexpectedly, N. H. 116/k'oala ; this term is used es- pecially for meeting a supernatu- ral being; tl0’k*0é, whatis found unexpectedly. to find while walking, N. k’’ak‘asky- 53 [Boas. ina/la (see To walk); in songs: tayukuina’la. hand and fingers, L. k‘oa/koaqtsane (—tsaué, hand), H. k*.a'k-oaq- skya/né (—skyané, hand), G. Hinnaqgsky’a/né (—sky’ané, hand). ; Jirst finger, L. ts’é’/mala, H.G. ts’Em. second —, L. nO/la (—elder brother), H. k’’Om, G. k“a’qté. third —, L.<&’lt’aq,H.ss4/10,G.sa'lé. fourth —, L: kn’ét, H. ku'é’ta, G. kyida’. jinger ring, L. k’é‘k‘ateqtlé, G. k é- knigya/né. jir, L. iaiaqpa’lamis (—mis, tree), H. ané/oas (= fuel (?) ). Sire, N. Hé/k’ala ; Hék‘ala‘la ni/kyé, mountain is on fire; L. N. le’/k Oitl, firéin house ; —qtlala, fire, flames; 6’qilala, flames ; tu/qtlala, to jump into fire; hanntlala, Kettle on fire (han—, vessel); k*antlalatsé, great fire (k’ai, much; —tré, large) ; 1é/qtlala, to full into fire; H. Qqui/ltela, fire; legui/las, fire- place (—i\l, in house; —as, place); tqila/lis, to jump into five; G. Quitkca’pé, fire; k-aintlala, large fire; tqila‘la, to jump into fire; Qu’liqulta, lightning ; kwa/ktlaloda’tsé, ket- tle (—atsé, receptacle). fire dill, L. a’nek‘, A. ano’/ku, H. ano’k. base of fire drill, H. ayo’/k (used with ear waz). jirm, immovable, N. a’latlé ; alé’s, immovable in ground ; alé'tl—, in house ; alé’tsEm, firmness. first, N. gyil; gyilgyila‘itl, ancestor (=first of house); gyalamus- tila, salmon beginning first to ascend the river; H. gya’la; gya’lu’it, first time. Boas. ]} jish, H. ma’gyilis (see mea’, salmon ; —gyilis, earth=all). —— sp (2), Tl. t’O'ldp. —— sp (2), Tl. qd/ltsus. Jishline, L. k’ alk’, H. k’unk/m. Sor deep sea, L. mak‘a’nvé, H. me’'lEk. jist, L. k*’06’k‘otsE/maé. five, N. H. sky’a, G.siky0'Q; — round objects, sikya'sk*Em ; — long ob- jeets, sikyatsq. jijteen, N. H. sky’a’gyt, G. sikya- gu’u. jifty, H. sky’a’ksuk, G. sikyapenk~’- a/popena jlagstaf, N. seEntlé’p’iq (—p'iq, pole). flat land, N. A. Otsi’lis, N. Nemo- kuista’lis, alone on flat, open land. flee, L. H. topeatse. Jloodtide, L. it’/nak-oa, H. iq’oit. to flood, N. d’u/pa; d’apali’s, cov- ered by tide; d’upE'|s, to flood ground outxide of house. floor of house, N. —itl, H. wiil. flower, L. k’o0a’san. —— sp. (2), a white —, HB. k-oi’k. —— ap. (27), red and blue —, H. mats’é/k‘ola. to fly, L. Uanad/k-ua, BH. ma/tela ; ma'iéa, to fly above something ; ma/taput, to fly below (—poa, below) ; mA/timatEm, wings, SJoam, N. ai/owé; &/watsé, large foam (name of a place). Jog, lL. p’® lqela, H. a'nk-oala, G. a/nq’auk-oé (see Cloud). Sood, H. ha’mts’imas(ham—, to eat); hA’mts’aqtlé’e, rest of food. Soolish, L. nend/lo, N. nd/ntlem, nEen0/l6; ndld’/k‘amé, greatest Sool (mythical name of porcu- pine); Nodloyiégyilis, fool in middle of canoe on earth; Ni- tlemistalitse/mk‘a, female, all 54 [Noy. 18, around . foolishness (—ista, around ; —tsEm, —ness ; —k’a, Semale=mate to walk around everywhere like a fool); Ni tk-alagyilis, always acting like a fool; Nuatlnaileli/kya, high- est of all fools ; Nua’tlatla, sim- ilar to a fool; Ni‘tlamd, born a fool; NO/ntlemgyila, mak- ing foolish. Soot and leg below knee, N. gyikoii’, L. gyi’/koaé, H. kokué’, G. gy ti’ go6. —N. H. G. (0q)si’/tsé; 0’pr- tsétsé, foot of an object; L. ts’Oqtsdqsi’tsé, hoofs; dqtlak- si‘tsé, Aeel; H. amba/iltsitsé, skin of heels; yii’qstéusitse, dancing leggins ; k'uk’utsi’tsa, skin of feet ; G. dzaqdzuqdzitsa, dancing leggins. forehead, N. —60@, L. 0'kwévée, fore- head ; aiky&/0é (good fore- head) ; k‘oatsé’0é, scar on fore- head ; ts’éq@/0é, dancing cap (ts’ék'a, secrets) ; Tl. yiqd/éoé, dancing cap ; \1’ési'0€, skin of —; Hi/sivaé, wolf’s head mask for Tlokoala; Oki’iatlé, forehead on sea (—11é, on sea) ; H. G. také- joa’, forehead ; H. k*’a'kéioa, glabella (=notch in forehead(?)); qapé/ioa, head presser (qnpé, cradle) ; 1]’A’k-oéioa, headring of cedar bark (\’ak-ok:, red) ; tloqéion/la, forehead is sick. ; forest, L. &/ilen (= inland, behind), H. kc a's. Soundation, N. ky'a’k-utla; ky’a’k-a, — on stone (—a, stone) ; ky’a’- kris, house founded in water (—is, in water), pile dwelling. to founder, L. wuns’it, Jour, N. H. mi, G. mia. . JSvurteen, N. H. mii‘agyi, G. mia- gi/u. 1892. ] Sorty, H. mok-suk, G. mOpEn k°’a’- popEna, N. Mam0/sk‘amEE/n- koa, carrying four round ones. fox, white-tailed (2), H. mok*’uqt (m0/k'oa, white ; —qt, end of body). Sragment, N. —tsEs ; Qua’kunatsEs, — of canoe ; qa/lk‘oatsEs, — of dish. those free from Tsétsa'ék'a, N. k'ué’- k-utsé. my friend! N. k-ast. to frighten, N. hawi/na'la. to be frightened, L. ts’B/tlkya. Srog, . Tl. wok’’a’ec, H. atsi’. Sront, H. tl’as—; tl'a-k-am, — of box, man (—sk-am, outside sur- face) ; \la’satsé, painted front of box ; 1l&’sanoa, — of house, island, round object. Suel, L. 1n’/k‘oa ; fireplace, 1p’k-o-itl , (= fire tn house). full, L. H. G. k*0/uta; BH. k°0/’aug gis ha’mhimisa, this box is full of Sood. to make fun of somebody, N. da/mt- lala. to make fun of somebudy’s words, N. gua/k ‘wala. funnel for mending kelp botile, N. ts’éts’EqumeE: a! waé. Surscal, L. N. qi’oa. Future, L. N.—tl ; gank/mtl, — vife; qua’kunatl, canoe that is mak- ing. G. game of hoops, N. gya/naé, A. gya’- natala, game (children stand in a circle around one who tries to make the others laugh by tickling them), A, Qqua/ni. gens, N. nEm’é/mut. ghost, L. N. bakuiné’i (from bakus, 55 [ Boas. man), la/lénoq (—énoq, peo- ple), H. loa/tl; N. 1616/tlalatl, ghost dunce (—latl, dance). giant, N. hé/itsé (—the great one; —tsé, great). gills, Ly. k*’O/senaé, H. g’u/ntsé. girl (about twelve years old), L. kya- yalam (= litile woman), H. g’anE/mo, to give, N. ts’a, H. tsoa’. glabella, H. k*’aké@ioa’ (k ’ak—, notch; —€ioa, forehead). to gnaw, N. ky’a’/pa, H. gy’a’p’étsd. to go, L. N. la—; 10/otlt6, — out of canoe (—Otlt, out of canoe); laqta’la, — out seaward ; la‘lad- tla, always going across ; laqs, — mto cunoe (—qs, in canoe); lé/istula, — around (—ista, around); latu/sela, canoe goes down river; latu’selagyilis, walk- ing down river; G. lea‘il, to enter (—itl, tn house); lags, to go into canoe; H. laai’il, to enter (—itl, tn house); laai‘ila, to carry into house ; laq-i'ua, to go through ; la'qa, to go downward (—aqa, down); léinakula, to go moving towards an object (—na- kula, motion); tua’, to walk ; 16tso0a’, — over a plank ; tokoia’, — over a pile of planks. —N. g‘6'lselin laq John, J am going to John. to ga to look fur , N. —uiala ; qoa’qoakuia/la, — canoe; ha’- natlaiala, — canoe = to go to buy acanoe ; hamasuia’lagyilis, always going about to look for Sood. go on! L. wékia’a. god, L. k‘ants’0’ump (= our father); k-ants umiqala’soé (whom we praise). good, L. N. aikua, H. G. ain; N. aintaka’la, good among others ; Boas. ] é/igyitlala, geod ia’qsum, bad ; ia/kuim, cause of evil; @/ikuim, cause of good (luck, etc.); GikHsdqstd/é, with pretty eyes; éiky’és, sand (= good beach); ainp'aqsta, to apeak good of one; H. aiknits- kolis, good, flat beach; iukn, bad; G. ainpa, good taste ; ainp’a/la, good smell; aigyitsui’s. sand (= good beach). good-by! L. ala’kyasla, H. wilé’- Hseqa. goose, L. nb/qgak-. grandfather, L. N. H. g‘ai’g-Rmp (gag‘a’s, thy —), G. gag a’p. grandson, N. L. ts’0’qtéma (ts’0/- qtlema (?) ), H. ts’0’qtlema. granddaughter, WN. ts’d’qtemak-as (ts’O/qtlemak as (?)) (—k as, Female), H. ts’6’qil=mak’s (—k’s, female). to grasp, L. k‘’0’'ésatl, N. da/n’it, H. tqsEmeé’. grass, H. ky’é/tem; N. ky’é/tokwis, grassy place. grave, L. tégya'ya, H. tsuwi’k‘, A. ala’k’, : of chief, A. tk’alé’em. —— in tree, H. ky’a/kqlatlak‘ (see Foundation). graveyard, A. H. al’aia’s (—as, place of). great, N. —tsé ; sa’tse; great man ; hé/itsé, giant; Na/ntsé, great bear ; na’k'ntsé, the great wise one; (see Large); H. k’’aié’- kyas, really great (see Many). great among —, N. Nemk’é’s’anatl, the greatest among the Nimkish ; gyéqsems'anatl, the greatest among the gye'qaem, great-grandparent, N. hé’lus. great grandchild, N.héogwiné(m.), hé/logwinék'as (f.), H. tlévlau- lstoa, 56 on water ;- [Nov. 18, great-great-grandfather, N. €/v’os. grease of olachen, H. tlé’na. grebe, N. k’’O/taq. green, L. tlE/nqa, H. té’qa ; té/qsrm, green blanket. ground, N. —gyis. grouse, L. homhom (?), Tl. ma’k:o- als, H. mkyEls (—als, in woods (?) ). group of, N. —qsEm ; t’a’tloqsEm, copperplates tied together; gyé'q- sEm, @ group of chiefs. to grow, N. k*’: a’qa. gum, L, k‘oali/ku, Tl. k-’0a’k-oale, H. k-olé/a. gun, L. ha/ntlem (see Arrow), N. ha‘natlaiala, to go to buy a gun, G. kyidai’o. gutts, H. ts’éi/e’m. Gyimanoitg, G. Qana’ks’jala. Gyitamat, H. G. Qaisla’. Gyitamat language, G. awi/kyala, = correct noise. H. Haida, H. Haida, G. Qa’/édaq. to hail, L. tsi/lqa, N. tsi/lqmis, BH. tst/Iqpis (= knowing to —), G. tsE/Iqa. hair, L. sa/ya, G. H. sia, L. N. H. hap—; L. hapa/qstéya, beard (= mouth hair); ha’ pélik:, eye- lashes ; lhhapa/mtso, — tr arm- pits; Wapensia’, chin beard (= tooth hair); H. hapta/é, beard (= mouth hair); ha’paq- stoa, eyelashes ; h&i/mtsoa, — in armpits (—tsoa, inside); G. ha'‘bilin, eyelashes, half, . nek’d/ioi (see Middle), HB. k*'A/usé, N. s0’ps’al, to cut in half ; sdps’a/Isa, to cut in half in woods ; sdps’ali/sa, to cut in half on beach ; matls’ali/tla, to divide into two halves in house. 892.] 57 [Boas. half breed, N.ma’/mat]’atsé (= young of white man). halibut, L. N..H. p’d/é. —— dried, H. d’a’los. — fabulous, N. nemua/liky6. haliotis, L. N. A. H. ai/utsum ; N. Aintsuma4/litlilak‘, made — in house; Aintsumk:amlitl, cov- ered with — in house; al’éin- tsEm, real —(?); A. Aintsum- k-anak‘. Hamats’a, N. a/mats’a, H. tani’s. hammer, N. liky’ai’/6, —, stone, La. N. pk/|pElk, H. p’a’- yoq, qa/utsé ; p’A’/yoq t'é/sEm- a/qa, the hammer is of stone. hand (and fingers), L. k-oa'qoaq— tsané, H. k-oa/k-oaqskyané (hands); haia’/so, G. ha/ist; L. N. — tsana, tsané; k‘Em- qotltsa/na, left —; tl’é/stsainé, skin of —; hé/itlkyutts’a/na, right — (= right opposite hand); k’utsa/né, scar on —; t’at’i/g- tsina, to scratch —; .H. G. —kyané; k’uk’uskya’/né, skin of hands; ha’itlkutkyané, right —; k’oqsky@/na, to cut off —; aluskyan4’la, blood on —; Owé/gyatlkya/né, back of —; pak’ athkya/né, palm af —; G. Hinnaqskya’/né, fingers ;.k-’é’- k Etgya’né, ring. to hang over rope, v. n., Ta. k*&/q’uit. — . a., N. k'@/Hoa ; k*é’us, wash line (= place of hanging); k’’é- Hustal, woman hanging wash (—usta, wp). —— one’s self, L. m6d’/kuagdt (moq, to tie (2); —aqa, down). to hang on to nail, L. té/kuitl; N. 1ék*uqsta/é, something hanging down from mouth. to make happen, N. k‘o@’gyilisa. happy, H. aikyek Bla’ (see Good). hard, L, p’é/isa. harelda glacialis, ‘i. i/anak«. harpoon for salmon, L alé/winog, k-atlaya (k-atla’yo (?) ), H. ts’- a/kyEm. —— double point of —, H. kqpa = notch point, — shaft of —, H. ma’siutl. sealing harpoon, N. miisto. hat, L. N. tlete’/mtl (—remitl, head cover), H.k a/it; N. gyé’k amtl, chief’s hat (—gyé, chief); yiq- u/mtl, head mask (= dancing head cover); H. tl’n’kyimtl, wooden hat for war. to hate (see Envy), N. tlé’selasué, the hated one; ha'inakyalasd, the hated one; hé’nakyala, to hate, to slander (?). hau-hau, H. ha/ok*haok-. to have, N. aqnd/kuaté, he has it; —nuk, having; Metla‘lanuk, having east wind ; Koanilano’- kuné, having smoke = who always gives away smoke. head, L. Qums, H. G. hainté; H. —k-éa ; k’usk’éa, skin of head ; tl'dqk*éa'lé, head és sick ; tak’- k'éa‘la, head cover; k*’a’tsoa- k Ga, crown of —; ts0/sk’éa, dried head. —— to cut off head, L. k a‘a’it ; L. N. k a’gyik‘, head cut of; N. qaué’/k*, head cut off. head ring of cedar bark, Tl. k‘agé- ma/la tla’k‘oq, H. tl'a’k‘oéioa (—€ioa, forehead); N. Yiquma’- lakilak‘, made to use head dress. head presser, H. qgapé/ioa (qap’é, cradle; —€ioa, forehead). head, top of a thing, N. 6’qtlé. — of river, N. Ogyéqtoé. —— of land, cape, N. 6/kuitemé ; O/kuitemalis, — on beach. to hear, H. )a/umétl, k-a/uwatela ; k‘d/wat’Es, with good power of hearing. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxI. 140. H. PRINTED MARCH 27, 1893. Boas. ] heart, L. no’k-é, N. na/k‘aé, H. wa/stEma. heaven, Tl. 10/ua, n&’la, A. lEua’ ; N. le/uagyila, heaven maker, name of the raven. heavy, H. goid'k*. heel, Le. Gytlaksi’/tsé (—sitsé, foot), H. oqtla’tlmoa. hemlock, L. tle/nek’, Tl. koa’q, H. 16’k’oas. hermaphrodite, H. koa’lk-. herring, L. H. wa'né; H. waa/né- gyila, where herring use to come. —— roe, fresh and dried, H. aa/nt. — rake, L. viéta'id to hew with axe, a. N.s0’pa ; s0’/paio, axe (—aid, instrument) ; H. k’d’- koa. to hide, L. wu’na. high, La. N. ai/ky’a, H. aiky’é (see Above). high water, L. tE/tepEmée; H. iqoé’t, it is flood ; iqumé’, tt ts high water. hill, gently sloping, L. aikninét (see High). to hit, Lu. k-’a’pa. to hold by ear, N. ni’sa. hole, Iu. ko’qsoala, N. gua’qoé ; H. ' gua’p, torn, no piece missing ; loépla’, @ piece missing (see Empty). hoof, L. ts’Sqtsdqsi’tsé (—sitsé, foot; distributive), H. kskina’tl. hook, . k’’é'taid, tla’k’aid, H. k-a/- tlaid, ak's. horn, BH. wutle’m. house, L. N. Ti. gyd’/k ; N. gyigyd’- qisé, large house; gydqsi'waé, house at mouth of river ; gy6q’- Enqgé, house on edge ; gydqiEms, village site; gyogyokonutlem- Ala, houses on both sides; Hi. gok‘'; Gs gyi/kuila, to make —; gy Agtiis, house at mouth of river; 58 [Noy. 18, gyugstais, howse ts in water; gyOk, also: winter village. house with many steps, Tl. ts0/ya- yuk’. — Tl. —tsEms, 6.natsE/ms, large house. —— on piles, N. ky’a’k‘is = founded in water. — housefellow. G. wA’oitl. —— inside of —, house floor, —itl ; N. ts’ai/tlkla, to rwn into house; t0/witl, to jump —; d’O/quiua, to look —; wé&/wakulitla, to bark —; k-étyeqsta/litl, carry- ing in mouth in house ; md'tsitl, chief’s wife = keeping from floor blankets ; ku’mmelalitl, clean house ; \p/k-oitl, fire —; han- 1'tl, Kettle on floor ; d’6'koitlila, to look into —; 10’pitl, empty —; laai/Ua, to carry into—; laui'tl, to enter ; G. g'oa'itl, to sit in —; wA/oitl, house mate. humming bird, H. koa’kumta. hundred, G@, skyOQ bEgua’/num five men. hungry, N. L. po’sk‘a ; posk-anloul, lam — to you; H. G. po'es (—és, inside of man); N. pawé’- tsit, one whom the hungry ask for Sood. to hunt deer, H. k &’/k‘amela (see Deer). to hurt one’s foot, I. id’/lelkoa. hunting box for canoe, N. 6’tsaqs (— qs. in canoe). husband, L. H. tla’wunkEm. I. IN. H.G. nd/gua; N, yin. tce, L. N. H. G. tl’dq. Indian, N. ba’/k’um, G. begué’/num (= men). —— of inland, N, La’qolis, N. H. A/tlasimin (A/tla, inland). ; 59 infant, N. wi'sa; G. qibaq (see Cra- dle). inland, N. aA’tla ; atla/lénoq, inland people = wolves. inside, N. Otsd, Gtsd/ ; la’'tsit, gyi’- tsdt, to put flut object into a box ; tln/nQtsit, to put long object into a box ; Hi‘lgtsut, to put blanket, shirt into a box ; k‘apa/titsut, to put round thing into a box; aqtsi/t, to put anything into a bor; kya'1s0, it is in box, lil closed ; kyétsé’mod, kyA/taqtlé- mo, it is in hox, lid opened ; hapa/mtso, hair in armpits ; ts’intsa’la, headache ; Tl. gya’- qtsoa, to enter; H. O’tsoa, in- side; gyé/tsdt, to putinto ; tuq- tsoa, to jump into ; \Ou’mtsoa, empty inside ; \a'tsoa, to enter ; ha/mtsoa, hair in armpit. —— a second thing inside a larger one, N. hé/l’6; hél’utsa/ls, @ small house in a larger one ; hé’- l’uts6, a small lake in a larger one. —— of mouth, N. awétlqa’de. —— of salmon, birds, N. awitsé’. — of man, H. Owa/qté, N. —is; sé/ilis, snake in belly ; H. —is; lopé’s, hungry (= inside empty). —— corner, N. 0'né. instep, H. wi'gyatlsi'tsé = back of foot. instrument, N. H. —aid. interstices of fingers, H. Owaqts’ Esa’ - wa. inventor (see Cvuncilor), N. kué’q’- énog ; Kuékuaqa&’oé, great —. to invite, N. a/etsésta, to invite all around to feast ; k:0/stitses, to invite guests arriving in canoes to land. island, L. N. maky4’la, distr. maa’- mkyala; mé/mkumlis, islands opposite village ; H. tl’ékya/é. — at low water peninsula, H. weq- tlai’s. {Boas. J. jaw, lower, H. wunk'éuqté (= edge of mouth). — joint, H. aqak’’r’m. blue jay, L. ku’ckuc, H. koa‘éleqs. joint, H. kqta (notch (2) ). juice of berries, L. sa&’k*, H. k*0é- 1é/s. z to jump, a. N. tu’q’uit ; N. tu’/qwuls, to jump upon ground ; 10'witl, — into house ; tu’qsta, — into water ; tuytla/la, — into fire ; H, tqua’lut, — tuwards ; tqua’- lis, — into fire; tqu/neqgaut, — along; tQ’oa’/qa, — down ; 1Q’6/Utsoa, — out of; tqQsi’oa, — through; tqsd’/stéoa, — up; tqsta, — into water; tatsoa, — into; G. tqui’t; tatla/lis, — into fire ; tasta, into water. —— (salmon), G. t’A/lema. K. to keep on, to continue, N. ia’la. kelp, L. papok‘oa/nim, H. wa/wate. kettle, N. hani’tl, — on floor ; ha’- nHtlala, — on fire (—nilala, fire); H. G. gy’ autlald’tatse (—atsé, receptacle). — wooden, L. k*’d/latsé (—atsé, receptacle), H. ky’etla’tl, G. kyeba/tsé. to kick, L. koa/e’it; H. k‘a/naqzit, — with toes; tsé’/qoit, — with heels. killed, N. ky’é/lagyuk‘. to kill, H. Elq, tlatlala’, N. halqa ; halai’/6, means of killing ; halq- siua/lis, killing on land at mouth of river ; ha’lq’ainog, murderer ; ha‘Iqagyilak‘, made to kill; halqibo/é, kilitng underneath. killer whale, L. N. Tl. ma/q’énog (= knowing to pursue secretly), A. ha/Iqaainog, H. G. ha/lq’- Boas. ] énoq (= murderer); H. ha‘lq’- aind/quilak‘oé, killer ketile; ha/‘Iq’ailak‘, painted killer whale. kindly, N. é@/ikyala (= good noise ; see Happy); k-’ék-ak-a’lis, a dance sail to meun: every one kind to him. knife for cleaning skins, L. ky’au- wai’d, H. k‘auwai’d. — fish knife, H. k-qtsEm. —— pocketknife, H. qtai’d, G. k-et- kta, ; — large, L. gy’a’qola, G. ts’u’tla. — of hawinalatl, k*’a/nt laid. —— stone knife, H. nebai’o. knot on tree, N. k*0’k-oa ; k’0kK‘0q- p’e’kyé, — on lower part of tree (= knot on shinbone ; —p'é’kye, shinbone). to know (see To hear), L. k*’a/tlam, N. k-a/la; k‘a/lamou, he — tt ; k-A/lak‘olits, the world knows ; H. k*’ad/tlnd/gua, J know it. —— Ido not know, H. HO'ta. knowing everything on earth (see Story), ni’qnémis (see Wise. Name of the animals in myths). knuckle, H. Ok:oia’. L. labret, H. k’a/tqtala (—qta, mouth). lake, La. tsilatl, H. g’a’us. lame, H. d’B/mkoa. lance, N. wi'tipa (—pa, point). land, N. —gyas, —lis, —gyilis, H. wa/q’uis, to land, L. H. li’gyilis (= to go to land), L. &iléstéw Qué’k’un, the canoe lands, ‘ language (see To speak), H. k’’Om- nsiuakya/la, white man’s lan- guage (noise); G. awi/kyala, Gyit amat language = correct noise. large, lL. N. wa'las; wé’lasila, to 60 [Nov. 18, give fifty blunkets to each in pot- latch (= to make large); aw0’- gy0q, large house; Tl. 0’mas ; OmatsE/ms, large house; G. ad/mas, H. k’’é/kyas, k-*’aié/- kyas (= really large, much); k’étsoa’, large water; k’éa- tlali, large fire; N. k’’é/qtlala, large fire; k*’antlalatsé, place of great fire ; (k’é/kyéna, many on drifting log). large, N. —tsé; gyd/ktsé, large house; gyigy) O’qtsé, distr. large houses; qua’quaku’natsé, large canoes ; K. K’’O'titsé, large one pointing to earth. last, H. wala’qtlé (—qué, hind) (sce Daughter). to laugh, H. da'tlila; datltse’m, laughter ; G. da’tla. I launch canoe, L. wiqstEn Qaqua’- kun, lazy, N. L. k’’a/msa ; L. k’’a’msEn, Tam —; K. K’’a/msintlé, — on top ; H. kysk-as. to lead hamats’a around after Tsa'- ék'a, N. wii'lek’a. leaf, L. paai’k:; paa/k*mis, maple (= leaf tree); H. mémé’/eqtlao, G. qa’k’um. to learn, N. g a’ gdtla; g &g‘otla/- numa, J come to learn (see To hear). to leave, La. pii’o. left, L. k*Emgdtltsina (—tsina, hand), H. k*EmEgqg4’/ot ; k*emeE- qi/otina, left side of body (—na, body); G. fidzgyut (—gyut, op- posite). leg below knee, N. 6/p’ékyé, —p’é- kyé; k’dk‘oqp’ékyé, swelling on shindone; H. k-’O/spégya, 1’6/Ul’égya, — above knee, GL. Snutsa/qsté (—nuts, side; —qsté, bottom), H. asi/ndtseytlé (—ndts, side ; ee es a ee ee a eee ee 1892.] 6 L | Boas. —qtlé, hind), —iamo; koak:- ta/maluk, having splint in leg ; k’uk’usqta’méd, skin of legs above knee ; G. kyukqOta/moa, knee. leggins, H. 1é/telqts’oa ; G. dzadzu- qtsi’tsa, dancing — (tsitsa, foot). let us not! N. koa/lanits. lid of box, N. kok-étay4’no, gyi’- sEqstal. to lie down, Li. kuli’/t] (—itl, in house); H. ka/ikuitl, lying person. to lie down to sleep, H. la/ustaitl (—itl, in house). to lie on back, Ly, netlé/tsd, N. d’é’- kyatla; D’éikya‘la, lying on back on sea; Q’é/intlala, lying on back in fire. to tell a lie, N. tle/lkoala, H. k‘é’- ik‘us. . light, N. na’k‘ula; na/qnaikya, day by day(?); Nuaqnauisila’k:oa, making the earth always lighted ; Na/qnaikyim, making light; naqnaais, earth being always lighted ; na'k-oatlaio, means of giving light; Na’qnaikyimgy?i’- lak‘, made light maker. to light fire, L. H. lek‘ué/la. light (not heavy), H. k’us, lightning, L. tlené/quit, G. Qu’lt- quta (see Fire). lips, H. sali/qté (—qté, mouth). liquid, L. ia’qa. tu listen, N. H. k‘a/watela, G. k*a’- tEla (see Jv hear). liver, H. tl’Egyé’s. to load canoe, La. ma/wa, N. m0’qsEla (— qs, in canoe), H.la/qsut (—ut, v. a.), G. wa/megsut ; wa/md- tltiit, to unload (—dult, out of canoe ; —iut, 0 a@.). to lock, Li. ,a’k° emt. locked, L. k06/tlk‘ient. log, N. t'ena’é (?); H. ya/k'oé, drift- wood; puqoai, a log aways drifting on same place. long, L. N. gyi‘lta; N. gyilta’la, — river; gyilté/itl, — house ; gyi’/Isgyiltem, long-headed peo- ple; H. G. gyilt. —— mouth of long shape, N. ts’é’k"- atla, —— in composition uith numerals, N. H. G. —tsq. long ago, L. HB. k‘aii/Uutl ; B. k-ai- i/tlutl'ats, in reference to invis- ible ohjects. to look, L. N. H. G. do/quit; N. d6y’ok’ala, — among; do’- quitla, — into house; ddqtsas- taitlela, he was —ing into house; déqsEmaintlak, J — after; H dédqdqtla/la; — back (—qtla, hind; —la, v.); d6k-oitli!a, — in- to house ; ddk-oaqala, — down ; déqsistala, — all wround ; doq- sdstéwala, — up ; G. dumdu’k-- qk’a, — among. — up, L. éikyak'e’/muit (= to make face up), G,. Ha/tEla. —— down, L. penk‘e’muit (= to make face down). —— along, H. koé’k‘a (—k‘a, reach- ing towards). loon, H. ba’tla. to lose, H. ték630't. loud, N. ha/sEla (see Council), H ia‘ky’ék-la (= bad noise). louse, L. k’én, H. ga/ina. to louse, L. k*’u’tla. low, H. nz/qwas. low voice, N. ad/lak‘ula; a6/lak-- oak‘awas6, the one speaking with lowest voice (—k‘awa, extreme ; —s0, participle). low, the lowest house of a row along river, N. gua’pé. low water, L. ky’a’ts’aias, H. tl’d’- palis. lungs, H. Qu’sa. lyna, K. wa/lasHE (= large tooth) (—sHE, tooth). Boas. ] M. made of —, N. —tsEs; t’é/sumtszEs, made of stone. to make, N. H. —gyila; N. 6’ma- gyila, to make chieftainess ; hé’iligyilik-ala, always wanting to cure (heitl—, right); wa’oum- gyila, death; ha’mgyila, to feed; le/wagyila, heaven maker; ha/Iqagyilak‘, made a murderer ; K-oé/gyilak‘, made a whale; T’e/sumgyilak‘, made stone ; k-o/gyilisa, to make something happen ; —ila ; tk/msila, to beat time; H. a’mgyila, to cook; —guila; g0’/guila, to make house; wi’guilak ‘, painted eagle ; —ila ; halq’ailak‘, painted killer whale; tlé/Huila, to make mat ; G. gyi’- guila, to make house. to make fire with fire drill, H. sEla’. man (homo), N. H. begua’num ; N. breg’u’s,man in woods; buq! a’k‘, eating human flesh ; baqbaku’l- atl, always eating human flesh ; Baqbakudlanusi/waé, always eating human flesh at mouth of river ; bEgya’sit, widower ; ba’- guala, to talk (man); ba/bakum, youth ; HB. begua/numkyasé, a real man; Dgua’la, to talk (man); bgopé’s, a talker. man (vir), H. G. wé/sem; Bilqula’s wé/sEm, @ Bilqula man. —— énog, N. laqs’entaé’nog, who knows to cut up. many (see Much, Great, Large), N. k’é/neEm; k’é/kyes, eating much; kak’é/ky’éin, I try to cat much; k’ayE/nkul, many in hand ; kanité, many tn hem; k’’é/kyéna, many on a log of driftwood; k'ai'uq, precious ; H. k'ai/nem;' k’aintla/la, much fire; kykié, many things adrift; k’'é/kyats, large. 62 [Nov. 18, maple, li. paa’k’mis (= leaf tree). married, H. ha’isk*. martin, . N. tlp’k‘ek’, Tl. tla’k‘ik:, H. me’stik‘an. martin blanket, N. tle’k‘oqsEm, H. ma/mastlk ‘dtl. mask, lL. N. H. yi/qamtl (yiq—, dance ; —amtl, head cover); H. ha/Iqamtl, killer whale mask (ha/lqa, to kill); Hi-i/uae, small wolf’s mask for Tlokoala, worn on head (—iuaé, forehead); nau’alak: (general term for danc- ing implements). mast, a. iau/apek’, H. yai’uaspék-, G. yi’p’iq (wind pole). mat of bleached cedar bark, N. gyi’- tsus. — diagonal, L. N. G. tlé/wé, H. tlé/oa; tlé’Huila, to make mat. —— diagonal with black stripes, N. tsa’/tsaéuq. —— for salmon, N. yipeld’. —— of bulrushes, N. kulé’e. —— strands parallel to rim, N. tsa’- kuitl. me, N. gy A'qen. meat, L. Elts. medicine, Is. paiti’e, H. é’qsa. to mend, N. hai‘atlila (= to make right); Hai/atlilak‘as, mending woman. to meet, N. kyi/mk‘a (—k‘a, reach- ing towards), H. ba’k6, to melt, tce melts, i. yA’gétla tloq. menses, HI, é’qenta. middle, N.1..4’/k‘aualis ; né/k‘otléua, the — one; nia’k‘elta, — on water; na’k‘otléoisEn 8 na‘la, middle of sky; nak’d/yuitlé, — in something on sea; L, na- k°é/kié, midnight; nek &’la, noon; N. gyti/iué, the middle one; gyt/iulis, middle one of all; O/yué, the middle one in canoe ; noloyiégyilis, fool in middle of canoe on world, 1392. | 63 [Boas. midnight, L. nak*é/kié (see Middle), mountain kid, H. méme’nil. H. k’’a/ikya, G. k-’a’/sk‘amiya —— blanket, L. N. pElpElask‘x’m, (k*’a'stisa, noon). H. ts’atsaqka/utl. mild, N. iantlemé’tl, made — (in —— tallow, N. ia/sEk*. song). mouse, N. L. gyigya’tsk’, A. tsa’mi, milt, H. d’E/Igyim. H. askya’/nék-qs (female). mink (Putorius vison), lL. N.metsa’, mouth, L. N. A. H. G. sums; N. Tl. H. k6/na, G. kuna’q; N. —qsté, tl'é/tsEqsté, skin of — Kuéu, in tales (probably bor- (a/oaqgsté, mouth); ak-aqstalis, rowed from the Coast Salish with open mouth on beach (ak:—, ka/iq); N. K. Tl. name in open mouth); pE/nkyutagqste, myths : tlé/sElagyila, sun maker. chin (= below opposite mouth) ; to miss, L. t é/k-oa. 1é/kuqsta, carrying in mouth ; monster in sea, Ly. ia/knim (= cause na’laqstala, carrying day in of evil), H. ia/knis (= evil in mouth ; k‘amquagqstalis, feath- 8ea). ers in mouth on beach ; ha’paq- moon, , mia’k’ola, A. H. nd/si, G. stéya, beard; ékyut'éqstén, gyidz0’/a ; A. in myths Kyé/l6- palate (= abave opposite mouth) ; yak‘amé = the first one. H. —qtaé; ha/’pqtaé, mus- tache ; sitqta/la, a cod; hasq- ta‘la, council; saliqté, lips; morning, L. na’H’it (= light), H. wi/6tl, k’oa‘k-aai/la, G, na’q- koa. k’atqta/la, labret; pd/qtaé, mortar, H. mEkoa’tsé (—atsé, recep- esophagus ; qtiqta’é, pipe stem ; tacle), tl’Oqta’/la, sick at —; agya’qtala, mosquito, H. k-’a/éqa, to scold. mother, L. N.abe/mp, H.G.abd/uk, open mouth, N. ak-—; a’k’étl, — in W. L. at (said by children), H. ma/ma (said by children). motion, N. H. —nakula; N. ma/na- kula, to swim (= fish motion) ; K’OmeEna/kula, getting rich; H. léina’/kula, to go toward ; tlana/kula, bark breaker ; k’OkEna/kula, axe (see To hew) ; kéina’kula, to go straight ahead. —— to go far off moving, k-ui/sEtla (see Far). mountain, L. niikyé (borrowed from Nootka (?)), A. k*Ok’s, H. g’0/guis, G. wawé’s. —— with snow on top, H. nask*Em- a/la (na/é, snow; —sk‘Em, round thing). — goat, L. me’iqtlé, HH. G. ts’aik*; many —. ts’a/k-gyila, where house ; ak-aqstalis, with open mouth on beach. inside of mouth, L. N. —étlqa/oé ; N. 1)’étsétlqa/o0é, skin —; wa’- pétlag6’ya, saliva ; H. tl’Oqoé- tlaqaua/la, sick —. mouth of river, N. a’siwe ; —siwaé ; hanusi/ wae, canoe at —; gy0’q- si/waé, house at —; tligsi/waé, clover root at —; tsAtstpatsi’ wae, river mouth dammed up ; ha‘lq- siualis, killing on land at mouth of river ; H. K*’Omusiwa, Hu- ropean (rich at mouth of river) ; G. wast4’s; gyuaQtlis, house at —; N. kwa/k ématla, facing mouth of river; kwa’kyiutis, shorter one of two points at mouth of river (compare: gua—, north ; guapée, the lower one on Boas.) river ; —kyit, opposite; —is, land). to put into mouth, N. k’'a’sela; woqgsEm k-’a/sEla, — from both sides. mouth full of water, N. hama’la (see To eat). to move, change home, N. k‘0'stis. to move head while dancing, N. Qua’- nék’a; gyé/sela (in songs.) to move wildly, to boil (water), N. p’o‘légola. murderer, N. kué'qagyila (= killing with club) ; ky’é/laky’énoq. muskrat, kyila’k*. N. nail of finger, L. N. G. ts’E/mts’Em, H. ts’emts’B/mk-amé. name, N. tlé’qk‘am ; tlé’k-ala, to— ; tlatlik-éla/lait, every one —s him ; a’nkoaqtlas? what is your —? tlék-ate/ntlas Na‘ntsé, my name is Na'ntsé. nape, La. a/wapé, H. k‘oa/kukeEné. narrow, L. ima’pitog t’é/Hila, nar- row (small) road. navel, L. k*EtE)6’k‘oitsé, H.pd/ktsé, G. pE/tsdzé. near, ls. H. neqoa’la. nearly, ha’isela —; ha/IsEla/min wé/tsem, I was nearly not in time. . neck, . k*’6/k’ bn; N. Oqtlaa/toé, posterior part ; Oqa've ; —qioée, anterior part; Hi, k*’ok*'6/né ; —qioa ; pétseqi/oa, wind pipe ; k*'Otsaqi/oa, collar bone ; k’O- k‘oqa/oa, Adam's apple ; t)’ak:- qa/va, neckring of bark ; tl0'- qouqholu, — és sick ; — skyena, — posterior part ; tlo'qoaskye- na/la, — te sick, neckring of Ha'mats'a, Ti, Uw'k*uk’, A. k"’Mamdu. G4 [Noy. 18, needle, Is. k End'id, H. k*oad’qpa (—pu, point). —— for macerating bark, A. H. tVakoa/ne. nephew, L. N. tl0lé’, H. tl6’el. nest of bird, H. siwa/tsé (—atsé, re- ceptacle) ; k*Elqaila’tsé. net (various kinds), A. tlakim, q§’- utem, N. gyigy’é/tlem, H. yik'qk’, k’’OkHoayai/o. nettles, N. ts’E/ntsEnqtlEm. new, L. &/tltsEm. news, N. 1s/é/tlwala (see Famous). to nibble, L. k’’ eni’ttsad. niece, a. N. tlolé/keas. night, L. ka’nutl, H. pékk, G. g’a’- natl ; L. neké/kié, midnight. nine, N. H. G. miw0d’s. nineteen, G. mouasgi’u. ninety, G. mopEnkyask:’a/pdpena, no [i, wi, ky’é], N. wi, not; ky’é, ky’é’'us, no, none ; wi/lok’, none (obsolete); wi/Emk:’asEla/sdqtis, with what he was not satisfied ; wi'k’’as, wi/k*’asEla, not to have enough ; wi'utl, not to get what one wants; we/Kyaé, not quite Sull (—kyaé, top of box); wi'- tsEm, not in time; wid/sukuila, - making that there is no time to escape ; ia/qsum, bad ; H. ky’e, no; iaku, bad; @. we/tlimas, weak, it is not right, N. O’tsatla. noise, N. H. —ala; N. ba/quyala, summer song (ba/qus, time when no ts’étsa'ék'a ts held); ts’é/- k‘ala, ts'étsa'ék a song ; k*oe!- k‘oagala, raven’s voice ; ha/sEla, loud; kuai/kunqgs‘ala, council ; hava’q’ala, baten; sa/oltala, noise of falling objects ; tléana’la, noise of falling to pieces; qu’- nt’ala, to snore; dn/nqgela, to sing ; H. tinsa/la, bad tempered ; tlé/qala, to beat time; hai‘lala, 1892,] to scold ; ké’q’ala, noise of saw ; G. Gué’tala, Tsimshian lan- guage; H. —k-oala; N. 1s0/- koala, noise of dancing apron ; a0/lak‘ula, low voice ; gy0’qgyd- koala, noise of breaking; H. aiku’ékula, good noise; G. Héiltsa’/k‘oala, Héiltsuk lan- guage; N. H. G. —kyala; N. hé/ikyala, noise; kumléykyala, noise ; ts’@/koikyala, voice of gull; ha’'inakyalaso, hated ; H. k’Omusiuakyala, white man’s language; ky’é/kyala, wooden trumpet ; G. awi/kyala, correct language. noise, N. H. ku/nqula; N. Ku/m- kumléqa’tsé, name of rocks near Ft. Rupert=noise place; H. kunqla‘lis, noise place. noon, a. nEk‘ii/la, H. k-’a/ekea, G. k*’a/stisa. Nootka Sound tribe, N. Tsé’qtlis’atq. north, N. gua/é, gua/tsé ; guaé/nog, northern tribe ; H. atl’n’1, north wind, Tl. qaid’tl, A. yuya/la- nok’, nose, L. Hi’nts’as, H. Hma&k, G. Huma’q, N. —itlpé; L. kwa’- witlpé, perforation of septum ; N. tl’é/tsitlpé, skin of —; H. —itlpa ; U/itlpa, dill; tloqoétl- pelé, nose is sick ; tle/nkoitlpa, point of —; k’oa’k-‘oitlpa, per- foration of septum. nose ornament, Tl. kyi/kuis. upper part of nose, H. Owak:a’ois. nostril, H. ni/nts’as (see Nose). not, N. ky’6, G. ky’t. notch, N. k:aq ; k‘aqaqtla’, with two points ; H. k-aqdeé, notch of ar- - Tow. novice in forest, N. gyi’egyila (= making chief); d’e’/k-Ematla; tsé/tlkla, — after his return Srom the forest. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xxxr. 140. I. 6 ~ v [Boas. 0. obsidian (?), Tl. tsk-uls. ocean, N. H. tl’a’sak’; tlask-é/noq, people of — ; \l4’tlasik‘oala, those on —; L. &/owéku, foam (2). asophagus, H. po/qtaé (see Mouth). often, N. —pEs ; dok-ula’pseEntlak’, I see him —; ts’Eqk’’a’/pEseEn, J am — sick; —EIk’; ts’Eqk’’- E/lJEk‘En, J am — sick (see £2- pert). otl, L. k’Els, H. tlé/na. olachen, N. H. ts’qun ; H. tsa’quila, where — is always dried; N. ts’E/mt’Ek’, half dry; wi/0t’En. old man, N. k’’u/liak‘, L. n0/mas ; N. Nomase/ngélis, the oldest on earth (—Enq, edge); H. n0’mas. old woman, L. N. H. tlekua’né. old, Li. k-e/idtl. old (inanimate obiects), N. k-a’tla (see Long ago). O'’mamis, name of a place. on,(1) — long object, N. G. O’kyena ; N. k’’é/kyena, many on log ; G. goa/kyena, to sit on long object. — (2) — flat object, N. O’tsue ; k‘a/sEltsué, to walk —; goa’- tsaoas, settee ; H. 0’tsoa; t0tsoa’, to walk over plank ; goa’tsoa, to sit on plank ; goa’tsaitl, to sit on bed in house ; G. k’A/ltsoa, to walk on plank. —— (3) — round object, N. Ok’uné. — (4) — a@ pile (on surface), H. —tlala; dla’golatlela, to stand on planks ; goa’latlEla, to sit on planks, once, a. nE/mp’ana. one, N. nEm0’k‘; NeEmO/kuis, the only one ; NEm6/kyustilis, the only one who came up out of . ground ; H. mEn; G. noq; misk Em, one round object; mitsq, — long object ; mE/n- PRINTED APRIL 17, 1393. Boas. ] Eqtla, — cup ; (one man). one another, N. G. —ap; N. mak-- a'p, to throw —; G. alqa’p, to kill — one eyed, H. k’oa’qsto. only, N. 0/ma. open, N. ak-—; ak‘st@/la, open boz ; ak-a/tla, open mouth ; a’/k-étl, open mouth in house; aqsti’t, to open. opposite, N. —kyut ; nEqkyit’tis, the one — outside ; nEqkyi’ta, rocky place (—a, stone) ; nkq- kya’titl, — in house ; kwakyi’- tis, the shorter one of two points at mouth of river ; a. pE/nkyu- taqste, chin (= below opposite mouth); &/kyut’éqstén, palate (= above opposite mouth) ; héi- tikyuttsana, right hand (=right opposite hand); K-'omkyi’'tis, rich one opposite on land; H. ' —k6t ; hai/tlkotlna, right side of meEntsq, twenty body ; hai/tikotkyané, right hand; G. —kyut, Adzkyut, left side. orator, G. ha/tlEqtEqs. ornament of ear, H. mo/koato, distr. mu’mkoato (— ato, ear ; mok, — tied (?) ). other side of, L. N. apsit, —sit; k-oi'sut, far other side, otter, L. Tl. qu’mti, H. k’u'la; G. kutlsk’é/qta; H. ky’&’ma, — young. overhanging, N. tla’/k’anuk, our, N. sins. outside, N. H. —us, is ; N. beg’u’s, man in forest ; aq'a’ikus, blood on ground outside ; H. tlo’k*'us, country bare of plants; N. H. — lis, Els; N. tu/qwuls, to jump upon ground outside ; kui’. uals, to fall—; d'apr’ls, to flood ground; I, li/wils, outside ; 66 [Noy. 18, tsEqtsEtk:oa/ls, swamp ; H. d’6 k-olisEla, to look out of house ; k’usp'ls, wolf. out of, L. N.—tlt ; 16/otlt6, to go out of canoe ; k’0’qotltsut, to take off blanket; H. —Otltsoa ; tQd’tltsoa, to jump — ; s0/tltsdt, to take out of box ; gyaq‘dtltsoa, to come —. outside of house, H. G. —aqsé; ts’6a’qsé, heraldic column; go- a/qsé, to sit —; G. goa’qse, to sit —; ky’a/taqsut, to paint —. outside of whole body, N. 0/gwitaé. outstretched legs, N. ilé’is (—=Cormo- rant Island). ; over, N. —tlané; k'a’tsétlané, to walk over log ; G. —tlna ; k‘a’- tlna, to walk over log. owl, H. tutuni. z; paddle, L. siwa'id, H. g’au’ma. to paddle, L. N. sé’quit; N. hé/- mEnatlEn sé/qoa, J always —; H. g’au’sa. pain ceases, N. 0/mat’ét. to paint, L. ky’a’ta ; ky’a'taid, brush, pencil; H. ky’a’'ta; ky’a't’é- noq, painter; ky’a'taqsut, to paint outside of house; ky’a'tl- sEmt, to — outside of house ; ky’- a’tgyOt, — inside of bow. paint, white for face, L. k‘un’q. — red for face, L. k'ums, H. gums, — black for face, H. ts’O‘tsEUEmk. palate, L. é'kyutéqstén (= above op- posite mouth). palm of hand, H. pak ’atlkya/né (—kyané, hand), panther, L. mami’s, K, bete’, H. nitl’ai/a, G@. maya/s, parents of twins, N. yikwi'tl. part of, N. —k'tis. 1892.] participle, N.—s0 ; —sué, the one, who —. —— passive, —k‘; k*’a’mgyik‘, dit- ten ; hamaa/k‘, eaten. parting of hair of woman, L. ku’é’- Hita ; H. k’’Aqtpa/Is. prrtridge, L. k*uku’m. to pass by, to go past, N. la’k'a (la—, to go; —k’a, reaching toward); ts’@/k‘0@, passage. passage where travelers meet, kyi/mk ‘it. past, N. —téis; Qua/kunatéis, broken canoe ; H. —Otlté ; gyil’oko’Ue, broken canoe. P'a'tsis, name of place. to pay, Ly. k*O’na. to peeloff cedar bark, L. A. si’nga. pelvis bone, H. kwa’koleqgtlé (—qtlé, N. hind). pencil, L. ky’a’/taid (= painting instrument). penis, N. Oqsak’a’0é ; moOqgsak’A/oé, with tied —. people, L, ba’k’um, H. begua/num ; N. —énoq; Tlask*’é’noq, peo- ple of ocean ; ma’q’énog, pur- suing secretly ; H. ha/lq’énoq, murderer; H. —itq, K-6'k‘aitq, Witlé’tq. perfect, real, N. aowi'la, rough sea ; G. awi’kyala, correct language. perforation, N. H. koa— ; L. koa’s- koané, — of ear; koa/witlpé, — of nose (—itlpé, nose); H. koa/koathoa, — of ears (—athoa, ear); koa/koitlpa, — of nose. pestle, H. mEkoa'io. pillow, Ll. k*é/i/nitl, H. k-ai/ndtl. pine, L. qai/qumis (—mis, tree), A. a’/nnit. pipe, L. H. wa'q’atsé (= smoke re- ceptacle), G. k‘a/k*patsé (k*ak:- pa, smoke). pipe stem, L. tla’noé, H. qtlqta’é (—qta’é, mouth). 67 [Boas . to pity, N. waiatinitentla’sog, J — him ; waliatigyilak‘, not pity- _ ing any one. place, N. —lis; iua’lis, where always wind. — N. —us, as, —las; k‘é/us, wash line (drying place); kn’é’- tokwas, grassy —; k‘0’lsElas, where always feasts are given ; sakwa/s, cutting place ; gy’0')0- tas, porpoise place ; goa’tsaoas, settee (sitting on place); H. lE- gui’las, fire —; aldea’s, grave- yord ; G. tl'é/las, store (selling place); ku'lilas, bed (sleeping aa, — N. —at ; ts’é/kuat, egg island. —— H. —éles ; tléaé’les, store. —H. —A’sé, tlq’é@a’sé ; hanéa’sé s gy’iloa, place of canoes in woods; gy’ iloaaia’sé, — of canoes on beach. —— H. — énoq ; koé/saénoq, where always snow; idlaénog, where always wind. — where always something happens, —tEms, N. k‘oa/iastEms, where always whales ; gyt’qtkms, vil- lage site; k-ui'lastems, feasting place; hia'k‘oqtems, fighting place; G. —tEma; gyi/qtEma, village site. to plait a braid, L. k’’a’/sk‘Elqtle, H. k-’a/tla. platform of canoes, H. ha’wanak'k‘. -— of house, L. pa’eitl, H. cusaua- itl (—itl, in house). to play, N. a/mtla; women —. point, —pa; N. wi'tlpa, lance ; Ts’i/lkyempa, feathers on top ; m06/méqpa, white headed ; gua’- pé, lowest house on river ; ma’/qpe, end ; awi/tlpé, — of land ; dpé, point ; ma’tilpé, point of Ma’- tagyila; ainpa, sharp —; ié/inpa, hama’tlala, Boas.] dull (= bad point); k’0'm- pigyilis, richest tn land ; gy0’- k-opasila, house at point; @/i- gyispalis, sand point; H. kod/m- pa-ut, to break off —; tle/nk-oitl- pa, point of nose ; ha’nulEmpa, — of arrow ; goa’pa, to sit on —; sE/msEmspa, Sisiutl (= mouth at both ends); G. ssi’upa, sharp; paspE/lugpa, dull. poison, N. wa’ lagyila(in song —=mak- ing people die), A. H. au/qsole. pole, —prEk’; N. iau/apEk:, mast wind pole); sEntlé’prk’, flag staff; ts’e’qpEk’, dancing pole; moqpEk’, heraldic column (= tie pole, — to which blankets are tied); ha/mspEk’, hamats’a pole; H. yai/uaspEk:, mast (= wind pole). pole for roasting salmon, H. tl’0’m- sano. —— of tent, H. tl’a’/qsEm. poor, N. wa/natlé. porcupine, N. mé/nité, H. nut, G. nula/k‘amé (= greatest fool). porpoise, N. gy’0/lot; gy’0/lotas, — place ; H. tl’a’tlela, G. gyi’- tit). post of house, L. tlam, H. ts’6/witl (—itl, in house). — carved, H. ts’intsoé’tl. potato, L. k*as. potlatch, L. N. ia/k‘oa; ia/k-ola, what is given in —; Hiiaqk’ola’- tlemék'a, woman always giving away presents in potlatch ; hii’q- kolatl, always distributing blankets; p’asa’, to distribute blankets ; p’asa’gyila, to make potlatch ; p’é'p'ayala, to prom- ise to distribute blankets; mii/qoa (in songs), to give ten blankets to cach quest ; mi/qoagyila, to give a feast during which ten blankets are given each guest ; mi/qola- 68 [Nov. 18, gyilis, mAqsist&/lisa, to give ten blankets to each person of all tribes of the world ; tla/qdlélem, to give feast during which twenty blankets are given to the opposite gens; wa/lasila (= to make great), to give feast during which Jifty blankets are given to guests ; la/qt’at, to give a feast to the opposite gens ; la’qt’OtpEs, one who always —; m&’lé (obsolete), to distribute blankets ; hama’la- gyilatl, always distributing blan- kets; ama’qut, to give away copperplates or other objects, a pile of objects ; ama’qulatl, al- ways giving —; H. ia’na, pot- latch ; tlOola’/qa, — danee ; tli- E/nq, time of —; Tl. k-uitla’- qalus, potlatch. potlach, notice to friends that a pot- latch will be given, N. tlé/lala, H. tléa/la. —— invitation to potlatch, L. N. tlé/la, H. tlé/tla. powder, L. ts’0/laid. to praise, N. A/miaqa; 4/miagét, the one praised ; H. k‘antsamiqala/ - soe, God (= our praised one); N. tselo’k‘a (see Famous). precious, N. k’ai/uq. to pretend, N. —bitla; hama/biatlen, I — to eat ; mé’qabitlen, J — to sleep. pretty, N. aikya/oé (= good fore- head); G, aiku s begua/num, a — man, puffin, H. owi'/tipa (—itlpa, nose). to pull, L. ku’i/minit, to pull canoe into water, L. wi'Quit, H. tluqsta/tit (—sta, water; —ut, 0. a.). to pull out from among, N. nEq’ak:- fi/la (—ak’a, among). to pull out hair, L. k’ula’ ; k’ulai/6, tongs. 1892.] pupil of eye, GL. ts’a’ts’olik:, H. ba/koanEmstoa (—= man in eye). purpose, N. hé/numa; —numa; k*’akotla/numa, [come to learn, to pursue, L. k*a/kénit. —— secretly, N. maga ; m&’q’énoq, . killer whale (= knowing to —). pus, L. tl’dp. to push canoe into water, H. tlysta/at (—sta, water). to push canoe ashore, H. tiqsiali’sa, tlqsia’it. to put, N. muqtsa/la, — round thing into box (muq—, round thing; —tsi, into; —la, v.); muqwi’l- sEla, — round thing outside on ground; sen’atits’it, ky’atsa/la, — long thing into bow ; 1nq’a’tl- tsat, to — blanket into box ; H. gyétsoa/la, something long that has been — into box. to put on blanket, N. k’’Oqtsa‘la, H. k-6/tin’it. —— hook into water, L. ts’E£/qstEnt. Q. Qa’ éqaes, name of tribe. Qa’isla, name of tribe. Qo'éas, N. name of extinct tribe. quail, Tl. kui/lkau. quartz, A. N. qi/éla. quick, L. ha/nakué, H. halakyelak’s; ha/lakela, to work —; hé/nala, to walk —; i’Ha, fast. quiet, N. tenu’lk‘oatla, Omatatla’la. quilt, H. makuia’. quiver, H. ha/ntleEmatsé (= arrow receptacle). quotative, N. —lawé. R. raccoon, L. Tl. N.H ma/yus; Nug- nemis name, may usdsta layilak ‘; A. kué’k ‘qt. 69 [Boas, rafters, Is. pu’qbala, H. Gwau’tit’a (running from ridge to side walls), kaiiaa/us (running length- wise, horizontally over the last named). rain, L. HW. G. ii’koa; H. iikué’noq, rainy country ; itkoaila, it és raining. rainbow, L. aai/Htlala, H. minsa’k*‘. to raise, La. tlai/a’ it. herring rake, L. tletai/d. rapids, L. ts’a/la. rattle, L. N. Tl. H. ia/ten ; N. kua’- qatEn, tlokoala rattle. raven, Ll. N. k’oa/wina; k*oé/k-ua- qala, raven’s cry; H. g0’é, G. ga/aq ; N. 1é/labalis, flying from one end of world to the other ; le/wagyila, heaven maker. to reach towards, N. H. —k-a; N. la/k-a, to go past ; k*oa/k-a, to surpass ; kyi/mk’a, to meet ; H. koé/k'a, to look along ; tsE’/k’a, to throw toward; tsrk‘a’nut, to throw at —. to reach, N. k-’O’tis, reaching to earth, real, N. H. —kyas; N. gyilemkyas, really feared; hé/meskyas, real chief; begua/numkyaso, — man ; ku/nquakyas6, what a thunder! H. k”’é’kyas, large. receptacle, L. N. H. G. —atsé; L. N. wA/qatsé, pipe; meEna’tse, drum ; na’k-atsé, bucket ; ts’ Ep- a/tsé, small dish ; N. &/watsé, foam place; k-’O'latsé, wooden kettle ; H. ha/ntlumatseé, quiver; siwa/tsé, nest; k*’Elqaila’tsé, nest ; d&/dok-ola’tsé, armpits ; 1é’qatsé, bladder; ku’é’patse, large blanket basket; tengua’tse, grease box; kn’ ElqsEma’tsé, white — blanket box; Okwala'tsé, woman's working box; mEna’tse, drum; ts’ zpa/tsé, dish; gy’autla- Boas. ] é 10/tatsé, ketile ; G. k‘a’k*patseé, pipe; gyéba’tsé, wooden kettle ; gy’autlalo/tatsé, Kettle. to recover one’s property, N. e/toqa. red, L. N. H. tla’k*oa; L. tla’k-oa- taé/ku, evening sky; tl4/qsEm, red blanket; H. tla/oqsto, — blanket ; tla’k‘oéioa, red cedar- bark head ring (—é€ioa, fore- head); tlak’qa/oa, red cedar-bark neck ring (—qaoa, neck); tla’- k‘Otas, alder ; G. tla’qsto, red blanket; L. N. A. tl&/k-oa, copper. relatives, L. tla/la, L. N. natlem- wiwut. —— L. N. H. —zmp; gage’mp, grandfather ; neEgu’/mp, father- in-law ; L. N.apE’/mp, mother ; omp, father ; gy’imp, sister-in- law; H. au/mp, father; qtizmp, uncle ; G. —ap ; gaga’p, grand- Sather ; apf, father. refuse, H. —foa ; himasa/oa, rest of food; k’dk’oaka/oa, chaps (= refuse of chopping) ; kékeqa’oa, sawdust; —qtlee (hind part (?)); ha/mts’aqtlé/e, rest of food. to return, Ls. @/tsecta; N. k-antlo- gyiaqa’/la, when JI return (old form); k‘antlogyiagé/tleto (new form). to take revenge, L. k*’esé/to. rib, L. N. k'e/lem, H. hii/kya (—kya, back (2) ). rich, N. k*’A/yamala ; k‘’6/matlan, Iam —; K’’60/mpigyilis, richest on earth; K’d/mkyi’tis, the richer one opposite ; K’’Omk"’- omkili/kya, richest of all; K’6- m0/k‘oa, rich; K’’OmeEna/kula, getting rich ; K'd'mbyué, rich one in middle ; H, K’’Omusiwa, Kuropean (rich at mouth of river (2) ). right, N. he’itlala, it is—; hé‘ilkyut, 0 [Noy. 18, right side ;. héilkyutlEnitlemé, right side of face; heéitla/lit, to arrange bed; hé’iligyila, to cure, to mend; héeili/gya, shaman ; H. ha/itlkot, right side ; hailé/- tlatl, to cure; hailé’kya, sha- man; G. ha/itlkyut, right side ; hailikyala, shaman. right, it ts not right, N. 0’tsatla. rim, N. H. 0é/sta (see Around). —— hollow rim of lid of box, N. ha'- lek‘. to rise, i. 1aq ai/kyéta k0/anila, smoke rises (= goes up); kuaq- pa/tla it, river -—; N. )a’tusela’- gyilis, sun rises ; A, toatusEla’- gyilis, sun rises (see Down river). river, N. H. wa, G. wap (= water). road, Ly. t’é/nila ; G. k*’a/tlt6wa, to walk on —. to roast salmon, H. tl'6’pa; L. tl'6/- puk‘, roasted salmon. robin, N. Tl. H. ku/ltmm. to rock cradle, L. té/kula. rock, N. —a; wi’nak‘oa, place (see Stone). roe (unlaid), L. H. d’e/lgyim (H. _ kv’ u/te (2) ). —- (laid), H. d’as6’k. salmon roe, L. k*é/ni, H. kai’né, to roll up @ thing, N. 1é/k-oa, L. kn’i/InsEmt (to wind a@ ball of string). roof, Ii. s00’/k’. roof boards, H. ha’was, roots, N. L. tl’O’piku, H. tl’6/kum. —— edible, L. mo’t’aqgsten, qi/tem (== meé’n, Qatloltg), ts’a/kyus ; tligsi’m, clover root; A, Qd/kum, Indian rice ; t’d/qsdts. rope of seaweed, Hi. si/nap’at. rope, La, ts'A/éqan, H. ts’A/iq. —— large, heavy, N. ta/tuwiqotl. —— of cedar bark, L. mo’koanoé, H. milk’. rocky 1892.] rope of skin, H. k‘6/tsé (see Skin). — of spruce roots, Is. tl’O’piku, H. tl’6’kum (see Root). — of cedar twigs, L. tlz/nakya. rough sea, N. p’d/lék‘ola/mas, mak- ing sea rough ; auwi'la ; auwi- lakyitlanuk, having rough weath- er and sea ; Hi. tla’qgola. to speak with rough voice, N. tla’la- wulak-‘ula. round, L. ki'lasem, H. lo’qsEm ; lo/qsEmitl, round thing on floor; -N. mik‘ola, moon (= round thing put down); pa’/k‘aqtlémd, round thing ts in bow. — outside of round thing, —k'‘am, —k-*Em,—sEm;L.pEnk‘E/muit, to look down (pEn—, down ; —k-‘Em, outside of round thing, . face; —nit, v.); éikyak’E/muit, to look up; N. 0/sqemé, outside of round object ; mamosk‘amEE’/n- koa, carrying four round ones ; Aintsumsk‘amlitl, covered with haliotis in house ; 10’/sEmuait, to uncover face ; kua’/kuqsEm, bis- cuit; H. nask‘Ema/la, moun- tain with snow on top; ta/k-umt, to cover face ; tl’a’/sk'am, front of bow; O’sk:amé, outside of round thing; ts’é/koisk*Em, wash bowl ; goa'sk‘amils, to sit outside on round thing ; .tl’O/q- sEmla, mountain bare of plants; qau’sEmt, to wash canoe ; alusi- ma/la, blood on a round thing. to run, N, ts’aé/tlrla, — into house ; H. gy’éqsésta/la, — around (—ista, around); gy’é’qoalit, — towards. — rwer, N. tsinf/la, H. tsé/yela. 8, sacred object, N. k‘a/mina, sad, L. tsige/la na’k-0é (=heart is sick). rel [Boas. sail, L. id/oapem, H. yai/uastem ; yai/uatsk, — hoisted; G. yai’- wadzEm (from: wind). saliva, L. wa/pétlaqo’ya (= water in mouth) . salmon, H. G. méa/ ; H. mia/agyila, where always salmon; H. G. mamé/a, to catch —; H. mamé’- asilas, where always houses on beach for catching salmon; N. ma/wa, salmon trap. —— dog salmon, L. k‘oa’qnis ; H. goa’qanis, —— spring salmon, L. si/ts’Em, H. hai/sEn, G. k aps. —— cohoes salmon, Tl. tsawu'n, G. tsi/En. — sockeye salmon, N. métli’k-. — sp.? Tl. hanu’n; sp? A. tlo- qgo’lamis. —— humpback salmon, N. G. ky’- a’pe. —— hooknose salmon, H. was, G. Huma/q’i. to catch salmon, L. wa/yala. salmon, split, L. t’a/lek-. —— dried, L. ky’0’loq, H. qam’a/’s. —— roe, dried, H. k’akuk. salmon berry bush, L. k*’oa’tlmis (—mis, tree). salt, L. teEmsH; tE/mp’a, salt taste (—p’a, taste). sand, N. éiky’és (=good beach); éi- gyispalis (see Sea), sand point on beach ; G. aigyitsui’s. satisfied, N. mE/ntléé, H. pa/nk‘la (see Stout). to save, N. na’la. saw, H. kéqseyai/d; kéq’a’la, noise of —; kékéq4/oa, sawdust. to say, N. nékusewé’tiku, they — to me. scalp, H. kunuqtlé/e. scar, Li. k‘oa —; k-oaté/oaé, — on Sorehead; k*oatsa’/né,— on hand; k-oatn/miga, — on cheek. Boas.]} to scold, H. mouth). to scratch, L. tla’qa, t’at’i’/qtsanak (—tsana, hand). sea, L. H. temsa, G. demas (?), L. ad/waky (foam (?) ). — in sea, —is; N. tsa’ék*is, secret in water; k’’a’mis, crab; H. ja’kuis, monster —; k‘a/lkun- tsis, body on bottom of sea. —- on sea, N. —tlé; nak-o’yuitle, middle of something on sea. sea egg, large, L. meEsé/k*, H. ts’E- kui’tsé. — small, L. Tl. H. a’/mtEm. seal, L. N. mé’kuat, ditr. mé’em- koat; mémé/koatk‘, eating — ; A. H. G. sigu’m. — young, L. kHE/miast6, H. wu- 1é’q. sealion, L. N. G. tlé/qén, H. mau’- akya; mau/akyaHteM, sealion island. —— young, H. k‘ta. sea monster, H. ha’nak‘atsé (= canoe receptacle). sea otter, N. H. k*’a’sa ; N. k’’a/sas- qem, — blanket; H. k’’ak-a/- soil, — blanket ; G. a/ng-usta. young, Hi, tsi’sa. sea snail (holothuria), Tl. H. las. sea weed, dried, H. tlk’’ast. to search among, H. lé/lt’ak‘a (—ak‘a, among). secret, N. ts’@/k*a. to see, NN. d6’k‘oala; d’6’qtsas, seer (shaman seeing soul of dying person); G. d0’k'ula; H. d’6’- k*la. self torture ceremonial, nit. to sell, N. la/qéyd, la/qit; laqdta’id, something sold. semiliquid, L. k*n/nkya, to send, Hi. ia’pa. settee, NW. gol'tsoas (= sit in place). agya’qtala (—qta, N. hawi- 72 [Nov. 15, seven, N. a'tlibi, G. matl6/s ; masE- m6d/s, — round objects ; mats- k:6’s, — long objects ; matlqtla’- us, — cups. seventeen, G. matla’sgiu. seventy, G. matlpEnkyask~’a/po- pEna. to sew, L. k’’a’na; k*’a/naid, thread; H. g’a/na; g’anama’las, thread. shadow, L. gyagui’mas. shaft of double headed harpoon, H. ma/siatl. to shake, v. a., L. id/winelitl, qoa’- yusEla, N. k-uad/yakula(—akula, motion (2) ); na&/natlis, shaking his greatness (song). —, N. —nila, —nula; ya/iawinila, ya/winila, shaking himself (host at tsétsa'ek'a). shaman, N. Tl. paqa’la, L. N. nau/- alak’, hé/ilikya (only when con- juring disease = mender), H. tea’ék-a, hailé/kya, G. haili- gyila. shame, H. ma’uts’a. shark, H. k‘oa’k*oina, sharp, L. a/inpa (= good point), G. ssi/Hpa. to sharpen, Li. t’é'H’ it. sheets, a. wi'taid, H. k’’0/koégya (—égya, back). shellfish, H. ky&oée/k‘am. shinbone, N. —p’ékyé, 6/p’ékyé; k’’6k‘oqp’e/kyé, knot on lower part of tree (see Leg below knee). shirt, L, k-’EsEna’é, shoe, L, t’é/paid, H. k’é/naq. to shoot, L. ha/ntlitl, G@. ha/ntla; hé/ntlem, arrow gun. shore, far from —, Li, tlaé/tlasatl (see Ocean), —— to go close to shore, L, la’gyilis (= to go landward). short, N. tsn/kua; tsekué‘la, short river; ts’é/tsakuila, to shorten life; L, tsekun/qst, a — man ; 1892.] tsu/qpiti, short (—piti, small); H. ts’ek‘; qa/pHo, @ — man ; N, nemaf/lis, short lived. shoulder, L. tla’stlalé, H. G. 6/quina. shoulder-blade, L. pa’/lots, H. tla’k’’- otEn. to show one’s teeth, L. Hi’s’ it. to shred cedar bark, A. tsqa. a shrew, H. tlusela’k’s (k*s, woman). to shut door, L. kw’ E/minit. sick, N. L. ts’é/uila; ts’é/nila na’/k'oé, heart sick = sad; ts’éna/tdla, ear is —; ts’intsala, headache (= sick inside); te’B/qk‘an hé- menatlama, J am continually sick; ts’kqk*’B/lkeEn, ts’Eqk’’a/- pEsEn, I am often sick; H. tl’6qoa/la; tl’dqoatoa’la, ear is —; tl’Oqoétl’aqaua’lé, mouth inside —; tl’6qk*éalé, head —; tl’dqoétlpe/lé, nose —; 11’dqo- ma‘lé, face —; tl’dqstoa‘lé, eye —; tl’dqoaqa’ola, throat —; tl’6qoaskyena’la, neck near nape —; tl’dqéioa’la, forehead —; tloqoaqtlali’-Ela, inside belly —; tloqoapo/ala, on chest —; tloqo- ala’so, in chest —; tl’dqta/la, mouth —; tl’Oqoana/la, all over —; tloqoa’/la s gyi/lem, tongue —; G. ia/ku,. sick eye, N. g’Ogumé’k-End. side of a thing, 6/nutsé ; &/tlanutsé, one behind the other; H. asii’- notsEqtlé, leg above knee (side of hind part). —N. onutlemala ; héilkyotleni- tlemé, right side of face ; gua’- nutlemé, sitting at side of —; gyOgyokonutlEmala, house on each side of —; gy0/gykonutleEm- ala, something — —. side of a flat thing = edge, Onaqeé’. sinew, i. H. ad’E’m. to sing for pleasure, L. s&’/lala, H. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XxxI. 140. J. 73 [Boas. né/noya, G. ha’na; ha/nqto/a, — while walking. to sing to dance, N. de/nqela, L. k’’B/mtEn (2). singing master, N. na/k-at, da/k-ola, H. ha/ats’as, distr. haia/ats’as ; the three assistants of singing master, N. gua/nutlemé (= sitting at side). to sink angle, L. ts’B/qstEnta ké'taio. river sinks, la. kyO’tla. Sintlaé, N. ancestor of a gens ; sin- tlé/k-am, face of —; sintlé’/pEk, flagstaff. sinus of hair, H, tsi/kyE. Sa'siutl, fabulous double-headed snake, N. H. si’siatl, H. sE/m- sEmspa (= mouth at each end). sister calls sister, L.N. nEmé/mak-as (—k'as, womun), H. meni’- yak’s (—k’s, woman). sister, elder, L,. N. H. G, no/la. — younger, L. N. H. G. ts’a’ya. brother calls sister, L. N. H. G. wa’- k‘oa, sister-in-law, N. H. gy’imp. to sit, N. H. G. goa—; N. goa’qsala, —incanoe; goa’ goagyilitl, —in middle of house ; goa’né, — in corner of house ; goa’ goagilélas, sitting down in house without back support; goa’tsaoas, settee; goa/nutlemé, sitting along side ; H. goa/tsaitl, — on bed; goa’- sk‘amitl, — inside a thing; goagoa’k ‘itl, — on top of; goa’- tsoa, — on flat thing ; goa’latla, to sit on planks; gca'latlela, sit- ting down on chair, on planks ; goa/qtoa, — on top, point of a thing; goa’pa, — on point, Sront end ; goala’, — on stone ; goa’/gyena, — on long thing; goat’/ioa, — on point of a thing; goa/qtlaé, — on hind end ; go- -a/qtis, — on beach ; goa’sk’am- PRINTED APRIL 17, 1898. Boas.] ils, — on round thing outside ; goa/luqtléas, — on roof; goa’qs, — in canoe ; goa/HtEma, settee ; goa’qsé, — outside of house ; G. goa/itl, — in house ; goa’qtoa, — on top of, on point; goa/kyena, — on long object; goa’sk‘am s t’é/sEm, — on stone ; goa/itlo- wa, — under cover. G. k’Etlo’/g ; k’ Etla/sk‘Em, — round ones ; k-’Etla’tsq, — long ones ; k*’Etla/iqtla, — cups. sixteen, G. k-’a/tlagiu. sity, G. k’’ atlapEnk’’a/popEna. skales, H. gau’m. skillful boatbuilder, H. a’tl’Eskio. skin, L. N. tl’és; tl’é/siapé, — of upper part of arm ; tl’é/tsépoé, — of chest ; tl’é’tseqtlé, — of crown of head ; tl’é’/semé, — of face; t)’é’tsitlpé, — of nose ; tl’ési/ué, — of forehead ; tl’e’- tsané, — of hand; tl’étsétlqa/oe, — of inside of mouth ; tl’é/tsEq- sté, — of mouth; H. k’u’tsE; k’uk’uskya/né, — of hands ; k’utsemé/kyé, — of back; k’u’s- mé, — of face; k’utsikyatlkya’- né, —of back of hand ; k’uk’ut- séa’/pé, — of upper part of arms; k’uk’usqta/m6, — of legs above knee; k’utsépd/a, — of chest ; k’uk’utsi/tsa, — of feet; N. k’uta/otl, skin blanket ; G. tl’és. — of heels, H. amea’tltsitsé. to skin, Li. s&’p’a, skull, La. qgi/uik’. skunk, H. ia/qp’ala (= bad smell). sky, IN. 16/ua, na/la; néna/lanuk, changing (having) weather ; H. lewa’, slabs of wood sewed to hand of hawin- atl, N. 8é/quitem. slave, L. N. k’’A/kyi, H. k’’A’kG, G@. k’a’'nd; N. k’’ak-‘akuisti’- lista, making slaves all around, 74. [Noy. 18, slave, a whole tribe enslaved, N. é/iatl- Ela (in song). to sleep, L. N. mé’q’it; méqabi’tlen, I pretend to —; ky’é/sEn mé/q’- éqsta, I do not want to —; H. gy’a’/tla; gy’atlé’qsté, wanting to —; G. ku/l’itl ; ku/]’ilas, bed. sling, Tl. yE/nkw’aio. slow, L. bya; H. G. wé/nala (= not fast), to walk —; aua/kya, to work —. small, N. L. ami’/E; ama/engeé, smallest (= edge of small); ama/pit6, small; amamémEné’/q, small things (—mEnéq, small distr.). — s., —pitd; N. tsuqpitd, short ; gyOkpiti, — house. — distr., —mEnéq; N. gydkmE- néq, — houses; Quakunamené’q, — boats. smallest, —Enqgé (= edge); ama/- © Engé, smallest; ts’étséqk'H/ngé, — dancers. smallpox, N. tlema/é (= boil), ia’- kuim (cause of evil). to smell, a. mé/sEla; N. ainp’ala, good —; H. ainp’ala is wé/sum, good smelling man; ia’Hp’ala, skunk (= bad smell); ua/qp’ala, — of smoke; G. Hu/mk‘ata. smoke, l. N. koani/la ; Kuaniland/- kumé, who has most smoke (i. e., always giving feasts); H. ua’- qEla ; ua/qpis, smoker; ua/qp’- ala, smell of —; uaqoaqtoa, smoking in walking; uaqoaq- A/qtis, smoking on beach ; uaq- a/tsé, pipe; G. kak*pa, to smoke; k‘ak'paqtoa, — tn walking ; k‘ak*patsé, pipe. — hole, L. qsitla, H. waqa’/wa. smooth ; N, k*é/tsis, — beach ; k'é!- tsitl, — house floor. snail, L. k‘oi/ts’ek, H. k’oai/tas. snake, L. N. 86itlem ; sé/ilis, — in 1892. ] belly ; H. si/tlem, G. k‘a’/k‘El- koa. to sneeze, Lu. asHi'sit. to snore, L. qE/nt’ala. to snow, i. BH. G. k’ué/sa ; H. k’ué/- sainoq, where tt is always snowing. snow (on ground), L. G. né/e, H. na/é; nask‘Ema’la, mountain with snow on top. «soft, L. talk’. sole of foot, H. t’é’pEm. solemn, N. beku’m ; Bé/bekumilisila, making solemn in house. something in eye, N. gyisto’é. son (see Child), H. hau‘ltsé, only —; wala’qtlé, youngest — (—qtlé, hind); nO‘lak‘amé, eldest —; g’au/ioa, second —. —— chief’s eldest son, N. tlé0'lE- k‘amé. son-in-law, a. nEgu’/mp. song, N. ts’é/kala, winter song (= TsétsA/ék‘a, noise); baquya- la, summer song (= Ba/qus noise); k’a’mtEm; ts4/qatla, — tn quick measure, sorting, N. k’’ani’tla. sorcery (see To bewitch). soul, N. brgua/é, beq’una/é (bEg—, man). sour, N. sa/k‘a, H. ts’é/qp’a (—p’a, taste). span, L. patl, H. op’e/nku. spark, L, anopé’q’it, H. pé’/gyak‘ala. —— spark spirits, N. mEnak‘itl. —— to emit sparks, L. tlE/msa. sparrowhawk, H. \’i'ntégus. to speak, male, N. ba’guala, H. G. bgua’la (= man’s noise); bgod’- pEs, good speaker. -—, female, N. G. k‘a/kyala, H. k‘kyala (= woman’s noise); . kkyapé’s, good speaker. —— N. ia’k’’antal ; ia’k’’égyatlela, to deliver oration; id’k’’anténoq, orator. 75 [Boas. to speak with rough voice, N. tla'la- wulak‘ula. — good of one, N. ai/Hp’aqsta (ain, good; —p’a, taste; —qsta, mouth (2) ); ia’qp’agsta, to — bad of one. —— N. ha’sak‘awasué, trying to speak loud; Giwa/la, to speak about one’s wishes (song). to spear, L, sékya’. spider, L. yi‘k'a, A. H. haduma’qa. spike (of spruce, etc.), A. kH’a/ma- mo, H. mamé’Em, to spin, L. mé’ta, N. k’ Emk’‘a’, spindle, N. Hi/]p’aqsto. to spit, L. kui’c’it. to split, N. kué’q’it, kua/qsant. —— wood,N. tln/mn’it, H. koa’k-—; koak 'ta/maluk, splint in thigh. —— canoe splits, N. hd/uqoa. — cedar bark, Li. pr’q’it, A. pa’sa. —— salmon, L. t’alék’, H. ky’@/a. spoon, N. ts’é/qtla, large —; H. g’Otai/d, — made of mountain goat; ky’a/tsenak’; tsy@/laid, large —; G. hamdsai/6 (— eat- tng instrument). spring of water, L. ts’B/tHEla. —— of year, H. G. wid'gyioa. to spudder, Li. tsE6/quit. squid, N. t’a’k-oa ; k‘ak*6/mis, — in cheek; t’a/ék Stl, where squids are eaten ; Hi. tk'oa. —— sp.(?), N. ky’i/nut. squirrel, I. tami/nas, Tl. mal, H. tsa/mi. to stand up, N. dla’uis ; dlask‘ama/- tlin, J — facing sea ; dla’witl, — in house; dla’qoé, proper place of each gens in feast ; HB. dlaau’s, — outside; dla’golatlela, — on top of along thing ; dla’- auwitl, — in house. to stay at home, N. nek‘a’ ; nek é’s, always — ; Nak-d/mgyilisila, al- ways staying in their own country. | and Boas.] star, L. t’d/t’d ; ama’/qemis is t’6/t’6, shooting —; H. t’0’/téa, G. Hi- Hik*Edz0/a. starfish, L. N. k-atsk-. steady. L. t’a’aq. to steal, N. L. gyilo’tla; L. gyild’- tlik’, thief; N. gyilo/tlé,— on sea. steamer, N. hé’k‘ayala, H. Qu’ltéala (= fire inside). to steer, H. tla'lanila; L. tlin’it, — canoe, pressing paddle from canoe; tlo’/k‘umHu, — pressing paddle towards canoe. stem of canoe, Li. a/kyité. to step on something, N. t’é’patla. stepchild, La. k-oao (?), N. wawa. stepmother, H. &’patso. stern of canoe, Ls. N. O/qtlé ( = hind part). stick for spreading salmon, H. tla’- qEm. ** stick shoe,’’ N. k*’a/k‘anas. stomach, a. na’/k‘apoé, H. po’qums. stone, L. N. H. G. t’é/sum ; N. t’é’- sumtsEs, made of —; t’é/sum- gyilak‘, made —. — N.H.—a;N. neqkyi’ta, oppo- site rocky place ; kya’k’a, found- ed on stone; nEm6/k‘oa, alone on rock; wi'nakua, rocky place ; H. goala’, to sit on —. to stop a water course, N. tsii’pa; tsitsipatsi/waé, stopped mouth of river. store, H. tléaé/les (= buying house); tlé‘ilks, storekeeper ; G. tl’é’las, tl’é/lgis, storekeeper. stores of dry salmon, L. héitlé/laio. story, N. nii’yam, distr., nii/nim ; ni’/qnémis, name of all animals in myths. stout, L. pentlé’is, straig ht, L. N. nwk'a'la; nek A’qala, slow measure rhythm (= straight down); BH. ké/inakula, straight ahead ; NW. hayim (in song). 6 [Nov. 18, strait, H. wuna’t’ hus. strap of basket, L. k*’a’tlin, H tEna/qotl. to strike with fist, N. min’i’t; min- stek'E/mt, —face ; min’i’kyent, — back ; mi’Hila, drummer ; H. méHa’; minpta/ut, to bend by striking with fist; G. mini’lis, drummer. —— against, N. tin’a’tlela. —H. a’lqa, G. alqa; alqa’p, — one another. —— with palm, H. tla’sa. — a dog, H. watsé'la. — with hammer, H. m6koa’ (see To bend). strong, L. N. tlo’/k’uimis; tl6’/kum, cause of strength ; G. tlog. sturgeon, Tl. ha/nak‘ois, H. k* ‘ta/is. to suck, H. tsi’ma; tsa/mamis, to suckle. sugar, L. é’kyisila, summer, L. hé’/iang, H. G. hai’ng ( — anq, time of). sun, L. tlé/sEla, N. &/ta, —as deity; H. G. tlé’usioala. sunrise, N. toatusElagyilis ; H. Jat- usElagyilis (= goes down river on earth) ; G. k’ éky6/ia, sunset, Ly, la’peta, G. la’is. superlative, L. N. H. G. —k‘amé ; N. i/Hak‘amé, fastest; gyé’- k‘amé, greatest chief; nd/lok'B- maé, greatest fool ; nd/lasnEk*B- mak, eldest child; nemd/k'oa- k‘amé, all alone on rock; H. nO/lak‘amé, eldest child, supernatural, N. H. tlokoa/la. to support, N. tla/twla ( = to make stand) ; Ua/lamin, supporter. surface of sea, N. H, —tlé; dlas- k‘ama/tlin, I stand facing sea ; gyilo’tlé, to steal on sea ; vlatla- sik 'O/tlikm, here is @ canoe with Tlatlasik‘oala (—ku, present ; —tlé, on sea); BH. k*auk‘oansn- 1992.] la/k'tle, canoe drifting to and Jro; ma’tléla, to swim; G. hanéil wa’pagé, canoe on water. to surpass, N. kc a’k*’a. to swallow, N.nEk’ola/laqom ; nEk’- E/k‘, swallowed ( = eclipse of sun); H. k’’u/nquit. swamp, La. tsEqtsEk‘oa’Is (—als, out- side), na’Hila. sweat, N. k‘0’sa ; H. k‘6/Hpis, sweat- ing. to sweep, H. ky’é’tla. sweet, L. Tl. ainp’a ( = good taste). sweetheart, Ly. wa'tela. when always high swell, H. t’6’/qeElis. to swim, N. ma; L. ma/nakula ( = fish motion); L. t#/msélaid (?); H. ma/tlela (man, = swim- ing on surface); mama/lama, children trying to swim; H. k’ola/la (fish), G. k’oa/la (fish). 2 ie tail of quadruped, L. hats’R/qstée (—qsté, bottom), H. ha/ts’iqté (—qté, bottom); N. nii/naqsté, — of wolf ( = wolf’s end). of bird, H. na/kyaqtlaé (—qtlaé, hind). — of fish, L. ts’A’/sné, H. ts’ané’t. — of whale, H. t’ék‘aqté’ ; white tailed fox, m6’k*’uqt ( = white tailed); A. kué’qt, raccoon. to take, N. aq’é’t. tall, L. gyi/lteqst (gyi'la, — long), H. noa/kila. tallow, N. k’a/tsek ; H. tl’a/tai, go/- luk’, — of mountain goat. taste, N. H. —p’a; G. N. ainp’a, sweet; Ly. tE/mp’a, salt; H. ts’é/qp’a, sour —. tear, L. koa/kuistoé ; tsé/tsiokula, to weep. to tease, N. mé@/itla. to tell, L. né/tlaso; — myths, N. no/sa. 17 [Boas. temples, pEInitlema/é ( = thin side of face), H. pa’sprlé’ (see Ear). ten, G. k*’a’pd; k*’a’/p’usk‘Em, — round ones ; k*’é/putsq, — long ones ; k'&poO s bEgua’num, two hundred. thick, a. wok. thief, L. gyil’d/tlik’. thin, L. pE/lpito ( —pitd, small); k‘a/tlais (person). things lying about, L. t’a’t’its, H. mameé’/kyas, to think, L. gyé/gyéka. thirsty, L. na/k”’éqst ( = wanting to drink), H. tsd’sétlqta (= dry mouth), G. tsd/sEms, n&’/k‘abi. thirteen, G. yaduggi’i. thirty, G. yaduqpEnk’’a/popEna. thorn, N. k’’a’k‘ané, thou, lL N. s0/wa, yiitl; H. k’qsd, k*qsoa/éoa ; G. yi’qsd. thread, L. k’’A/naid ( = sewing in- strument), H. g’a’nEma’las. three, G. yudu’Q; yidu’/gsEm, — round ones; yudi’tsq, — long ones. thrice, N. yii/duqp’ana. throat, H.k*’u/nkoas (see Neck). through, H.—sioa; tqsi/oa, tojump —; laqsi/oa, to go —; maqs0’t, to throw —. to throw, N. m4/k‘a ; mak:é’/p, — one another; mak’’a/id, stick of shaman for throwing (—ing, tn- strument), ma’mak‘a, trying to —; maq’é’/t, to drop; H. maqsi’t, to — through ; maqsd’- stat, — up; maqtla/lisa, — into fire; ma’/k’ak'a, — among; mak‘a/negant, — along; ma/- qautlts’ot, — out of ; ma/qtsdt, — into; mak‘a/qot, — down ; G. ma/quit. . * into canoe, N. leky4’s; 1a’la- kyutsé, throwing every one into canoe. Boas.] to throw, ‘‘ to throw song out of canoe,” k’amt’EmO’tltit (k’’a/mtEm, song ; —Otlt, out of canoe ; —ut, ® @.), (%..6, @ singer in the canoe which goes to a feast greets the host with a song). —— into water, H. Hué’titaut (man, animal), ts’aqsta/ait (a@ stone, —sta, water). to throw, H. ts’Ek-‘anu’t, — towards ; ts’aqsiaa/Ilsa, — ashore ; ts’ Eqa’- litlila, — into house. to throw copper, paddle, board ( flat objects (2?) ) into house, N. sEpa- alitlzla. thumb, la. N. k‘6’/ma, H. k‘0’/na, G. k‘auna/ ; H. kona/usitsé, big toe (—asitse, foot). thunder, N. ku/niqua; ku/nuateEla, noise of —; ku/nquakyas0o, what a—! G, lu’qlisla. thunderbird, L. N. Kunkunquli‘kya, N. ts’6/na; ku/n’das, home of —. tide (current), H. ts’a’la. to tie, N. m6q ; mO’/qpEk’, heraldic column (pole to which [blankets] are tied), L. mOd/quit ; N. méq- sak‘i/o, with tied penis; G. muk. time of, —Enq; L. hé/ianq, summer; tsiwu/ng, winter; H. tlin/nq, pot.atch ; hai’ng, summer ; tsa- wu/nq, winter ; G. hding, sum- mer ; tsonq, winter. —— to be on time, N. hé'ilts’a (see Right); wi'ts’a, not on time; njio’/sukuila, making that there is no time to escape. tired, N. ma&/mentléas, making him —; mw/ntl’ét, tired of eat- ing certain things ; HB. tli/laso. Tlamé'latsé, N. house in which tsé- (sa/ék'a is held, tobacco, L. N. BH. Uai/uk’, to-day, . qoaniilaq, H. goa/k’’ Ela- joq. 78 [Nov. 18, toes, N. ko&/k-oasitsé (—sitsé, foot), H. k‘oa&/k-oansitsé (—uHsitsé, foot). — big toe, H. k-’ona/usitsé, (= thumb of foot). together, N. k’apé’; k*’a’pég-atl gya’qen, they will come together to me; k”’a'pég-awastlis, they will come together to you. —— N. ha/mk-‘olisrn, [eat with you. — N. gyinlikyElé, parents with children. —— N. nkema@/la, A. wé/wauk’ua’si. to-morrow, L. tln/nstla, H. tla/ns- tlats. — day after to-morrow, H. tli/nsé- tlats. tongue, L. H. G. gy’i/lEm. tongs, for pulling out hatr, Is. k’ulai’6 (= pulling instrument). —— for taking stones out of fire, L. ts’é/stlala (—tlala, fire); H. k-oé/sten, tooth, L. N. H. G. gyigy ; N. gyi’- gyatlen, I have —ache; gyi’- sEqstal, cover of box (= teeth around (2) ). —— N. (OHwé6), —nHé ; k‘aqué, hav- ing lost a tooth (= notch tooth); nae/nsHé, with decayed teeth ; lopHepito, you have no teeth; H. —usii; tsé/tsénsia, having lost a tooth ; 1é/k-'ensia, having lost all teeth; ha&’péusia, chin beard (= hair tooth). top of —, L.N.H. —qtlé; L.ma/kyaq- tlaowé, top of tree; k*’a/msiQtle, lazy on top; tl’@/tsEqtlé, skin of crown of head; H. ga/luqtléas, to sit down on top of —. — N. —oqtoé, H. G. —qtoa; H. goa/qtoa, to sit on —. — apile, N. dky’é@; dkuyalis, on top of apileon beach ; O’/magya- lis, highest of all(?); H. —koia, —kyioa ; tékoia/, to walk over a r 1892,] ‘ pile of planks; goau'ioa; G.- goa’gyioa, to sit on a pile. top of basket, box, N. —kyaé ; wé’- kyaé, not quite full; H. ky’a’t- gyot, to paint inside of box. torch, H. ano. to touch, N. tlO’pala ; ma/kyapala, — almost; miakyitlé/sela, al- most touching roof. towards, H. —alut; tqua/lut, to jump —; gy’é’qoalut, to run —. toon, N. gydk, H. god’kula (= houses). trail (see Road), N. la’qsd, to walk on —; H. t0’wi. trap for fish, N. m6/é ; ma’mugsila, taking care of —; G. &/mala. trap for game, A. kupaid, 1a/um. to travel, N. @/iowa; sé/qoa, — in canoe; kruné/sta, — about (—ésta, around); K-unésta’la- gyilis, ahoays traveling about. tree, Li. tla’qtlos, A. k‘oa/as, H. lek‘oa’ (= fuel) ; k oaaiy6’k‘ula, lxk‘oa/gyila, country full of trees. —L. N. —mis; k’’oa’tlmis, sal- mon berry bush; qa’/quinis, pine; paa’qmis, maple (= leaf tree); iniagpa’/lamis, fir ; tl’a/qomis, alder (= red tree). to tremble with hands, dancing, L. qO/léqola. tribe, N. H. 1é/Ik-olatlé, N. G. gyd’- uklot; H. go’uklot (= village community). to troll, H. k*’é/ma, d6/koa. to be troubled, N. nO/tla, tsinaqua/la (in sony). trousers, L. k-qsis. trout, L. N. k’d/la, quitla’/la, H. tk'A/né ; golé’sté, speckled —. trumpet, N. ts’é/kokyala, H. ky’é/- kyala (—kyala, noise). to try, N. wi'usala, let us try/ ha’. maa, trying to eat; na/nak‘a, 9 [Boas. trying to drink ; kwa/na, to try ; H. ba/mats’a, trying to eat. Tsétsa'ék'a (winter dance), N. tsé- tsa/ék’a (= the secrets). —— house in which — is held, tlamé- a’tsé. — host giving —, (= shaking himself ). Tsimshian, N. H. Gué/tela (= north people); H. Atla/itq, @ tribe liv- ing west of the Qaé'qaes; Mus- ma/mint, tribe of Metlak-ahtla ; Gué’tela, — language. Tsdno'koa, a fabulous woman (ts’d!- na, thunderbird ; —6’k’oa, fe- male (?) ). turned upside down, H. k'pé’tla; k*pé/tla-iul, — iw house (see To capsize). to turn round, GL. k-ui/sk’emua’it (—k'Em, face); mB‘}s’it. tide turns, H. ts’A’/ista (—sta, water). twelve, G. mat] gia. twenty, G. mEntsq. twice, L. ma'tlp’ana. twig, Is. ma/méé. twins, N. tl’aléatsé ( —atsé, young). two, N. mat! ; Ma’tseEmeEnk‘olawis, always carrying two round ones in each hand; G. mald’a; ma/sEms, — round ones. two hundred, G. k ipods begua’/- num ( = ten men). yé/winila U. ugly, N. iakya/o0é ( = bad forehead). uncle, N. k-ulé’ (addressed), H. qtlemp. to uncover face, L. 16/sEmuit (—sEm, face), H. t’B/lk-Emtl (—k‘Em, face). under, N. pEn’a; pEn’a/tsé, lower side ; be/bénak:aua, the lowest ; —aboé, underneath; aoa/boé, underneath ; halqabo/é, to kill Boas.] —; H. oa’poa; wunk:a’poa, bottom, lower side (= edge un- derneath); ésa’poa, lower side ; ma/taput, to fly under; toa’ put, to walk under cover. unexpected, N. k*’0é’nit’a'astl, hap- pening unexpectedly. to unload canoe, N. mO/tltdla ; H. wa/motitut (— otlt, out of canoe). unsteady, L. gyk’teEla. to untie, N. k‘ui’tla; kui’tlaqala, to untie from trees (—aqa, down). upper part of river, N. na/laé ; nE’l- pé, house highest up river ; née’- nelgyas, country highest up river ; né/ltse, up river. up, N.—usta ; lagyusta’la, to ascend; Nemokyustalis, the only one coming out of ground ; k-’é/Hus- tal, washerwoman (= hanging up); gyalamustila, salmon first ascending river ; tl’Epustala, to ascend mountain ; gya/qusta, to come up ; tsi/Hustut, to hold up; wi'kyustoa, not to be able to hold up against ; k-asustala, to walk up ; H.G. —dstéoa ; 1a/kOstéoa, to walk up; d’dqsdstéwala, to look up ; tqsdsté/oa, to jump up. to turn upward, H. a’a’1ek‘éila. to wrinate (male), H. kn’ E/1k*oa. to urinate (female), H. aid’sa. urine, H. kuiloqpé’s. useless, N. gyOkk*’A/laam, — house ; H. a’mtla; a/mtlask‘am, @ strumpet. uovla, H. mE/smEs. V. vein, H. haia’spéatsée, vertebra, H. k’5'18d (see Bone). village, N. gyoq, H. gok‘, G. gyoq ; N. gyoqtems, G, gyO’qtema, village site, 80 {Noy. 18, virgin, N. ky’éa’la. to visit, N. é/wak‘itgq, whom every- body visits. volcano, A. tlumqam4/qis. to vomit, L. ha’qoit, N. hd/k‘oa; hauk-ua ! vomit / W. waistcoat, k*’é/qsawok’. to walk, N. k‘a/sa ; k‘a/sEltsue, — on flat object; k-a/tsetlane, — on log; k-a’seqala, — down; k-a’tséstala, — around; k’a’- sustila, — up; k’asEnqEntala, — along edge; k atsnutsEntala, — along long object ; k‘ak-‘asky- ina/la, — and find; L. 14’UEn k'a/sat, J —; k‘ak's@/lagyilis, walking together ; k‘autlanéa‘la, to walk meandering ; G. k‘a’tl- towa, — on road ; k‘a’ldzoa, — on plants; k-atlna, — over log ; k-a’tsistala, — around. — G. latus, to wulk down river; la/qu, — down; la’kutiwa, — up. — N. tayukuina/la, — and find ; taydk-oa/lagyilis, walking to- gether ; H. t6n6/olsa, — along ; t08/put, — underneath ; A. to’- quit (N. = war dance). —— G. si/Q’uit, — up river. —— on trail, N. ts’é/k-oa. ——N. nauqsi’y6, haugsi/lo, — on trail ; hdqsta/la, — tnto water (—sta, water). ‘ — H. uaqoaqtoa’, to smoke walk- ing; G. ha’mstoa, to eat walk- ing ; ha’nqtoa, to sing walking ; k‘i/kpaqtoa, to smoke walking. — softly, N. sb‘liala. wall, L. tsi/k'am ; N. gyok-opa/sila, — at point; H. gauwi'm. wanting to, L. N. —éqst ; mé/q’éqs- ten, J want to sleep. 1892.) not obtaining what one wants, N. wi'uatl. war, NM. ho/utld, to go to — ; H. ts'é/kyatla. — dance, N. 10’q’uit (see To walk). warm, WN. ts’B/lqua; ts’B/IQquat, place where itis warm ; Hi. kO’- qoa, G. ky’u’qula. to warm one’s back, La. pené’/kyalitl (—ékya, back). warrior, N. winaé/nog ; A’listalits, great — (perhaps victorious). to wush, L. téték*Emu’it, — face (—k‘Em, face); la/asta, — body (= to go into water ; la, to go; —sta, water) ; tsE/ntsEnk‘oa, — hands ; Hi. ts’d/tsoqma, qau’- sEmt, — fuce (—sem, face) ; ts’6/qoéta, — body ; muqsta’, — body (—sta, water); ts’0‘k’oa, — hands ; déi’séta, — with cedar branches ; ky’i/lpa, — clothing. washhowl, H. ts’é/koisk’em (—k*Em, round). watchman, L. k’a/kala (see To hear). water, L. N. wa'p, H. waa’m. —N. H. G. —sta; N. k’’ola/sta, water of life; tsuqsta, to jump into —; koa/asta, cup; H. tlqsta/tit, to push canoe into — ; tasta, to jump into —; nak*a/m- sta, cup (= drink water); G. gyuqsta’is, house in —. —— is, in sea, N. k”’atsi’s, bottom of sea; na‘nis, bear in sea; H. k-alia/vis, anchorstone. —— on water (see Surface). wave, L. kElé’e ; aquma’lé, breaking wave ; H. gank/ mala. we inclusive, L. N. nOd’/guameEnts, H. no’guants, G. nogua/nis. we exclusive, N. G. nO’guanuq, H. nogua/ntk*. weak, G. wé/tlimas (= not strong). 81 [Boas. weasel (Putorious), N. gyégyi/lzem = climber). weather, N. na’la; néna/lanuk, having — (it. @., being able to change —). to weave basket, L. yi’p'a. — cedar bark mat, Tl. ky’é'ta; ky’é/tamitl, weaving frame ; H. tlé/ Huila. — rush mat, L. 0'ta. wedge, N. tlE/mkyaié, A. tla/nut. weir for fishing, N.m6/a, A. kO/lem, G. ma/méas. west, H. qa’is; qa’/eqaé, western peo- ple. whale, N. H. G. k’’o-i/m ; N. k-0é’- gyilak‘,made a —; k'oa’/iastems, place of whales. —— TI. t’6to/sk‘amis (a. p. (7) per- haps = star face in sea). whetstone, L. t’é/Kyaid. whirlpool, L. k*6't’is (—is, in sea). whirlwind, L. halo’pék-a. whiskers, N. hapqsté’e (= mouth hair). to whistle, N. hd/uqoa, whistle, N. mEtsé/s, — of ha'mats’a; ts’é/kokyala, trumpet; A. k-oa’- k’Omolaku/la, ~— of mé/itla ; ky’é/kyala, trumpet ; k*ds, — of tloola'qa; \é'qatsk,— of tsa’/ek a; H. Hué’k‘oa, — small. white, L. mela’, H. mod’k’oa, G. m0/qsto. white blanket, H. kye'lqsEm. who is that? A. ak‘oiqk-au. wide, N. 1é’q0 ; Jé/qois, wide beach. widow or widower, mourning, N. fia/msila, G. g’oa/itlowa (= sit- ting in house). widow, N. beky’a/sit (= without man). widower, N. k-Eky’a’sit (= without woman), wife, N. G. ganE’m; N. ganE’mtl, Suture —; H. g’ank/m. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxI, 140, K. PRINTED APRIL 18, 1893. Boas. ] wild, ha'’mats’a growing —, N.qua’sa. wind, L. ia/la; ia’oapskm, sail; iau/apEk’, mast; H. G. iuad'la ; H. iua/lis, place where always wind ; jai/uaspEk*, mast ; iai’- uastEm, sail ; iai/uatsk, hoisted sail; G. iai/uatsEm, sail; ii’ p’iq, mast. — north wind, N. t:4’k’oa, H. tsak’oa‘la. windpipe, H.pétsEqa’d (—qad, neck). wing, H. ma/timatem (see 70 fly). —— first feathers of —, L. p'E/UEm. —— hind feathers of —, L. ts’E’l- kHim. winter, L.N. tsawa/nq, H. tsawu’nq, G. tsong (—anq, time of’). wise, N. no’/k‘at; na&/k-atsé, the great wise one; no’k‘amd, born wise; nanOo/ak‘aua, the wisest one; H. n0/ak:aua, the wisest one. to wish, N. a’ Hula. wolf, L. a/tlanrkm (see Inland); N. Nugnemis name, Nin; Ninkyé’- qtoe, chief of —; Mamalelek-ala, ole’/kyin, H. k'usp/ls, G. asila’, tl’EsyEgumi’H. wolverine, N. wa/gigya, na’t’béé. moman, Is. tsEta’q. —L.N. k‘aky—; N. G. k‘a/kyala, woman speaks (== woman's noise); N. k‘aqk-ékya/la, — is always talking; H. k-ky—; k‘kyala, woman speaks ; k‘ky- apé’s, female talker. — N. —k‘as; —k’a; nemé/mak “as, sister; k-dk-‘otsaqsemdé/lak‘a, Koskimo woman ; hai‘atlilak:as, mending woman (= female sha- man); ts'O/tlemak‘as, grand- daughter; i/tak'a, pet daughter ; né/nenk‘as, bear woman; H. —k 8; mEni/yak’s, sister; tlusn- la/ksa, shrew; ts'd’qtiemak’s, granddaughter; g’auioa/quék's, second daughter; hau/ldsék's, only daughter, 82 [Noy. 18, 1892. woman, N. H. —aqsEm; N. Nim- k-éa/qsEm, Nimkish woman ; Gua/gulaqsEm, Kwakiutl wo- man; H. Awi/wiky’a/qsEm, Auiky’é'nog woman ; Bi'bilqu- la/qsEm, Bilgula woman ; k-0é@/- k-o€uténoga’qsEm, K-oehténog woman; Tlatlasik-oa/qsEm, 7'la- tlasik oala woman ; Héiltsdk-o- a’‘qsEm, Héilisuk: woman, — N. H. —ik‘oa, —6k‘oa, —in names; N. A/nk-‘oalayii’/k‘oa, making tt cloudy ; Lalak’aiya’- koa, made to go ahead of all; Ts0n0’k‘oa, thunderbird wo- man(?) HB. Tlalétlilayo/k-oa. womb, H. ma’cotlatseé. wonderful! Tl. N. sa/kyas, aui/la (= real). wood on beach, Li. k*’é’qatl. —— dried, A. kya’p’as. —— damp, A. ts’é’/mos. woodpecker, red-winged, Li. si’k-oala, Ti. tla’/tlanitl, L. tla/tlanke’k’, H. t)a/tlapéku. : wool of mountain goat, L. p’a/lEm ; pElpEla/sk‘Em, dblunket of —. wool and fine hair, H. ky4/tltema. word, N. wa/tldEm. world, N. wi/nakuis. a. to yawn, L, ha/Hila, yellow, Hi. té’qa. yes, H. la/a, G,. kyaa’. yesterday, L. tla/nsutla, H. tla/ntsé. —- day before yesterday, H. tla’- ntséédka, yew tree, Tl. BH. tle/mk‘a, you, HB. k‘aék’soai’ea, G. yii/qsd, young man, L. N. ba/bakum, N. hé/itla, young of —, N. H. —atsé; N. ma/- matlatsé, half breed (= young of Huropean); k’’d/tsatsé, — crab; H, tsiiéa/tsé, — beaver. Feb. 3, 1893.] 83 {Packard. The Life History of Certain Moths of the Family Cochliopodide, with Notes on their Spines and Tubercles. By A. 8. Packard, Providence, R. I. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 3, 1893.) Lam under special obligations to Miss Emily L. Morton for the eggs of several species of this family, which gave me the opportunity of rearing them and thus of observing the freshly hatched larve of species of three genera of this most interesting group, none having heretofore been de- scribed, unless we except a very brief notice in Buckler’s Larve of the British Butterflies and Moths (iii, 76) of the freshly hatched larva of Heter- ogenea asella, as follows: ‘‘As well as my strongest lens would show them to me, these very small specks of creatures were of an ovate, round- ish figure, dark brown above and pale greenish beneath—in short, minia- ture representations, apparently, in all respects of the mature larva.’’ I was very eager to learn whether the freshly hatched larva of any of this group was born in the form of the fully grown larva, and entirely without abdominal legs, or whether its body might not be more general- ized in shape and structure and with the vestiges at least of such legs. The result appears to be that, the young larve are, so far as known, without traces of abdominal legs, and that while those of the more specialized though primitive genera, as Adoneta and Empretia, are born with the tubercles already nearly as much specialized as in the full-grown larva, in the more modified genus Lithacodes (L. fasciola), the body is much more cylindrical and simpler, and thus more modified than in the foregoing genera, being without tubercles, but with forked glandular sete. Another result of great interest is that the shape of the young larva of Adoneta and also ot Empretia, with their large tubercles bearing three radiating sete or bristles, is such as to remind us of the larve of the Saturniide, and to suggest one of two alternatives, viz., (1) either the Coch- liopodide have originated from the Saturniide or forms allied to them ; or (2) both the Saturniids and Cochliopodide have descended from a common stem-form, and this perhaps some Notodontian. At all events the systematic position (and in this connection I may say that the pupal and imaginal characters bear me out) of the group repre- sented by Limacodes and its allies is very near the Saturniide, and not far from the Notodontians. It would seem as if the oldest, most generalized, or less modified forms, viz., the original ancestors, were the tuberculated larve of Euclea, Adoneta and Empretia, as they are more like the larvee of other Bombyces, particularly the Saturniide and Notodontians. On the other hand the nearly smovth slug-worms, without hairs or tubercles when fully grown (such as Limacodes and Heterogenea), seem to be the most aberrant and modified, viz., have become the most adapted to the peculiar mode of larval life emphasized by the term ‘‘slug-worm ;’’ these Packard.] 84 [Feb. 3, being caterpillars which have lost by disuse their abdominal legs, the tho- racic ones being greatly reduced in size, while by their sluggish disposi- tion, by their slug-like, slow gliding mode of progression, and by the pecu- liar coloration of such forms as the larval Heterogenea, which mimics the red, swollen spots on the leaves of various trees, particularly the oak, chestnut, wild cherry etc., we have, as the result of gradual modification brought about by adaptation, perhaps the most strange and bizarre type of Lepidopterous larva in existence. Thus, as a result of adaptation, probably brought about by a series of causes unlike those affecting any other caterpillars, we have larve which, as in that of LZ. fasciola and also the larvee of Packardia, are entirely green, oval in form, and which we have noticed might easily be mistaken for a fold or bend ina leaf. These smooth-bodied, unarmed slug-worms are protected (1) by their oval shape, the expanded edges of the body appear- ing to merge into the surface of the leaf; (2) by their sluggish almost im- perceptible gliding motions ; (3) by their pale pea-green ground color, with faint yellowish or reddish shadings on the ‘more exposed ridges and pro- jections of the body. These and other wholly green ones may have been eliminated during the struggle for existence from the earlier, tuberculated genera by their resemblance to green galls or swellings on the surfaces of leaves. That the larve of Heterogenea, such as Z/. fleewosa and H. testacea, are wonderfully similar to the red dipterous or aphidid galls on oak and other leaves was fist suggested to us by the late Mr. 8. Lowell Elliott,* and since then we have {frequently verified his observations, and been struck with the wonderful resemblance between these larve and the small reddish and greenish galls which appear late in summer on the leaves at the time when the larvee themselves become fully grown. These forms being thus protected from observation and harm, do not need the armature of the other group, the tubercles and spines have disappeared through simple disuse ; while being without poison-bearing spines, they have also lost by disuse the bright colors and conspicuous spots of the armed genera, On the other hand, the larve of Adoneta, Empretia, Euclea and allied forms, with their remarkably bright colors and mark- ings, and poison-bearing tubercles, feed conspicuously, the warning colors and showy ornamentation repelling the attacks of birds. We are inclined to the belief that the armed slug-worms were the earlier, from the proba- bility that in the Coleoptera the earliest and most generalized groups were the Staphylinidee, and the carnivorous Carabide, and allies, while the later, most extremely modified forms were the Weevils and Scolytide, in which the larve are footiess. In the Diptera also it is not improbable that those families with the most perfectly developed larvee, such as the Culicide *Compare the remarks of MnPoulton on the meaning of the peculiar method of pro- gression in the larvae of Cochiiopodidm in Trans, Ent. Soc. of London, 1888, 591, wherein he states that Mr. Tate could not remember any object which the larve of H. asella resem- bled. Mr, Poulton remarks that they “ may suggest the appearance of some kind of gall on the surface of the leaf,’’ 1893.] 85 [Packard. and Tipulidw, were the earliest and most generalized types, while the Muscide, with their apodous maggots present the extreme of modification though not of specialization, and so with other apodous insects and apo- dous Arthropoda in general. To return to the Cochliopodide : the great difference between the tuber- culated and spinose and the smooth, unarmed genera show that the forms were more or less plastic, and though all of them are born without abdom- inal legs, yet after atrophy had taken place, the larve of different genera became exposed to quite different surroundings and stimuli, and responded to such varied changes with the result seen in the numerous genera cliar- acterizing the eastern regions of North and South America, as well as Southeastern Asia; Europe only possessing two species, and none being yet known from the Pacific slope of North and South America. It will, of course, be a matter of great interest to examine the embryos of this family in order to determine how late in embryonic life the abdom- inal legs disappear, for, undoubtedly, as in the embryos of such Lepidop- terous larve as have been examined by embryologists, each segment bears a pair of temporary embryonic legs. Probably the legs are represented by the transversely oval ventral areas or muscular folds on each segment of the abdominal region in the slug-worms. As a result of studies with larve and moths I may add that the genus Heterogenea is more largely represented in the United States than for- merly supposed, and the genera Kronea and Tortricidia are with litile doubt synonyms of Heterogenea, the characters which I originally em- ployed not being of generic value. Tur Lire History oF EMPRETIA STIMULEA CLEMENS. I am indebted to Miss Emily L. Morton, of East Windsor, N. Y., for the eggs of this interesting form. The larve hatched July 9 to 12 at Brunswick, Me., from the eggs sent a few days previous. Egg.—As usual in the family, an irregular, oval, flattened, scale-like body, with a very thin edge ; under a half-inch objective the shell is seen to be thin, transparent, and without any markings. They are laid in an irregular mass, partly overlapping each other. Length, 14 to 2 mm.; breadth, 1 mm. Freshly Hatched Larva,—Length,1.2 mm. The body is broad and high, about three times as long as high, but much more cylindrical than in the full-grown larva. The head is pale and the body is pale straw-yellow. The eyes are black and distinct. The prothoracic segment is large, some- what hood-like, not bearing any visible tubercles, but with two obsolete warts, giving rise each to three hairs. The other segments are in this stage distinctly marked, especially dorsally and ventrally. On each of the second and third thoracic, and the first abdominal segments is a pair of high conical tubercles, which are moderately thick at base, and nearly as long as one-half the thickness of the body, each giving rise to but three Packard.] 86 [Feb. 3, sete, which on the average are about three-fourths as long as the tuber- cles ; the first (mesothoracic) pair are as large as the second and third, all being alike in shape, length and size (Fig. 1). Succeeding the three pairs of large high tubercles are five pairs (on seg- ments 2to 6) of tubercles which greatly contrast in size with those at each end of the body, being very much smaller, only about one-third as high as the others, or about one-half as high as the others are thick in their middle. On the end of the body are three pairs of large tubercles, the first pair of these (on abdominal segment 7) being larger and thicker than those on the thoracic and first abdominal segments; those of the pair on the eighth segment are about as large as the pair in front, but those on the last pair (on the ninth segment) are about one-half as large and long as those on the eighth segment. They all bear only three sete each. The sete or hairs appear under a half-inch objective to only taper like a simple seta, the tip, however, not being acute, neither very blunt ; but under a higher power (} obj. A. eyepiece), the points are seen to be divided or forked, but with only two divisions. Fig. 2 represents a tubercle highly magnified, showing the finely forked glandular sete, each of which is moved by a retractor muscle (m). Larva, Stage J.—Length,5 mm. The three anterior pairs of tubercles are paler, the largest (hinder) thoracic pair much darker reddish purple. Between the first and second dorsal] pair of tubercles are two parallel dorsal rows of three pale dots, forming two short parallel broken lines. A yel- low spot between the two larger tubercles, and in front is a fine trans- verse Jine connecting two yellow dots, and a similar smaller mark behind the yellow spot. Threesimilar marks, 7. e., a yellow median spot and two transverse lines at the base between the abdominal] tubercles. The brown- and-white edged lines nearly enclose each set of tubercles as before. The body is green and straw or lemon color above, and greenish amber low down on the sides.* Stage IIT (?).—(July 23.) Length, 6mm. The ten anterior fleshy ap- pendages are all pale lilac; those in front the paler; the second dorsal pair about one-third larger than the first pair, and the third pair about one-third larger than the second, and nearer together at their base ; the latter are deeper purple, and are dark at the end. The large pair near the end are also purple, and only slightly larger than the second anterior *Miss Multfeldt thus describes the young, probably in Stage II, as she observed them at St. Louis: “ Late in August of the present year I found quite a colony. probably ten or twelve, on a single leaf of the above-mentioned tree. They had but recently hatched, but tiny as they were—not more than an eighth of an inch in length—they had all the tubercles and other characteristics of the mature larva, except that the saddle-cloth-like spot was deep yellow instead of green and the central dorsal spot pinkish gray. They had perforated the leaf with small irregular holes, Not thinking that they would readily loosen their hold on the leaf, I carried it carelessly in my hand, and when I reached the house was much disappointed to find that but two larve remained on it. As these thrived and perfected their development to the point of enclosing themselves.in cocoons, it js evident that maple may be included in the list of their fuod-plants" (Bull, Div, Ent., 15, 08). 1893.] 87 {Packard. pair. The small pair of dorsal ones near the end are greenish yellowish. The two lateral ones in front on each side are about three times as large as the eight on each side behind them, and they are purplish, while those (the eight) behind are pale greenish. On the back, behind the first pair of appendages, are two parallel pur- plish longitudinal patches, with the pale whitish median line between them, and behind them are two dark patches, also separated by the median line. Between the second and third pair of appendages is a transverse dark brown stripe, which passes around behind the appendages but does not meet behind, and behind it isa roundish yellowish median patch ; behind this patch, between the bases of the two appendages, is a short transverse white line. The tip of the body behind is lemon-yellow, and on the second, third and fourth segments behind the third pair of appendages is the saddle-like median spot. It has a median oblong lilac- brown patch, bearing two transverse broken white short stripes edged with brown. On each side of this patch is a white border with three scallops externally, and edged with black, the black line forming three scallops. The two large purple posterior appendages are partly sur- rounded at base by a brown curved line, the two not meeting in front or behind, and between the bases of the long conical fleshy tubercles are two linear dark stripes. The rest of the body is pale greenish, with a slight yellowish tint. The appendages have each slender purplish spines of quite even length. It is bright colored and showy, and must depend on its spines for immunity from attack. It feeds in this stage on the upper surface of cherry leaves, eating off the surface, leaving large dark patches. Crushed one of the smal! ones, and found the hairs painful and annoying to my hand. S'age Ill or IV (2?).—Length, 7-8 mm. The thoracic segments—i. ¢., all the region beariug the anterior tubercles or papule—is now dark red- dish brown ; the third, or hinder thoracic tubercles, dark reddish brown, and the yellowish dots and lines are obsolete, only the bright yellow spot behind the third pair of thoracic tubercles being left. The two anterior pairs of tubercles are much paler than the third pair and the pair on the eighth abdominal segment. The last pair on the end of the body are pale amber. The lateral papule or tubercles are still green. The yellow dorsal region between the thoracic and abdominal papule is now yellow, edged with white on the side low down, and in front and behind are white borders edged part of the way with dark reddish brown. In front of and behind the ‘‘saddle”’ are two twin dark dots. The saddle is plain brown, oval, cylindrical, bordered with white, which is edged within with rosy, and, on the outer edge, with dark brown, this border being interrupted in front and behind, opposite the twin dark dots. All around, and at the base of the large tubercles on the eighth abdominal segment, the back is dark reddish brown with a median yellow spot, and behind on the next segment are two large oblique oval white spots, meeting on the middle of the body, and faintly tinged with lemon-yellow. Packard.] 88 [Feb. 8, Full-fed Larva.—Length, 20 mm.; breadth, 7 mm. . The body is very thick and stout, nealy one-half as long as broad, the dorsal surface regu- larly convex, being well rounded above, a little wider in front than be- hind. The prothoracic segment, with no tubercles, forming a hood for the head, which is dull amber colored with darker spots. The second thoracic segment with four spinulose fleshy conical tubercles, the dorsal ones slightly larger than the lateral ones. Similar ones on the third thoracic segment, but they are a little larger. On the first and eighth abdominal segments are two very large diverging horn-like processes, and armed with coarse spinules, which like those elsewhere are simple, ending in a slender, stiff corneous black point. On the last segment is a pair of small tuber- cles and a terminal pair of rust-brown flattened branches of singular spinules. The body is rust-brown, with a livid hue, and the skin is gran- ulated. Abdominal segments 2-7 are pea-green, bordered below with a white lateral line, and enclosing a large dorsal round brown spot bor- dered with whitish. Between the base of the horns is a small pale spot, and behind are two nearly adjoining yellowish-white patches. The shape of the stout spines on the tubercles of the full-grown larva is represented by Fig. 3, a, which is, however, one of the smaller spines. A singular spine is represented ut Fig. 3, 0; it is clavate, and arises from a papilla situated on the middle of the tubercle near the edge ; such clavate sete as these are very rare, the only other one observed was situated on the middle of another tubercle below the group of papille, which extends to the end of the tubercle. A very remarkable spine, and one which we believe is largely concerned in producing the poisonous and irritating effects resulting from contact with the caterpillar of this species, is one situated in scattered groups near the end of the tubercles. A group of three is represented at ¢, They are not firmly embedded in the cuticle, but on the contrary appear to become very easily loosened and detached, and they probably, when brought into contact with the skin of any ag- gressor, burrow underneath, and are probably in part the cause of the continual itching and annoyance occasioned by this creature. It will be seen by reference to Fig. 8, e’, that the body of the spine is spherical with one large elongated conical spine arising from it, the spherical base being beset with a number of minute, somewhat obtuse spinules. This spine reminds one of an old-fashioned caltrop, and a group of them con- stitutes a formidable armature, The cuticle at the end of the tubercles is granulated, each fine projection being the end of a vase-shaped papilla, all being closely crowded together, as atc. The skin of the body between the tubercles is seen to be finely shagreened, an appearance due to the presence of fine clear teeth more or less curved and bent, which arise from a very finely granulated surface, as at d. It will thus be seen to what an unusual extent the differentiation of the spines and of the armature of the cuticle itself is carried in this highly specialized form, Miss Murtfeldt has called my attention to the variation in the larvee in the length of the tubercles, in the intensity of coloring, and the presence or absence of the cream-colored spots. 1893.] 89 [Packard. RECAPITULATION OF THE MORE SALIENT ONTOGENETIC FEATURES. A. Congenital Adaptational Features. 1. The tubercles on the second and third thoracic and the first, seventh and eighth abdominal segments three times the size of those on abdominal segments 2-6; these tubercles being already differentiated at birth and more markedly so than in Adoneta. 2. Head not capable of being withdrawn into and concealed by the pro- thoracic segment. 3. The tubercles each bear only three two-forked glandular sete. 4. The body is more cylindrical than in the later stages, and colorless. B. Zoolution of Adaptational Features. 1. In Stage II the form and general colors of the full-fed larva are assumed. 2. The tubercles are now armed with numerous poisonous spinules. Note.—From what we now know of the congenital, as compared with the later acquired adaptational characters of Cochliopods, it is evident that the latter are acquired at an earlier stage than in most other caterpillars. LARVA OF EvcLEA QueRceti (H. 8.) (monrror PAcK.). The following description is based on over a dozen individuals, found from August 25 to September 8 at Brunswick, Me., on the red or swamp maple and the beech, most abundantly, however, on the former, and always on the under side of the leaves. Last Stage.—Length, 18 mm.; breadth, 5-6 mm. The outline of the body seen from above is regularly elliptical, each end being alike. Body with a broad dorsal, flat, plateau-like surface, not so wide as the body, extending from one end to the other, and bearing a row of high conical papilliform tubercles of unequal size. From this plateau- like surface the sides of the body fall away nearly vertically down toa slight ridge bearing long slender papule, and situated above the edge of the creeping disk. The body is in general pea-green of two shades, a lighter and darker, with a yellowish hue, assimilating it to the color of the under side of the leaves of its food-plant. Along the body are two dorsal rows, wide apart, of high, elongated, densely spinose conical tubercles, the spinules black on the distal half. Those of the first pair, situated on the second thoracic segment, are green ; those of the second and third pair yellowish ; those of the third pair are larger than the second, and the second than the first. All these tubercles are usually reddish on the distal half. On the next five segments is a pair of small rounded tubercles ; the first pair, situated on the second abdom- inal segment, the smallest, and the third pair the largest. The ridge bearing these tubercles is orange, edged with yellow. Between the sec- ond and third pair of large anterior tubercles is a rounded madder-brown PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 8O0C. xxxI. 140. L. PRINTED APRIL 18, 1893. Packard.] 90 [Feb. 3, spot, and a much larger second one between the first and second pair of small tubercles, which is a deep rust-red or brown-madder squarish or oblong patch ; a similar one lies between the fourth and fifth tubercles, and a fourth smaller, more rounded one between the first and second pairs of the large terminal tubercles. At the end of the body are three pairs of high conical tubercles like those in front. The two anterior pairs are the largest, and those of the posterior pair project out horizontally backwards and are green, the others being yellowish. In the green median dorsal space is a pale median dorsal line, edged distinctly with black, and the sides of the area are edged with black, and dilate near the base of the tubercles, forming black blotches. The outer side of the subdorsal ridge is edged with black in the same way, and this system of black marks connects with a luteral series of polyg- onal nearly circular black rings on the vertical sides of the body, and each enclosing two pale, depressed, oval, green areas. There is a lateral series of nine green, long, slender, pointed, spinulate tubercles. Nearly each tubercle on the upper side bears a large pale brown patch like a mass of sand (under a high-power Tolles’ triplet I cannot discover the nature of this sand-like mass, which is wanting on the first two and last one). At the end of the body are four conical, high, deep black pencils of fine hairs ; one between the last and penultimate subdorsal tubercle and an- other in front between the penultimate subdorsal and last lateral tubercle. On the first thoracic segment are a few fine hairs ; it is green and not spotted. The head is green, with the mouth-parts dark. Fig. 4 repre- sents a dorsal tubercle with its spines ; it is perhaps from too old a speci- men to show the unicellular poison glands at the base of the spines; 8., a single forked minute spinule ; cf., the cuticle at the base of the tubercle containing clear roundish spaces with a raised edge. There seem to be no caltrops or minute spines in the cuticle of this genus. Two specimens living on the oak were received from New York through Mr. Simpson. One of them is colored as usual, but the subdorsal madder- brown or reddish squarish spots between the papule are dull and rather faint. The other, larger, is quite different in color from normal individu- als. The body and dorsal papule instead of green are dull orange-red- dish, while the reddish patches between the subdorsal papule are faint and smaller than usual. The network of what are usually black lines on the sides is rather reddish. The polygonal lateral areas include an upper often dumbbell-shaped pale spot, and a lower double pale spot, the oblique oval spot being supplemented by a pule dot just below and in front. The posterior black conical tuft of hairs is much larger than the lateral ones in front. It began to spin a thin cocoon September 14, Two full-grown larve, apparently of this species, were found August 1, on the back of a pear tree and received from J. H. Pearson, of Ports- mouth, N, H. I will copy my description: Body oblong, flattened beneath, convex above, with a slight subdorsal ridge on each side of the aT Oe ee ee a 1893.] 91 [Packard _back, giving a slightly quadrilateral outline to the animal in section. It is pale ultramarine green, the fleshy conical spines or papule being deeper green. Of these papule thereare two subdorsal rows, ten ina row, and otherwise as already described. The spinules of these papule are white at the base, with the distal end black. There is a row of lateral spines similarly spinulated and of uniform size. The four pairs of square spots are blackish, those of the anterior pair (on second thoracic seg- ment) being rounded. They are more or less connected with dorsal irregular lines and dots. On the side of each segment is a blackish ring, lined within more or less distinctly with white, and enclosing a roundish hexagonal green spot. Remarks.—The larve of the genus Euclea are wonderfully differentiated and specialized as to their papillze and surface markings, as well as colors. The object of this or rather the process by which these structures and markings have gradually appeared, can, so far as we can now see, only be explained by supposing that they are warning structures and colors, the gay colors enabling the insect to be easily seen and the forbidding spines preventing their being swallowed by birds after once being detected. On the other hand, the more plain, unarmed larve of Heterogenea are in- stances of protective resemblance, as their lives are saved by their exceed- ingly sluggish movements and their green colors, assimilated to the bues of the under side of the leaves, in which they rest, for the most part nearly immovable. Yet why should Euclea feed like Heterogenea and allies on the under side of the leaf, and not on the upper, where it would be readily seen? / Parasa CHLoris H. Scu. (P. FRATERNA GROTE). The larva, like those of many other Cochliopods, lives on the under side of the leaf of its food-plants. It often, however, begins at the end of a leaf and eats down to the base; it remains on the under side, but the hood bends over so as to be seen from above, but the color, exactly like that of a brown sere part of the leaf, protects it. Several specimens were kindly sent me by Miss Morton, September 4. Full-grown Larva.—Length, 15mm. The body is oblong, square ; when seen in section it is somewhat trapezoidal, the dorsal surface being flat- tened, though still somewhat convex, and one-half to two-thirds as wide as the creeping disk or under side of the body. Posteriorly the body ends in a long, slender, fleshy projection or “ tail,’’ which is somewhat spinose and slightly forked at the end. Along each side of the dorsal area is a row of short, thick, retractile tubercles which bear peculiar stout spines, which are whitish, tipped with brown at the ends. Fig. 5, sp. represents a part of one of these tufts of sharp spines, which are white, becoming dark towards the ends; ct., the spiny cuticle of the body, the spinules being modified cuticular cells ; ct’, the same seen from above. A few cal- trops were to be seen. The third pair from the head is situated nearly on Packard. | 92 [Feb. 3, the second abdominal segment, and is twice as large as the others; those on the eighth abdominal segment are much larger than the other abdomi- nal tubercles (which are minute), and the spines on this pair are whiter than those on the other tubercles. A brown line washed externally with paler bounds the sides of the back. A lateral row of small tubercles bear- ing spines is situated around the edge, the middle of each tubercle being raised, convex. The spiracles are minute, white, somewhat raised, and situated ina darker round area. Low down between the two rows of tubercles is a row of smooth, kidney-shaped depressed spots. The head is chestnut, the labrum paler. The under side or creeping disk is pale flesh color edged above with a reddish stripe, becoming reddish brown above. The body above is of a rich velvety dark flesh-red brown. Some individ- uals are much darker than others. The under side of the “tail” is flesh colored, reddish above, and on top of a rich brown. In this species the spiracles are plainly seen to be arranged, as in Lima- codes scapha, on the side of the body rather low down, but above the edge of the creeping disk. In P. chloris ( fraterna Grote) the tail-like end of the body is longer and better developed, and more movable and nutant than in the larva of Packardia. It is slowly raised and lowered while the animal is creeping, with the result that it must be deterrent to ichneumon and other insect enemies. The ‘‘tail’’ is quite hirsute, and is flesh-colored below and at the end, but on the upper side is brown like the body. It varies in length. The ‘‘hood”’ or prothoracic segment is in this species larger and freer from the second thoracic segment than usual. On one of the larvee was observed an oval cylindrical ichneumon egg. Lire History oF ADONETA SPINULOIDES HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Batches of the eggs of this Cochliopod were also very kindly sent me by Miss Emily L. Morton, from New Windsor ; they hatched July 18 or 19. The eggs are so flat, scale like and transparent, that they must be very difficult to detect on the leaf of the food plant. Thus the eggs must be to an unusual extent free from attack of other insects or the gaze of birds, etc. In Stage IT, when feeding, the upper (never the lower) surface, says Mr. Bridgham, is eaten, and all the contents, leaving only the lower skin of the leaf, thus forming little pits on the surface. Eigg.—Very flat, rounded, oval, with very thin edges; varying much in size, some being twice as large as others, varying from 0.7 to 1.4 mm. in length, and nearly as broad aslong. The cast shell is thin, membraae- like, not preserving its shape after the exit of the larva, and not showing any markings. Though the eggs themselves vary so much, yet the larvee within are of pearly the same size. This variation in size is very unusual in insects and may be correlated with some interesting peculiarities of the oviduct. 1893.] 93 [Packard. The Freshly Hatched Larve.—Length, 0.8 to 1.2mm. The body is oval, cylindrical, with both ends nearly alike. The dorsal tubercles are large, prominent, conical ; those on the second and third thoracic and first ab- dominal segments are large, conical, and twice the size of those on the sec- ond and third abdominal segments, while those (in one of my specimens) on the fourth segment are as large as those on the first or seventh segment, but in another no larger than those on segments 2, 3, 5 and 6 ; those on segments 5 and 6 are of the same size as those on segments 2 and 3; those on segment.7 are as large as those on segment 1; those on segment 8 a little smaller than those on segment 7; those on segment 9 of the same size as those in the middle of the body. From each of these tubercles arise three glandular hairs or sete, which are on the average about a third longer than the tubercles themselves; they are rather stout, tapering slowly from the base to the tip, slightly curved, and divided at the end (as seen under a } objective B eyepiece) into three short minute forks. There is a lateral row of tubercles, one to each segment, beginning with the second thoracic, which are smaller or about half as large as the smallest dorsal ones, and each bearing three sete. The segments are quite well distinguished. The head is white, about one-half or two-thirds as wide as the body; the latter is at first pearly white, and later with a purplish shade on the back ; the skin is very finely granulated, and the spines are blackish towards the tips. — Fig. 6. A camera sketch, from an alcoholic specimen, of the freshly hatched larva ; both rows of dorsal tubercles are represented (author del. ). Fig. 7. A restoration of the same by Mr. Bridgham, corrected by the author; f, front view. Fig. 8, a. Third thoracic dorsal tubercle (or first abdominal), bearing three spinules at the end, each terminating in three short, minute, obtuse forks ; a’, ends of four spinules ; from each fork or branch a stria passes down to the base of the spinule. The following description of Stage II has been drawn up from a specimen stated by Mr. Bridgham (to whom I sent the eggs and freshly hatched young) to have molted once, and from which he made his Fig. 215. The drawing was made July 20, the specimen feeding on the scrub oak. Stage I1.—Length, 2.8 ; width, 1.4 mm. The larva is now at least three times as large as before molting, and it would be difficult (as I have not myself seen the larva alive in this stage) to believe that it could be in Stage II, unless Mr. Bridgham had noted the fact on his sketch that it was drawn ‘‘after the first molt.’’ The larva has now assumed nearly the shape and nearly the colors of the fully-grown larva, the tubercles even being a little larger in proportion, and with the spines as numerous and as large as in the last stage. The body is broad and flat, and the head is entirely concealed by the prothoracic hood, The skin is finely granulated. The tubercles are now completely differentiated, and are indeed a little larger in proportion to the body than in the full-grown larva. Fig. 9 represents a small anterior lateral tubercle after the first molt ; the unicellular poison cells not distinctly seen; a, a larger lateral tubercle. Packard. ] 94. [Feb. 3, Fig. 10, tubercles of last stage ; a, tubercle with venomous spinules ; b, space at the base of a tubercle densely covered with caltrop-like spinules ; these caltrops are very easily loosened, and can readily work under the skin; ¢, end of a tubercle; c’, part of the base of a tubercle, with the granulated cuticle near the base; d, two caltrops enlarged ; e, two venomous spines, with the unicellular gland in the expanded base of the spine ; e’, a spine of different shape on the same tubercle (author del. ). The second and third thoracic dorsal tubercles are a little slenderer and smaller than the pair on the first abdominal segment. The pair on the fourth abdominal segment are neatly three times larger than those on abdominal segments 2, 3; 5 and 6; those on segments 7 and 8 are of the size of those on abdominal segments 4 and 1. The ground color is a pale, delicate pea-green ; most of the tubercles are green, but the large dorsal tubercles on first, fourth and seventh ab- duminal segments are now rose reddish ; the others only faintly stained with roseate. . It thus appears that all the essential characters of the fully grown larva are assumed in the second stage, and at a period much earlier than in the larve of some, if not all, of the other Bombycine tamilics. This accelera- lion of development of the adaptational churacters of the larva seems to occur also in Empretia, and probably in Lithacodia, und is perhaps com- mon to the group. Additional observations are, however, much needed on this interesting point. The following description is drawn up from ten larve kindly sent me by Mr. Fred. B, Simpson from New York. It feeds on japonica, and will, he says, eat the wild rose. Stage 111.—Length, 4mm. Body with the segments in this genus dis- tinct. It is rather narrow and elongated, nearly three times as long as wide. ‘The back of the body is well rounded, forming a slight approach to that of ordinary caterpillars ; the segments convex, and the sutures between them deep and distinct; the dorsal region is narrower than the sides, which flare out somewhat ; in transverse section the body is some- what trapezoidal. The prothoracic segment forms a true hood, which is slightly bilobed on the front edge, and encloses the head when the latter is retracted. The head is moderately large, pale green, and the region of the mouth is darker, pale chestnut. The three segments behind the first thoracic each bear a pair of large high pear-shaped or high conical bright pale coral-red tubercles, densely spinose and pappose. At the end of the body, on the three last segments, are three similar pairs of coral-red tubercles, those of the last pair being slenderer, more pointed, and projecting out backwards; they are also green, of the same hue as the body, but in the larger specimens they become red. Between these two sets of lurge red tubercles are five pairs ot small green ones, which are one-third as large as the largest red ones ; they are not situated quite so near together, and are all of the same size ; the third pair are connected by a transverse greenish ridge; from this 1893.] 95 (Packard. ridge to the back of the second segment, or between the first pair of red tubercles is a broad, irregular patch of dull purple, interrupted between the second and third anterior red tubercles by a transverse green line. On the posterior half of the body is a patch formed of three purplish patches connected together ; the third and last of the three portions form- ing the patch, which ends before reaching the middle pair of the three posterior pairs of tubercles. The sides of the body fall away precip- itously, spreading out a little at the base or edge of the creeping ventral disk. On this edge is a series of nine green pappose and spinose papille or tubercles, the anterior two or three and the last being very slightly larger than the middle ones. Between the ventro-lateral and subdorsal rows the sides are variegated with upright ridges connecting the lower and upper tubercles. The sides of the body are dark pea-green, and the dorsal region faintly yellowish green, the subdorsal papille being yel- lowish green and the lower ones dark pea-green. In one slightly larger (4.5 mm. in length) the body above is stained less red and purple than usual, the posterior purplish patch not yet formed, and only represented by purplish points, while the third pair of anterior papille and the first and third pair of the posterior set are still green. Also the subdorsal line along the tubercles are whitish yellow. It thus at this stage varies considerably in coloration and in the distinct- ness of the hues. Stage IV.—Length, 7mm. When in this stage it only differs from the smaller ones in the dorsal purplish patches being more greenish in the middle, and edged distinctly with darker and externally brighter tints. Each segment, also, covered by the purplish patches bears a pair of minute greenish warts, which are much less distinct in the smaller ones; some- times two of these warts are connected by a greenish line. Also in this stage the last pair of dorsal papille are red, and the middle papille are stained with bright red on the inside at the base, sometimes the red stain being connected with the red border of the dorsal patch. In this and the next stage the body is somewhat higher over the thoracic region, falling away slightly posteriorly. Last stage (V), fully grown larve.—Length, 12mm. (The largest and most distinctly marked larve selected for description.) The body is of the same shape as before, ¢. e., when one-half grown. The dorsal plateau is as wide as the body, the sides falling away rapidly from the edge of the plateau ; the sides of the plateau are rounded over, not forming ridges. The two great patches on the yellowish plateau are pale purplish madder, darker on the edges, and edged with bright brick-red or Venetian red, while the papule are bright cherry or vermilion red. There is a faint, pale medio-dorsal line, The purplish patch begins on the front end of the second thoracic segment and contracts deeply between the second pair of papule and again between the third pair, ending suddenly in a mucronate point situated between the sixth pair of papule. The second patch begins at a point situated between the sixth and seventh pair of papule, contracts Packard.] 96 [Feb. 3, narrowly between the ninth pair, ending just in front of and between the penultimate or tenth pair. The first patch then is composed of three sections or saddle-shaped dilatations, of which the last or third extends a little way down the sides of the plateau, and there are two divisions of the second patch, the first the larger, and extending down the sides of the plateau, but not so far as the third division of the first or anterior patch. Between the first pair of papule is a greenish median, transverse spot, and on each side of the first section of the purple patch are two greenish dots like a stunted exclamation mark. These dots appear to be modified surface dorsal piliferous warts, but they bear no hairs. = YW xog (aaa A; a hue 2/ FLATTENED Hairs OF CATERPILLARS, AND (22) LARVA OF ARTACE. ape %. 3 eed Ser — | 183 (Packard. Stage II.—Described May 13. Length, 4-5 mm. The body still de- cidedly tapers to the end, though now the head is no wider than the body, which is blackish, with a blackish dorsal line not yet turned blue ; the sutures are brownish; the hairs long and rusty brownish. The pilifer- ous prothoracic tubercles are now small and not conspicuous as they are in Stage IIT. ; In some observed April 26 (length, 5 mm.), and belonging tu an ear- lier brood, the median dorsal black line was broken and on each side of each segment is a black blotch. The dorsal hairs brownish, those on the . side gray, and some of those on the back tawny. In another set of larvx, from the web on wild cherry, 5-6 mm. long, described May 5, and apparently at end of second stage, the head is not so wide as the body, and considerably narrower than the prothoracic seg- ment. TZhereis no blue about the body. The head and prothoracic seg- ment are black, A distinct black dorsal line interrupted at the sutures, . On each side is an obscure similar dark line, but more interrupted and the spaces between the sections longer ; below each section on each seg- ment is a large, conspicuous, black, longitudinal, irregular, oval spot, immediately below which is a wavy light line, and parallel to this is a similar light line, below which is a fringe of whitish hairs projecting from the body. The dorsal hairs are pale ash-gray, not distinctly tawny. Abdominal segments 8-10 black, without markings. Sume of the larve ure much paler than most of the lot examined. Stage I1—Length, 7-8, becoming 9-10 mm. Described May 13. The body still tapers to the end. The lateral prothoracic tubercles are well marked, and there is a pair of small dorsal ones on each succeeding seg- ment of the body, bearing the usually tawny hairs, those on the sides being white, with some black hairs. A distinct blue dorsal stripe, beginning on the second thoracic segment and disappearing on the eighth abdominal seg- ment ; it is of the same hue as in the full-fed larva, and bordered with a fine wrinkled white line. TZ’here are two lateral white thread-lines, the upper one the more distinct ; towards the end of the stage these lines change to a blue. Between these two lines is a row of minute black warts. The larve when in this stage-vary much in the distinctness of the dorsal median blue stripe. It molted May 20-22, the length of the stage being about seven days. Stage 1V.—Length, 18-14 mm. The blue line is as in the full-fed larva, but the lateral, linear, upright blue lines, one on each side of each segment, have now appeared, and also the very irregular, short, thread- like blue and yellow lines on the top and sides of the body. The lateral prothoracic tubercles. are still pronounced. It molted June 5-6; the duration of the stage being about fourteen days. June 8, 9, 10, full- grown larve seen out of doors. June 14, they were spinning their cocoons. The season was two weeks late. In specimens of this stage, 22 mm. in length (described May 24), the dorsal band is now continuous and firm, not broken, and pale blue. On PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc, Xxxr. 141. x. PRINTED MAY 11, 1893. Packard.] 184 [March 17, each side of the median line along the back are faint, ‘thread-like, fine, short broken lines, only perceptible under a lens. Besides the continu- ous pale-blue dorsal line, the distinctive marks are the two darker blue spots, short and straight; the one in front longitudinal and at right angles to the other, which is transverse and more distinct because situated on a black field. The sides of the body are filled in with blue, containing some fine ochreous lines, especially on the upper edge of the blue area below the longitudinal blue mark. The ordinary spinulated hairs of C. * americana are represented by Fig. 21. i A variety of the larva.of CUlisiocampa americana observed at Providence, June 5 and 6.—One full-grown larva has the white dorsal line twice as wide as usual, and broken up into a series of exclamation marks. The line is interrupted at the sutures and each stripe swells out at the posterior end intoa knob, and on the sixth abdominal segment it is short, and suc- ceeded by a large, round, white spot, while on the first abdominal segment the stripe is represented by two large round spots. Tae Youne LARVA OF GASTROPACHA AMERICANA. Found on an apple tree at Brunswick, Me., July 28. Stage III (2).—Length, 17mm. The head is rather small, about three- fourths as wide as the body, rounded but flattened in front, blue slate- gray, nearly concolorous with the body. The prothoracic segment is much broader than the head, with a very large and prominent pale clay- yellow or luteous lateral tubercle on each side, bearing numerous long gray hairs, The second and third thoracic segments each with two dark, flattened, button-like warts centred with grayish. The sutures at hinder edge of second and third thoracic segments respectively are stained with pale ochre-yellow or luteous, forming a transverse stripe which is partly . Visible when the worm is at rest, but revealed more distinctly when it is in motion. On each segment behind first thoracic are four dorsal pilifer- ous warts, two most conspicuous on second and third, and others on the side ; those on the abdominal segments four in number and arranged in a square. From the first yellowish transverse dorsal streak is a longitudinal subdorsal concolorous (yellowish) line, and below it a concolorous fine hair-line between two dark lines, The body is dull, livid, bluish slate- gray, mottled and finely spotted with blackish points and piliferous warts. Along the side of the body the lateral tubercle, one on each side of sec- ond and third thoracic segments, is large, but not so long and slender as that on the segment in front, but yet they are unusually large and well developed, and they are replaced on the abdominal segments by the large fleshy Jappets, bearing long, dense, fine, gray hairs, which are directed downwards, There are as yet no traces of the dorsal tult of flattened hairs present in the mature larva. On the eighth abdominal segment is a decided rounded hump bearing two black flattened warts, from which arise numerous fine black hairs, The dorsal hairs are in general black, 1992,] : 185 |Packard. and about one-third as long as the body is thick.- The thoracic and ab- dominal legs ure slate-gray, of the same color as the body. Lire History oF HeTEROPACHA RILEYANA (Harvey). ‘This caterpillar has been reared from the honey locust. ( Gleditschiu triacanthos) by Mr. Pilate (Papilio, ii, 67), while Prof. G. H. French writes that he has also found it on that plant. In response to my request, Mr. W. N. Tullant, of Columbus, O., sent me early in August several young Jarvee, at Brunswick, Me., where its food plant flourishes ; and a year later he kindly sent me the eggs and lurvee of this interesting form. Regarding its habits he writes me as follows: ‘‘ Eggs deposited May 15. We have two and probably three broods per year. Eggs generally laid in a cluster or in a row or rows of twenty to forty. In confinement they will be-deposited on the leaves or branches, but in nature I think they are always deposited on the bark, at least I have never found them on the leaves.’’ The eggs hatched during May 25 and 26, notall simultaneously, and the description was made from the freshiy hatched individuals, those which had been out of the shell for about half a day not differing from one I saw creeping out of the egg. F£gg.—Length, 1.5mm. Cylindrical, though but slightly longer than broad. The shell is of a peculiar bluish white, the surface not highly polished, and under a Tolles triplet (about 12-15 diameters) it is not seen to be pitted, but under a half-inch objective, small, fuintly marked hex- agonal areas can be seen which are quite irregular in shape aud with a thickened or raised central area. The surface of the shell is of a peculiar porcelain texture and bluish white, with short, broad, curved, darker blue streaks. Larva, Stage T—Just hatched. Length,3 mm. The head is large and . about one-third wider than the middle of the body; it is broad, being a little wider in front of the middle than behind. It is of a pale horn color, with a broad dark median band extending from behind and ending at the apex of the clypeus, where it spreads out somewhat, stopping at the ‘transverse pale band crossing the head, and which dilates at the end on each side of the head. On each side of the dark band is a parallel pale band which passes down to the middle of the front, and then curves out- ward at a right angle, dilating at the end. The side of the head is blackish, or rather the white portion leaves a large, much curved black band. The head is clothed with long, rather thick blackish and gray hairs. ‘The body gradually tapers backwards from the broad prothoracic seg- ment which flares outward and upward in front. The segment is pale horn color above, rather naked. On each side is a piliferous tubercle, which is slightly larger than those on the succeeding segments, but not ‘so well developed and prominent as usual in the group ; at first pale, it afterwards turns darker, and it bears mixed dark and gray hairs, more Packard.] 186 : [March 17, numerous than those on the succeeding segments. A broad median dor- sal band, enclosing a fine, narrow, more or less interrupted dorsal dark line. On top of the second and third thoracic segments is a broken trans- - verse fine black line, and on the same situation on each of the first eight abdominal segments are four minute square black dots, sometimes coales- cing to form two transverse lines. A broad lateral (almost subdorsa)) black band, consisting of'a dark rounded oval patch, on each segment en- closing a minute pale piliferous wart. Below this and on the under side the body is pale livid flesh color, including the thoracic and abdominal legs. The hairs in general are short, rather evenly and closely cropped, and the dorsal.ones of quite uniform length, not so long as the body is thick und mostly black, while the lateral ones are gray and spread straight out as usual in the group, touching, or nearly so, the surface the larva rests on ; they are much more unequal in length than the dorsal ones. The anal legs are large and long, rather slender, spreading wide apart, /. ) Stage I1.—Length, 9 mm. All molted June 1. The head is now scarcely wider than the body, which is now dull blackish brown. The markings are nearly as before, the two parallel whitish lines turning out at right angles opposite the apex of the clypeus, which is now white, and the tront of the head beyond the eyes is whitish. The head is hairy, with dense gray bairs in front. The bedy still tapers towards the end, and is now dul] black-brown striped with eight fine whitish lines ; of these the two dorsal ones are very faint, while the single subdorsal line is distinct, and in one or two, a day after molting, already stained with reddish ochreous ; below are two parallel] lateral whitish lines, the lower of whichis wrinkled. On the eighthand ninth abdominal segments the two subdor- ral lines are broken up into two dots on each segment. AJ] the legs, both thoracic and abdominal, are dark brown. Many of the short dorsa) hairs are black, those on the sides of the body longer and gray, as before. The Jateral prothoracie tubercles are well marked, a little larger than those behind. In this stage nearly all the characteristic markings and colors are assumed, Stage 11[.—June 4, 5, 6, 7, different ones molting on each of these days. Length, 12mm. Head brown, with the whitish markings more distinet thun before. The markings (spots and lines) are decidedly brighter and more conspicuous than before; und the body behind the prothoracic segment is rust red ochrevus above. Prothvoracic segment dark brown, with two yellow- ish triangular dots or notches on the outside of the dark dorsal tubercles. Behind this segment the dorsal, median, ochreous, rust-reddish band is distinct. The two subdorsal lines euclosing or forming the bund are fine und distinet ochreous rust-reddish and yellow, and they include on each seg- ment a pair of long, somewhat wavy black stripes, which are connected on the second and third thoracic segments, but separated by the sutures on the abdominal segmeuts, so that there is a puir to cach of these segments. The sides of the body ure dark leaden biown, with two distinct lateral lines, and sometimes the lower broken whitish line is wanting. ‘bhe 1893.] 3 187 [Packard. essential markings of the full-fed larva are now assumed. The clypeus is dark in the centre, white on the apex and edges. The whitish gray hairs are conspicuous and nearly conceal the thoracic and abdominal legs. The two dorsal yellowish dots on abdominal segments 8 and 9 are now conspicuous. The larvze feed more or less concealed under and among the leaves in the breeding box, and this habit persists through- out the larval life. Stage 1V.—June 15-16. Most of them had molted June 16, Stage Ii(2?).—Summer brood. Length, 4.5-5 mm. Described Au- gust 6. The head is moderately large, considerably wider than the body, which tapers gradually to the end. The head is densely covered with long slender pale hairs of the color of the head, which, like the body and legs, is a greenish yellow-brown or pale snuff color. It is not easily to be seen while resting on the green leaf stalk of its food plant. The head is broad, full and rounded, with a median longitudinal dark-brown band, ending in front in a darker spot ; the head on each side is brown, sending a point forward towards the middle of the head, and a brown band along the side of the head to the ocelli, from which another brown band extends across in front to the side of the clypeus, which separates it from its fellow on the other side, The piliferous warts are minute, low, bearing several short, fine hairs, so that the body is quite hirsute. The lateral prothoracic tubercles. in- stead of being, as usual in the Lasiocampians, large and prominent, are in this larva searcely larger than the others on the body. There is a faint dorsal median brown line. There is a subdorsal row of thoracic and abdominal piliferous tubercles, darker than the others ; also a broader, darker lateral row of spots, each surrounding a broad, flat, dark, pilifer- ous wart, connecting with the lateral dark band on the head. Below this is a narrower, paler lateral spiracular line, enclosing the pale, inconspicu- ous spiracles, The anal legs are broad and large, spreading widely. Both the thoracic and abdominal legs are concolurous with the body, and are densely huiry. In another larva, 7 mm. in Jength and better fed, with the body filled out, the head was no wider than the body, asin the other, but the bands and spots, especially the dorsal and subdorsal ones, were more distinct than before. ‘The subdorsal tubercles are flattened and enclosed in large, oblong, dark, longitudinal spots.. The spiracular line is broad and more distinct, and below it, directly above the base of the legs, is a series of dark gibbosities. : Ina third larva of about the same age and size, the body is more red- dish than in the others. Stage JI.—August 16-20, summer brood. Lengshi 17 mm. The head is narrower than the body, dull slate-brown, like the brown por- tions of the body. On each side of the vertex are two parallel, dull ochreous brown stripes, soon becoming distinctly yellow, and opposite the apex of the clypeus turning outward at right angles and following a Packard j 188 E [March 17, sinuous course, and ending on the side of the head. There is a V-shaped yellow patch on the clypeus, which also sends an obscure yellowish line outward, in a course parallel to the line above. The labrum is pale; the face very hairy, as is the whole head. The body is dull, dark manganese or iron-brown. There is a dorsal, obscure, median, irregular, reddish- brown line; also two dull-yellow, narrow lines on cach side of the body, the upper one of the two being the subdorsal one, and more or less’ stained with reddish. TZhere is an obscure, broken, yellowish line along the base of the legs below the dark spiracles. The prothoracic segment is slightly swollen on the sides. The dorsal hairs are short and fine, but along the lower part of the face, and along the side of each thoracic and abdominal segment, is a swelling from which arise dense, long, pale- gray hairs directed downwards, much as in Gastropacha. The thoracic and anal legs are dark livid, and the body beneath is livid. The surface of the skin in general is rough and rather dull in color. Stage 1V.—Molted August 25 and described a few hours after. In the larva of the previous stage the left (?) anal leg was injured and shorter than the other; this defect was retained after this and the last molt. Length, at first, 17 mm. The head is now larger in proportion than before, being a little wider than the body ; it is somewhat bluish brown, with the markings as before, but much more distinct ; the two parallel lines on the vertex not so diffuse and reddish as before, but nearly black, and each enclosing a Janceolate-oval, distinct, fleshy, whitish spot of the same color as the two sets of transverse, sinuous lines below. The face below is pale carneous ; and on the sides and in front more densely hairy than above. The body is of the same shape as before, still tapering to the end. Along the body extends a dorsal, reddish-brown, diffuse line as before, but a new system of markings appears in this stage, consisting of a set of Sour small light dots, two on each side of the dorsal median line. The pro- thoracic shield is now very distinct and concolorous with the head, and the segment is slightly wider than those succeeding, while the lateral, prothoracic, piliferous warts are still small. The subdorsal stripe is con- colorous with the single dorsal one, but the lateral and infraspiracular line at the base of the legs are now more yellow ; otherwise the body in general is dark brown as before. On the end of the seventh and eighth abdominal segments are two pale-yellowish spots, and on the base of the suranal plates are two dark-yellow spots ; the surface of the plate itself is concolorous with the prothoracic shield. All the legs are dark, The hairs low down along the side of the body are whitish gray, dense and depressed, partly concealing the legs, especially the middle abdominal ones, : : Stage V and Last.—Molted September 4. Described September 12, Length, 82mm. The head is as before. There is now visible, when the larva creeps, what had not been noticed in the preceding stages, viz., a 1893.] ae 189 [Packard. bright, transverse, deep-orange, irregular band in the sutures between the second and third thoracic and the third thoracic and first abdominal seg- ments. In the middle of each band isa black dot situated in the median line of the body. When the larva is at rest and the segments contracted, these two conspicuous stripes are not visible. They are evidently warning or danger signals,like the showy, bright band of Gastropacha umericana. The anterior corners of the prothoracic segment are dull orange- brown, the segment itself being dull dark-brown, with no lines. The median dorsal rather bright tawny-brown stripe begins most distinctly on the first abdominal segment, and extends uninterruptedly to the base of the suranal plate. The subdorsal lines, one on each side, are brighter ochre- ous orange, but are broken up, not only at the sutures, but by the trans- verse wrinkles, of which there are usually about five to each abdominal segment. The subdorsal lines or stripes are interrupted at the hinder end of each segment, next to the suture, by an irregular, squarish, light, tawny, ash patch, those on abdominal segments 7 and 8 being much paler and more distinct than the others in front. The lateral supraspiracular line is narrower than the subdorsal stripe, less ochreous, with a little more pale yellow in it; it is irregular and . broken, contains short, wavy, blackish lines and isolated dots, and dilates a little at the hinder end of each segment, forming a linear, light, pale, obscure yellowish spot opposite the light spots in the subdorsal stripe. Spiracles distinct, dull carneous, surrounded by a blackish-brown ring. An infraspiracular indistinct, wavy, narrow, tawny-yellowish, much- broken line, most distinct under the spiracles. Still below this obscure line the lateral ridge, which is quite broken, is marked with two obscure tawny-reddish, vertical slashes on each segment; one is single, and the other is slightly V-shaped, the apex pointing upwards. The suranal plate is ornamented in front by the end of the dorsal tawny or Scotch-snuff brown band, broadly edged with ochreous yellow, the rest of the plate being black-brown. The anal legs are dark-brown, with no markings; the middle abdomi- nal legs are spread out laterally a good deal, so as to show from above almost their whole length ; the legs themselves are, at base, livid lilac- brown, the plant pale livid, with a black chitinous streak on each side ; these peculiar black chitinous pieces are narrow triangular, with the slender very acute apex pointing upwards, and are distinctly visible from above. The dense hairs arise from the longitudinal folds of skin situated over the abdominal and thoracic legs and corresponding situations on the other segments. Tur Youne LARVA OF ARTACE RUBRIPALPIS (Feld). (A. PUNCTIS- TRIGA (Walk.).) A batch of eggs was kindly sent me by Prof. Roland Thaxter, from Cullowhee, N. C., early in July, the larve hatching July 9. The larve Packard.] 190 [March 17, were fed with oak, maple, raspberry, willow, poplar, hazel, rose, sumach and fir leaves, but they did not eat them. On being taken up, the freshly hatched larve spun a thread by which they let themselves down. - Hgg.—Round, with the surface granulated ; of a dirty white, clouded with reddish brown. They are laid separately in an irregular bunch. : Larva directly after Hatching.—(Fig. 22.) Length,8 mm. The head is large, as wide as the prothoracic segment, dark brown, with two trans- versely oval light-gray spots above ; along the front edge of the epicra- nium is a broad gray stripe, and at the base of the labrum is a transverse less distinct pale band. ’ The prothoraeic segment is very large, slightly wider than the head, and from this segment the body tapers to the end. On each side of the pro- thoracic segment, and projecting outwards, is a large piliferous amber- eolored tubercle, which is three times as large as those behind it on the succeeding segments. Between these are two minute dorsal piliferous tubercles. On each side of the second and third thoracic segments is a a. et ui al bial MR 23 mx lateral amber-colored piliferous tubercle, while the dorsal tubercles be- tween are rather larger than the lateral ones, On the abdominal seg- ments the dorsal tubercles are amber-colored, becoming dark on the ter- minal segments, while the lateral tubercles are dark, concclorous with the body. The hairs are gray and dusky, those on the large lateral tuber- cles the longest and curved forwards in front of the head. Behind these the longest hairs are a little longer than the body is thick. The body is dark. On the abdominal segments the dorsal tubercles are amber-colored, becoming dark on the terminal segments, while the lateral tubercles are dark, concolorous with the body. The hairs are gray and dusky, those on the large lateral tubercles the longest, and curved forward in front of the head. Behind these the longest hairs are a little longer than the body is thick. The abdominal legs are long and slender, spreading outward beyond the body. The eighth pair of dorsal abilominal tubercles are a little larger than the others, In general appearance, viz., the large, broad, first thoracic segment, the body tapering backward from it, and the large prominent lateral piliferous warts, one on each side of the segment, this larva is a true Lasiocampid, ee. Te ee ee ety ee a ee 1893.] 191 [Packard, with its characters rather more exaggerated than in Clisiocampa, and per- haps much as in Gastropacha. Some details of the freshly hatched larva are represented in Fig. 23. ant, antenna; mz, maxilla; ¢, a thoracic leg; al, an abdominal leg, showing the planta and crotchets ; al’, another leg; 3, a spinulate seta. (Author del.) es aie # Fig. 3. Fig. 5. Fig. 8. Fig. 11. 12. 13. ~ EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate V. Dryocampa rubicunda. Larvain Stage II. The line under the figure should be nearly one-half longer. Bridgham del. Sphingicampa bicolor. Armature, Stage I. For explanation of details and of lettering, see the text. PLATE VI. Facles imperialis, Armature, Stage I. Eacles imperialis, Armature, later stages. Puate VII. Citheronia regaliz. Armature, Stage I. Hyperchiria to. A freshly hatched larva, showing the eversible glands (9), etc. Hyperchiria io. Armature of the three thoracic segments, Stage I. Puate VIII. Hyperchiria io. Armature of the last thoracic and abdominal segments, 1, 2, 6-10, Stage [. Hyperchiria io. Armature of the sixth abdominal segment, Stage II. Hyperchirva to. Spinulated dorsal tubercles of each thoracic segment, final stage. Puate IX. Hyperchiria io. Eversible gland, with the adjoining spiracle, sp.; g', a gland enlarged. Hyperchiria, sp. from Mexico. Armature of final stage ; dor- sal tubercle of each thoracic and of the seventh abdominal segment, Hemileuca artemis. Spinulated dorsal tubercles of each thoracic segment, final stage. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc, xxxr. 141. y. PRINTED MAy 11, 1893. Ryder.] 192 [April 7, PLATE X, Fig. 14. Hemileuca yavapai. Spinulated dorsal tubercles of each thoracic segment, final stage. 15. Gastropacha quercifolia. Scales from dorsal tuft on second thoracic segment of the mature larva. 16. Gastropacha quercifolia. Flattened hairs from the lateral tuft of the second thoracic segment of the larva. 17. Gastropacha americana. Flattened hairs from the lateral tuft on eighth abdominal segment of the mature larva. Puate XI. Fig. 18. Gastropacha americana. Flattened hairs from the lateral tuft on second and third thoracic segments. 19. Heteropacha rileyana. Flattened hairs from the lateral tuft on the second thoracic segment of the mature larva. 20. Acronycta hastulifera. Flattened hairs. 21. Clisiocampa americana. Normal hairs, densely spinulated. 22. Artace rubripalpis. Freshly hatched larva. Bridgham del. Note.—All the figures, except 1 and 22, were drawn by the author with the camera. Energy as a Factor in Organic Evolution. By John A. Ryder. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 7, 1893.) The fact that the energy developed by living bodies is correlated with cosmical energy is now a recognized canon of physiology. To give the proper emphasis to the part played by the energy developed within organ- isms, as a factor in the development of their own forms or morphogeny, is the purpose of the present paper. To define exactly the kinds of energy displayed and the mode in which its effects are produced in particular cases is another part of the subject to be dealt with. The definition of these subjects renders necessary the introduction of a few new terms, in order to avoid awkward circumlocution, to achieve brevity or directness of expression, and to eliminate the risk of indefiniteness in the use of words, Heckel very felicitously proposed the term phylogeny to express the fact that a certain tendency directed the drift or trend of development ot a being along a line parallel with that of the series of forms ancestral to it. The being in the course of its development briefly recapitulated that of the ancestral series to which it belonged, This, in substance, is the fa- mous fundamental biogenetic law first suggested by F. Miller, 1893.] 193 [Ryder. Heckel also proposed fur the process of the development of the indi- vidual the term ontogeny, genesis of the individual being. The displays of energy, in time and space, controling the process of development, both racial and individual, that is, the phylogenetic and ontogenetic pro- cesses, are now admitted on all hands to run more or less closely parallel. When old characters tend to reappear very early in ontogeny, it is explained that this is « case of reversion, atavism or palingeny. If, on the other hand, a new character tends to appear very late in the ontogeny, it is explained that it is because such a feature was late in appearing in the phy- logenetic or racial history, it is therefore said to have arisen from compar- atively recent variations of the type form, or to be ca@nogenetic. The regis‘ration upon the germinal matter of organisms of these developmental tendencies to reappear in a certain sequence and relation, in time and space, comprehends what is generally understood by the term heredity. Hereditary phenomena are therefore ontogenetic, and in so far as the latter repeat an ancestral history they are phylogenetic. That is, the ener- gies of individual development reflect or epitomize in the sequences and relations of their display those which have attended the evolution of the race, Thus far the use of these terms, which have become current and well understood in biological literature, seems to be justified, in that they stand for a formula which is so largely true in spite of occasional discrepant facts that we must accept these words as brief or shorthand expressions for two great biological principles. Adaptation of the organism to its conditions of life is now, as it always has been, a very difficult subject. Some have supposed it to be due to variation of the potentiality of the germinal matter derived from the two sexes, or to Amphimizis, and that the individual variations thus produced that were unfitted for survival were eliminated by natural selection. Others have maintained that there is more or less evidence of the occur- rence of direct adaptation or adjustment of the organism to its surround- ings with accompanying variation, and that consequently the energies developed within and without the organism had to do with the pro- cess of adaptation and the origin of variations. The development of aduptations was, therefore, according to this latter view, a resultant con- sequent upon the interaction of two sets of forces, namely, those developed within and also those developed without the organism. Natural selection in this case was also supposed to be operative as the agent eliminating the unfit. Weismann, Lankester and others have defended the first view. Heckel, Cope, Spencer and even Huxley (the latter with some reserve, perhaps) have supported the latter opinion. Darwin himself was inclined to the last to ascribe a certain influence to external agencies, and also to use and disuse, in doing which he showed his leaning towards what has since his death been regarded as the more distinctly Lamarckian view of the origin of variations. Prof. Cope has sought to establish a recognition of the factor of energy Ryder.]} 194 [April 7, as developed in the motions of organisms and their parts as an agency in the modification of the forms and proportions of their hard parts. In this he bas distinctly followed Lamarck, Spencer and the writer, and to this agency he has applied the term kinetogenesis, which may also be written kinetogeny in order to make its Anglican spelling conform to that of the very useful terms proposed by Heckel. Unfortunately this term, kinetogeny, does not embrace a consideration of all the forms of energy that concern the problem of adaptation, My only reason, therefore, for invading this field of terminology is that there appears to be a need for another term which shall be more comprehensive and which shall apply to all the forms of energy involved in a study of adaptive processes, namely, the potential or static and the actual or kinetic. This will embrace both the energy of rest or equilibrium and that of motion or lack of equilibrium. The most general term that can be used for this purpose seems to be ergogeny, the etymology of which is apparent. This general term, ergogeny, will include not only kinetogeny, but also its antithesis, statogeny. If an organism suffers morphological modification in consequence of the display of the energy of motion, any modification thus caused would be developed kinetogenetically. If, on the other hand, an organism were _ modified in such a way that the energies developed by it were in a condi- tion of statical equilibrium, and, moreover, if its specific form depended upon the maintenance of such a statical balance, then any formal modifi- cation thus caused and maintained would be developed statogenetically. If it is meant that energy has been concerned in producing a certain mod- ification without specifying the kind of energy, such modification may be said to have been produced ergogenetically. Concrete illustrations will, however, be necessary in order to give a clear notion of the very real. dif- ference that exists between the two processes, namely, kinetogeny and — statogeny, embraced under the still more general term of ergogeny. If the motion of the developing parts of an organism condition their structural modification in a definite and precise way, as in the case of the development of vertebral centra, of the vertical rows of scales on fishes, or the fractures across the fin rays of certain fishes, as I have shown else- where,* then the effects so produced are developed ergogenetically. In that such effects are the result of the expenditure of energy in the form of motion they are also developed kinetogenetically. If, on the other hand, the process is one in which the energy developed is a consequence of growth itself, and is dependent merely upon the gross physical and statical properties of the living matter itself, such as the varying surface-tension of different parts of the surface of the plasma, then the problem becomes one, not of motion, but of the want of motion, of forces in equilibrium or a statical one. Such conditions of statical equi- librium of surface-tensional forces of the adjacent surfaces of the cells of *” Proofs of the Effects of Habitual Use in the Modification of Animal Organisms,’’ Proc, Amer, Philos, Soe., Vol. xxvi, Novy, 21, 1889, 1893.] 195 (Ryder. the early stages of segmenting eggs are known by the thousand to the skilled embryologist. In that these cannot at first be overmastered by either phylogenetic or ontogenetic forces, or by both combined, proves that the forms so devel- oped are, therefore, the resultants of the energy represented by the phylo- genetic and ontogenetic or the sum of the hereditary forces working in antagonism against a recurring statical condition of the substance of the germ. This statical condition reasserts itself at the close of every seg- mentation, so that there is a recurrent conflict between these two sets of forces at every step of development. In fact, the round or oval form of the egg is a statical condition of the germinal mass dependent wholly or partially upon its own surface-tensional properties. That this is gradually overcome in the course of the ontogenetic process is well known, but it is also a fact that no known form of animal or vegetable development is exempt from the influence of the interference of statical forces of equi- librium, mainly those of surface-tension. In so fur, therefore, as the form of the early stages of the development of an embryo are thus interfered with, such modifications are statogenetic. The great generality of this principle, therefore, becomes apparent. The generality of statogeny is, in fact, coextensive with that of phylogeny and ontogeny. But this is not all. Every statogenetic state alternates with a kinetogenetic state, since every new statogenetic condition is heralded by a kinetogenetic one. It is this incessant organic and organizing seesaw of processes that is comprehended under the still more general term of ergogeny. Such must, therelore, be my excuse for adding this new set of terms to those already in use, since they represent a series of processes of such universality as to be of an importance second only to those of phylogeny and ontogeny. To illustrate in detail the great variety of phenomena with which ergogeny and its forms, kinetogeny and statogeny, have to deal would much transcend the purposes of this paper. Only sufficient additional examples will therefore be given to show the far-reaching char- acter of these principles. In the motion of Ameba proteus, kinetogenetic wicehcetielas either alter- nate rhythmically with statogenetic phenomena, or perhaps more correctly, both constantly accompany one another in the course of the movements made by this very simple organism. The chemical processes within the Amoeba by means of which its surface-tension is constantly being disturbed are kinetogenetic, since this equilibrium or statical balance of the plasma is thus recurrently overthrown. This leads to a temporary rupture of the surface layers of molecules and an intrusion of new molecules from within to repair the rent. When thisis accomplished a statical equilibrium is tem- porarily restored only to be followed by a recurrence of motion or over- throw of statical equilibrium. This leads to the more or less fitful or interrupted motion seen in these organisms. These alternating and con- flicting processes also determine the figure of the organism at every instant, so that ergogeny becomes, in the lowest forms, through its elementary Ryder.] 196 [April 7, types of kinetogeny and statogeny, form-determining or morphogenetic. The development of the figure of the body of Ameba proteus is also par- tially conditioned by cohesion to adjacent surfaces, and is also, to some extent, pulled upon asa semifluid mass by gravity and flattened. The vortical flux of its own particles through themselves also elongates it in the direction of its own motion. This causes the anterior end of the organism to present a tense, rounded outline, while its posterior end is wrinkled, papilliform or uneven. The vortical flux of particles in the centre of the body of the organism flow fastest while they gradually move slower towards the surface where the ultimate and outermost layer is at rest. Thus in every detail of its morphology do we discover that Ameba is absolutely the creature of energy conditions. Itsshape at every instant ot its existence is determined ergogenetically as we may speak of the form-conferring forces developed from within as distinguished from those of gravity, adhesion and cohesion that are operative from without. Even the ideally perfect form of vortex motion of the particles of its substance is disturbed and distorted by the interaction of this complex set of forces. Moreover, since the physical properties of the different species of Ame- boids are very different, their kinetogenetic and statogenetic characteris- tics differ correspondingly, so that their behaviors are very different for this reason. The profound ditlerences of form presented by their pscudo- podia are to be partially accounted for on this ground, and partially on the ground of the differing physical constitution of their substance. The phenomena of motion of plasma or cells may be generally compre- hended under the term cytokinetic, their statical conditions under the term cytostatic. In the same way the active and resting stages of nuclei may be regarded as karyokinetic and karyostatic. The motion and rest of the centrosomes of cells may be named as their astrokinelic and astro- static conditions. These six terms, one of which is already in use, are pro- posed in order to connect the phenomena of cell division with ergogeny in general, The origin of the motion of the Ameba is to be sought in its own plasma ; it is therefore cytokinetic. The alternating periods of qui- escence of Amoeba are cytostatic ; its spherical fourm in the encysted cun- dition is the result of a perfect cytostatic equilibrium in every direction. These results are also ergogenetic ; that is, the changes of configuration due to motion are kinetogenetic ; those due to a condition of tempurary statical equilibrium are statogenetic. Osmotic processes in combination with surfuce tension and reciprocal pressures developed against adjacent structures develop the most mani- fuld changes of configuration. If osmotic pressure is the same in every direction within a cell or a muss of cells, a spherical figure results such us that of Volvox. If, on the other hand, the equa) internal pressures are antagonized from without by unequal pressures at dilferent points corre- sponding modifications of figure are developed. This is illustrated in the most manifold ways in the cells of plants and animals. Such moditica- tions thus caused ure largely statogenetic, 1893.] 197 [Ryder. If motions of hard parts upon each other tend to alter or deform the modeling of the surface in a particular way, as seems to have been the case with teeth, the process is kinetogenetic. If the basal part of the conical surface of a pointed tooth have its enamel organ folded under constraint during growth in a conical matrix into which it expands by growth more rapidly at its basal region than the walls of this matrix ex- pand, the result is partly kinetogenetic and partly statogenetic. If the development of a blastoderm be conditioned by surface and in- terfacial tension in such wise as to cause it to conform to the configuration of double curvature of the yolk mass upon which it extends itself, the result is mainly statogenetic. If an embryo be pressed down into the blastoderm as the result of constraint from above during its growth, and the surrounding non-embryonic area is thus caused to be reflected over it more and more as growth of both embryo and blastoderm go on, an amnion is developed. ‘This process is kinetogenetic so far as the growth and reflection of the blastoderm is concerned, but statogenetic in so far as the permanent molding and retention of the figure of the amniotic cavity is concerned. If fin-rays are fractured or segmented in a regular fashion and in response to the exigencies of the motions of the fin, such a result is kinetogenetic. If the calcifiable matrix developed about a notochordal axis be regularly segmented at points alternating with the intervals be- tween the myotomes by the agency of the motions to which such an axis is subjected during use, the result is again kinetogenetic. If an originally globular egg be distorted into an ovoidal body within a tubular oviduct due to circular pressure, as happens in birds and insects, the result is almost purely statogenetic. An empirical mathematical formula may therefore be written for every variation in the shape of the common hen’s egg for a curve which shall account also for its shape. If, as in the case of the double monsters developed in meroblastic eggs due to karyokinetic disturbances, there is a.strong interfacial tensional attraction between the germ and yolk substance, it is impossible to shake the first blastomeres apart as in the case of holoblastic eggs, so that fused embryos or monsters only can be produced from such meroblastic ova. Such a result is statogenetic, that is, statical conditions in the meroblastic egg so fur override the ontogenetic processes that fused monsters only are here possible, whereas in holoblasuc ova in which the blastomeres can be completely separated two or more distinct embryos can be produced from what had begun its development as a single embryo. So universal is this interference of the statical conditions of the plasma of segmenting ova with the ontogenetic processes, that not a single meta- zoan organism can be named the development of which is not thus marred in some way or other. It is often a long time relatively after development has begun that there is any obvious delineation of the embryo. In fact, this cannot take place until the statical energies of surface-tension which have kept the egg globular are overridden. In so far as the ontogeny of any organism is marred by statical conditions of energy-display, its em- Ryder.] 198 [April 7, bryonic form is also modified. In so far as such statical interference affects the figure of the organism they are morphogenetic or form-deter- mining. In so far the figure of a developing being is disturbed or modi- fied by statical agencies its figure may be said to be subject to statogenetic influences. No existing larval form has escaped the influence upon its own shape of a constantly active statical equilibrium of its own substance. There is, therefore, a constant struggle going on during development be- tween the phylogenetic and ontogenetic forces, determining the sequence and relations of the successive cleavages of the egg and the statical equi- libria that obtain amongst its several parts. Statogenetic processes are, therefore, as constant and-universal as the phylogenetic and ontogenetic. One may even go so far as to say that possibly the relations thus tending to be established by statical conditions may tend to become transmissible as hereditary tendencies. Such indeed is the view upheld by Prof. E. B. Wilson in his remarkable paperon ‘‘ The Cell-lineage of Nereis.’’* Ihave myself seen no less than three consecutive recurrences of the same stati- cal conditions in a fish egg, none of which can, for this reason, be defi- nitely proved to be purely ontogenetic. The facetted eyes of insects are usually hexagonal, but not invariably so. I have found triangular, quadrangular and hexagonal facets in the eyes of Tachinus. Now these different forms are due to disturbances of the statical conditions obtaining between the individual ommatidia during growth of the eye. If the pressure is the same from every direction lat- erally during growth, a cylindrical eye would result. It the lateral pres- sure is the same from six points at equai distances apart around each eye, the regular hexagon will result; should any two opposite pairs of the six pressures be less than the pressures from the other two pairs irregularities in the hexagons will appear. If cylinders are grouped so that the side of every one touched the sides of six others, which may be done by bringing their tops into rows in three directions, and if now each cylinder be in- creased in diameter, there will be pressure developed in six directions diverging at equal angles of 60° from one another, a hexagonal configura- tion of tue ends of the cylinders would ultimately result, provided they were formed of plastic material. The same thing sometimes happuns when a plastic and nearly homogeneous mass cools and contracts, when cracks appear in the mass generally dividing it into pentagonal and hex- agonal prisms, as happened in case of the cooling of intruded mass of molten basalt in the Giant's Causeway in Ireland, A scries of cylinders arranged so that every one shall touch six others is also most economical of space, and in the processes of growth is the natural result of a statical equilibrium due to equal pressure from six directions ina plane, If a series of cylinders be brought into rows in two directions only, and so as to touch their neighbors at only four points, quadrangular columns would result. were the diameter of every cylinder increased against four others, provided all were composed of plustic muterial, In these ways have the * Journ, Morphology, Vol. vi, 1898.] 199 [Ry der. ' various forms of the facets of the compound eyes of insects arisen. So too the reciprocal marginal interference of the growth at six equidistant points of the scutes of such forms as the extinct Glyptodonts, has devel- oped in such scutes a hexagonal configuration. In these cases growth is the kinetogenetic factor, and the statogenetic factor is the struggle to bring about an equilibrium of marginal pressures during growth, as a consequence of which a hexagonal figure results. The development of a cylindrical furm of the body is also a case where an equilibrium is concerned that is largely statical in character. The tense condition of its fluid-containing cavities, such as the alimentary canal, will confer upon such an organ a cylindrical configuration ; so also in the case of blood vessels. 11 is indeed probable that the very form of the blood corpuscles or disks is discoidal in virtue of a statical equilibrium of their substance within the fluid plasma in which they are immersed, and that there is a double vortical flux of the substance of these disks from the centre to the periphery on both faces, or the reverse. This vor- tical flux is probably maintained by the exigencies of metabolism and calls for the incessant exhibition of a tendency towards a condition of statical equilibrium. In this way we may conceive that the thousands of millions of red blood disks coursing through our vessels are enabled to not only maintain their flattened configurations, but to also thus greatly increase the areas of their surfaces and be thus rendered more efficient agents in the processes of oxidation and deoxidation. Here is a statical condition, as we may suppose, that has been adaptively developed through the direct expenditure of energy, by the matter of the corpuscle itself. In other words, our red blood corpuscles have, in the first place, and with the utmost probability, acquired their present configuration ergogenetic- ally. If this is true in the case of the blood disks of ourselves, it is prob- ably also true of the blood disks of all other forms. The globular form of the egg is a statically developed condition, so is that of the more or less nearly globular morula and also of the blastula; but in the latterinternal osmotic pressure is also a factor. Even the brain shows in its earliest form the tendency to develop as vesicles under stat- ical conditions. Here its growth is the kinetogenetic factor, and the ten- dency for the hemispheres to be at first globular vesicles is owing to the . statical influence of the substance composing their walls. Later, as these vesicles grow, they press upon each other along the median line when they present a flattened aspect towards one another from the operation of the same causes, and we at last have developed the ‘‘hemispheres”’ of anato- mists. In this way it results that a single somewhat globular body is formed, made up of two halves. Under constraint within the membranous cranial walls the latter conform to this pressure of the growing brain- globe within and conform to its shape, so that a somewhat globular cra- nium results. Following in detail the evolution of the fissures of the brain, even these are developed kinetogenetically through growth ; the pallium or cortex under restraint within the skull grows and shows a tendency to PROC. AMER. PHILOS, SOC. XXXI. 141. z. PRINTED JUNE 380, 1893. Ryder.]} 200 [April 7, have its wall folded into ridges, with intervening fissures that tend, for - assignable mechanical laws, to join one another at an angle of 120°, as first pointed out by the late Dr. A. J. Parker, and, as it seems to me, cor- rectly attributed by him in part to ergogenetic influences. It may also be shown ‘that the heart, in the course of its development, gives evidence of being subject to the morphogenetic influence of ergogeny. The spiral or torsional form of many of the articular faces of the ends of bones in the limbs of terrestrial vertebrates can probably be shown to be associated with the development of torsional stress in locomotion. That such torsional stress is actually developed during the locomotion of terrestrial vertebrates has been conclusively proved by Prof, Allen from a careful study of the work of Muybridge upon animal locomotion. Upon every hand, therefore, there is evidence of structure that has been devel- oped in conformity with the conditions of the expenditure of animal energy. I have myself called attention to the fact that digital reduction first began in the hind limbs or in those subjected to the greatest stress, in leaping, by land vertebrates. The forelimbs show this tendency later and in conformity with the fact that they cannot become the channel for the dissipation of such large amounts of energy, impulsively, as the hind ones. Digital reduction and specialization is therefore to be regarded as having been induced and begun ergogenetically. In the course of other work I have had occasion to call attention to the fact that the foundations of the skeleton were in every case laid down in certain comparatively inactive, or, as I have elsewhere expressed it, ameta- bolic tracts. These tracts were either external, protective non-plasmic envelopes or they were developed between the organs. In both cases they tend to take the form of intercellular or circumcellular matrices, or as matrices laid down between organs. Metabolism is nd in them every- where because of the non-plasmic and the non-metabolic character of their substance. Such matrices, therefore, present from the lowest pro- tozoa up to the highest metozoa tolerance of inert foreign matters within their substance. Such matrices being colloid, they often attract inert cal- careous or silicious matters that are held in solution in the circulating fluids as deposits, just as such deposits are seized and held under labora- tory and non-vital conditions by culloids in the presence of hypersaturated solutions. In other words, there is here a tendency to revert to a statical condition on the part of these inert salts, which thus tend to crystallize within such a matrix and within the living body. These matrices are thrown out as a protection, or.as the result of irritation of cell tracts, or to increase the volume of an organism; the colloids of which they are composed attract the inert calcareous or silicious salts that pass through the living and adjacent plasma and a statical equilibrium is thus restored. The skeletal matiix thus calcifies, as we express it, whereas the truth is that ve are probably dealing with a phenomenon that differs but little in its essential nature from one that may be imitated in the laboratory, The process is one that ultimately develops a statical equilibrium when the eee Se ee See —— ea 2 : hts oer 1893, ] 201 [Ryder. matrix is saturated with inert silicious or calcareous materials. This may be especially well shown in regard to the wonderfully complex shells of Radiolarians, Foraminifera, the spicules and skeletons of sponges, the shells of the eggs of birds, the calcification of bone and cartilage, etc. I therefore very much question whether there is a single skeletal structure anywhere to be met with, the development of which does not take place in some measure statogenetically. Especially is this true of the configur- ation of the skeletons of such complex objects as Radiolarians, Foramin- ifera, etc., where surface tension codperating with the process of the gradual statogenetic saturation of the matrix gives to them their wonderful complexity and beauty. While such phenomena as those of the genesis of the heterocercal or upwardly deflected condition of the axis in the tails of fishes, or the downwardly deflected condition of the axis in Ichthyo- sauri are almost purely kinetogenetic, the multiplicity of factors concerned, statogenetic as well as ontogenetic and phylogenetic, must always be con- sidered and each given its due weight and importance in achieving the morphogenetic result. That there is an absolute conflict between sta- togeny and kinetogeny on the one hand, and of phylogeny and ontogeny on the other, in the case of the development of the ova of multicellular forms admits of no doubt. All metazoa pass through larval stages in which the statical condition of equilibrium of the plasma of the egg is gradually, in a great measure, overridden by the hereditary energies: rep- resented by phylogeny and ontogeny. That there still remain traces of the effects of kinetogeny and statogeny in the adult organism cannot be denied in view of the facts to be derived from the shapes of tissue ele- ments, and even of organs, as the foregoing paragraphs show, These few observations and reflections will, I think, at least make it clear that the terms ergogeny, and its forms of kinetogeny and statogeny, are justified, and that they stand for what constitutes a very important part of the machinery of organic evolution, the generality and importance of the influence of which is certainly not less than second to that of phy- logeny and ontogeny. The energy factor or ergogeny left entirely out of consideration must therefore seriously cripple the symmetry and com- pleteness of any general theory of organic evolution. APPENDIX. The introductory chapters to Heckel’s great work on the Radiolaria, forming part of the series of Challenger Reports, contains much that is suggestive in relation to the subject of this paper. Also papers by Dreyer and others in the Jenatsche Zeitschrift, in reference to the ergogenetically developed forms of the tests of Radiolarians, Rhizopods and Foraminifera. The botanists have long since appreciated the importance of this subject, and Berthold’s Protoplasmechanik is an especially suggestive work. Sachs has also contributed to the subject. Much that is suggestive is also to be found in the Principles of Biology of Herbert Spencer, though his facts Ryder] 202 [April 7, are not invariably to be depended upon, owing to the very different inter- pretations now to be given many of them. Papers by Cope on the me- chanical development of the structure of the hard parts, teeth and joints, are to be found in the American Naturalist, Journal of Morphology and Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Prof. Hyatt has also published several import- ant papers on this subject, especially in reference to Molluska. Suggest- ive papers have also been published in this connection by Dr. W. H. Dall, while Lang has considered the development of the shells of univalve mollusks from a mechano-physiological standpoint in his Lehrbuch d. Vergleichenden Anatomie. Purely physical papers by Plateau, Mensbrugghe, Quincke and others ‘are also important as well as the experimental and biological results pub- lished by O. Bitschli and H. Virchow. The subjoined list of papers by the author of the foregoing paper em- braces the principal part of what he has published upon the ergogenetic development of morphological characters in the animal kingdom : On the Laws of Digital Reduction, ate, Naturalist, 1877, pp. 603-607. Nature, xvii, 1877, p. 128. On the Mechanical Genesis of Tooth-forms, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1878, pp. 45-80 (Abstr. by C. N. Peirce). Dental Cosmos, xx, 1878, pp. 465-472. Further Notes on the Mechanical Genesis of Tooth-forms, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1879, pp. 47-51. Review of by E. D. Cope, Am. Naturalist, 1879, pp. 446-449. On the Origin of Bilateral Symmetry and the Numerous Segments of the Soft Rays of Fishes, Am. Naturalist, xiii, 1879, pp. 41-43. The Gigantic Extinct Armadilloes and Their Peculiarities, With a Res- toration, Pop. Sci. Monthly, xiii, pp. 189-145. 4 figs. | Discusses the mechanical genesis, degeneration, and coalescence of vertebral centra. ] The Significance of the Diameters of the Incisors of Rodents, Droc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1877, pp. 314-318. On the Position of the Yolk-blastopore as Determined by the Size of the Vitellus, Am, Naturalist, 1885, pp. 411-415. On the Availability of Embryological Chagacters in the Classification of the Chordata, Am. Naturalist, 1885, pp. 815-819 and 903-907. On the Genesis of the Extra Terminal Phalanges in the Cetacea, Am. Naturalist, 1885, pp. 1018-1016. An Outline of a Theory of the Development of the Unpaired Fins of Fishes, Am. Naturalist, 1885, pp. 90-97. The Origin of the Amnion, Am. Naturalist, 1886, pp. 179-185. On the Origin of Heterocercy, etc., Ann. Rep. U. 8, Com. of Fish and Fisheries for 1884, pp. 981-1085, Pl. ix, 1836. A Theory of the Origin of Placental Types, etc., Am. Naturalist, 1887, pp. 780-784. On the Homologies and Early History of the Limbs of Vertebrates, Proc, Acad, Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1887, pp, 844-886. — ee De ee el ee fe al FS See ee ee ee ee ee eee eee ee a ee Ln ee ae ee ee ? < : 1598.] 203 [Ryder. On the Development of the Cetacea, etc., Ann. Rep. U. S. Com. of Fish and Fisheries for 1885, pp. 427-485, PI. iii, 1887. A Physiological Theory of ‘the Calcification of the Skeleton, Proc. Am. Philos. Society, xxvi, 1889, p. 9. The Polar Differentiation of Volvox, etc., Am. Naturalist, 1889, pp. 218-221. The Quadrate Placenta of Sciurus hudsonius, Am. mataraliet, 1889, pp. 271-274. The Origin of Sex, etc., Proc. Am. Philos. Society, xxviii, 1890, pp. 109-159. The Placentation of the Hedgehog and Phylogeny of the Placenta, Am. Naturalist, 1890, pp. 376-378. A Geometrical Representation of the Relative Intensity of the Conflict Between Organisms, Am. Naturalist, 1892, pp. 923-929. On the Mechanical Genesis of the Scales of Fishes, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1892, pp. 219-224. The Principle of the Conservation of Energy in Biological Evolution ; A Reclamation and Critique, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1892, pp. 455-468. The Inheritance of Modifications Due to Disturbances of the Early Stages of Development, Especially in the Japanese Domesticated Races of Gold-carp, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1893, pp. 75-94. The Mechanical Genesis of the Form of the Fouwl's Egg. By John A. Ryder. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 21, 1893.) The configuration of the outline of the hen’s egg is determined appar- ently by mechanical means while the egg-membranes and shell are in process of formation within the oviduct. The conditions, after the passage of the ovum or yolk proper into the oviduct, seem to be about as follows : 1. In the upper part of the oviduct the albumen is laid down upon the yolk by the activity of the albumen-secreting structures forming the wall of the duct. This albumen is laid down in successive layers, as is proved by the structure of the albumen and chalaze, when these are coagulated by heat and then cut into thin sections. This lamination of the albumen is a result of the mechanical relations that the yolk sustains to the surrounding albumen-secreting surfaces, and this structure of the albumen is mechan- ically caused. The chalaze are produced as the first deposits of albumen in the oviduct behind and in advance of the yolk. The twisting of the chalaz is mechanically caused for the reason that the twist of the chalaza _ Ryder.] 204 [April 21, at opposite poles of the yolk is in opposite directions. This could not occur except under conditions of rotation of the yolk or true egg during the early steps of its passage down the oviduct. The laminz of the cha- lazee are in a continuous spiral scroll such as is developed by a thin lam- ina rolled upon itself, such as a scroll of paper. This would seem to prove that a rotation of the forming egg was necessary in order to give rise to the phenomena described. ; 2. The Pan putaminis is deposited in the lower portion of the oviduct. Its fibres are cemented together where they cross one another, showing that they must be formed in a plastic condition. The putaminis, moreover, is laminated, showing that, like the yolk, it is a secretion, the laminze of which are deposited in succession. It finally covers the entire egg and albumen as a secondary egg envelope, and possesses certain char- acteristic traits of figure, firmness and elasticity. 8. From the beginning of the process of the development of the sec- ondary egg envelopes in the oviduct there is circular constraint around the yolk and albumen owing to the tubular shape of the oviduct itself. The walls of the latter press upon the contained egg somewhat after the manner of a broad elastic girdle. This pressure around the egg elongates the whole mass in the direction of the long axis of the oviduct. If this pressure of the elastic walls of the oviduct were not associated with peristalsis of the oviduct, in other words, were the forming egg to remain at rest within the duct, it would be deformed only from a spherical to an elliptical figure. This restraint is least at the ends of the mass where it tends to be extended into the lumen of the duct. This elastic annular compression of the forming egg within the oviduct may be re- garded as the true cause of the deformation of the hen’s egg towards a stable elliptical configuration, while still in the plastic state. 4. After the completion of the membrana putaminis a third homogeneous layer is deposited upon the latter in which the shellis formed. This shelly deposit consists at first of isolated circular nodules of calcareous matter, that only become fused together at a late stage of their deposition ; when in fact they commence to become crowded against one another and pressed into close contact as they enlarge from within outward. Previous to this fusion the shell is flexible, if an egg is prematurely laid with an imperfect shell, as every farmer’s boy knows. After the fusion of these minute calcareous plates the shell becomes rigid, as seen in a fully matured egg. It is probable that a certain differential of pressure has been maintained at opposite ends of the egg during the formation of the membrana putaminis, the matrix of the shell, and the shell itself that is instrumental in giving to the hen’s egg and birds’ eggs in general their particular forms. This differential of pres- sure at opposite sides of the elastic girdle formed round the egg by the oviduct is caused by the physiological necessity of propelling the egg down the oviduct, or, in other words, is due to the fact that the egg is moved along by forces developed within the wall of the oviduct itself. As this differential of pressure increases on one of the sides of the oviducal 1893.] 205 [Ryder. girdle round the egg will the form. of the latter depart more and more widely from the figure of a true ellipse and become more and more ovoiday or egg-shaped. The problem of the development of the figure of the hen’s egg is one that may be very easily dealt with mathematically. In fact, judging from the great variety of variations of form presented by eggs itis probable that a different equation would be required for every case, thus showing that the forces operative in the process were themselves variable, a result which is a@ priori most probable. The pressure preventing the passage of the elliptical mass down through an elastic tube must be developed a largely in the form of friction, and the resistance of the walls of the ovi- duct to dilation. To overcome this a greater pressure must be exerted on the elliptical egg-mass at a point above its minor axis thanbelow the latter. This will tend to squeeze part of its substance, since it is at last enclosed in an elastic capsule before shell formation takes place, into the lower or larger end of the mass, In this way the ovoidal form of the egg seems to have first arisen. The mechanism by which this is accomplished can, however, be best understood by means of a diagram showing the manner and conditions under which the forces involved codperate. If the wall of the oviduct Ov is supposed to conform to the shape of Ryder.] 206 [April 21, the egg and to be closed in front and behind it, in a longitudinal section of the egg in place in the oviduct, we should obtain a diagram* somewhat like the foregoing. The major axis of the egg coincides with 2, which pro- duced is also coincident with the closed lumen of the oviduct. The minor axis y is transverse to the oviduct. If it is sought to move the egg within the oviduct, dilated as it is, at the point where the egg lies, a certain pro- pulsive force must be developed annularly by the circular fibres in the wall of the duct. This requires that the force exerted from @/ to y shall be greater than that exerted from z to y, else the egg will not be moved along 2 in the direction of e.. This implies that the annular muscular coat in the wall of the oviduct shall contract with greater energy from 2’ to y than from z to y, but as a matter of fact the egg is not elliptical so that the major axis z is cut into unequal parts, 2 o and o@ by the axis y. Since this true, if the annular muscular coat of Ov be of the same thick- ness throughout its length by the very conditions which now obtain in respect of the statical equilibrium of the figure of the egg; it would, upon the simultaneous contraction of those parts of the wall of the oviduct in contact with it, be impelled down the latter, or in the direction of e. We stated above, however, that so long as the egg contents were not confined to a rigid envelope and were at rest within the duct that the figure of equilibrium would be an elliptical one through the long axis 2 of the mass. Now this is just what does not happen and we can only seek the cause for such a departure from the elliptical figure in the added propel- ling force which must be applied at one side of y in order that the mass may be moved at all. If the fluid mass is not rigid the very application of the greater force on one side of y will cause the elliptical figure of the longitudinal section of the mass at rest to pass into an ovoidal one the in- stant the mass is put into motion. This simple statement of the facts as to the conditions which obtain will make it self-evident that the force which causes an egg to become ovoidal within the oviduct is developed as a differential of force manifested between two immediately adjacent an- nular segments of the duct and on opposite sides of y. The geometrical demonstration of this fact is so simple that it will pre- sent no difficulty toany one familiar with the rules of elementary geometry. If two lines a’ a and b/ b be drawn parallel tog through y, so as to touch at either end the outline of the semicircumference of the egg and ordi- nates be then erected, as ac/ and 6 ec’ and a! ec’ and Db’ c’’, four rectangles will be formed which will completely exhibit the quantitative antagonism of the forces developed symmetrically upon either side of y or of « The two rectangles, a d’ c/’ 0 and b/ d’’ c’’ o are greater in area than the rec- tangles ad/c'o and bd’ c’ o on the other side of y. The sum of the diagonals a’ o and b/o of the first pair to the left is greater than that of aoand bo of the second pair to the right of y, therefore the sum of the former as representing the propelling energy developed by the pressure *This diagram has been constructed from the outline of a hen’s egg very carefully plotted. It therefore represents an actual contour, tt ee ir. Se <2 ae _ 1893] 207 | Ryder. of the oviduct from z/ to y must be greater than the sum of the first pair representing the resistance developed by the walls of the oviduct from ytoz. It is this difference of annular pressure thus developed between v’ and y along the curve and y and w along the remainder of the same curve that is responsible not only for the energy which propels the egg along the oviduct, but which also deforms it while in a plastic condition, before rigid membranes are deposited over it, and causes it to permanently assume the ovoidal figure so familiar to every one in the form of the hen’s egg. Pursuing the analysis further, the composition of forces developed from x’ to y would take the direction c. Those from y to 2 would take the di- rection d. A similar set would be developed from the two inferior quad- rants below a, but these we may neglect, since they are of the same value exactly as the pair of antagonistic energies already considered and devel- oped above the axis z. Since c > d the tendency will be for the mass to be propelled in the direction of ¢ and there will thus be a second compo- sition of antagonistic forces in the direction of ¢ which will not only propel the egg along the oviduct, but also tend to deform the egg-mass prior to its becoming encased in a rigid egg-shell. The development of the figure of the eggs of birds is therefore in all probability a purely dynamical problem or one in which energy is applied in a definite manner to the plastic surface of a mass in statical equilibrium within the oviduct. The moment motion is set up to propel the egg ' through the duct the forces operative in determining the figure of the as yet unformed shell depend upon the physiological activity and condition of tone of the muscular walls of the oviduct which must first deposit the membrana putaminis, the figure of which as a somewhat elastic closed membrane is determined as here supposed. This in turn definitely deter- mines the figure of the shell, which is deposited upon it. In this way it can be shown that the interplay of energies developed by the soft parts or oviduct have determined the conformation of a hard part or of the shell. The shell itself is, however, deposited by a process involving the devel- opment of a statical equilibrium which is finally satisfied when the devel- opment of the shell has been completed. What is meant here is that the shell-matrix is a non-cellular colloidal body which has a strong attraction for soluble, inert, earthy substances such as lime salts, circulating in the fluids of the body. These being particularly abundant, partly as excreta, in the vicinity of the cloaca, near which the shell of the eggs of birds is formed, the source of the supply of these matters is not fartoseek. These soluble but inert salts are attracted by this colloidal matrix which they finally saturate when the shell may be said to be completed. The shell of the eggs of birds has therefore probably been developed statogenetically, while the figure of the shell has been developed kineto- genetically. Both factors are, however, ergogenetic, that is, form and structure has here been developed by the expenditure of energy. That there has been great variation in the mode of exhibition of the PROC, AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxI. 141. 2A. PRINTED JUNE 80, 1893. Ryder.] 208 [April 21, kinetogenetic factor in the development of the shells of eggs is proved by the fact that the latter vary in form very widely. So much is this the case that a distinctly different algebraic formula would have to be worked out for every variation of the form and size of eggs laid by even the same bird. If the very slight disturbances of the counterpoise of the energies on either side of the axis y which condition and determine the figure of such a body as a hen’s egg are sufficient to produce the remarkable vari- ations which we may see by the thousand in any marketplace, how slight must be the disturbances of the interplay of the living energies that need to be set up in living bodies in order to produce the endless number of variations that they present. If the figure of the hen’s egg is dependent upon the mode and condition of the equilibration of forces developed within an oviduct, what reason is there to doubt that plastic organisms are so modified, only in ways a thousand times more complex and difficult to unravel and explain. ae The application of the principle here developed is very extensive. It applies also to an explanation of the oval and ovoidal forms of the eggs of many animals that are manifestly due to causes operating in much the same way. Those of many insects at once occur as a case in point. The - elongated blastocysts of mammals growing under a condition of annular constraint within a tubular uterus or uterine tubule are other cases that illustrate the same doctrine. The foregoing discussion also clearly ex- plains why it is that the blunt end of the hen’s egg comes down the ovi- duct as its foremcst portion and not the sharp end, as one would be led to suppose, were it not positively established that such is not the case.* It also makes it evident that variations in the figure of the eggs of birds are due to the exhibition of varying quantities of energy and to different condi- tions of activity of the walls of the oviduct during the formation of the secondary egg envelopes, in the thus protracted process of oviposition. One may be further permitted to surmise that in its nearly completed state in the oviduct that the prolonged and at first voluntary retention of the egg in the latter by the parent distinctly tended to cause the deposit of the third and last homogeneous matrix into which calcareous infiltration occurred automatically as suggested above. The retention of the egg in the oviduct caused it to act as an irritant when a second and last basement membrane, the matrix of the future shell, was thrown down in the ovi- duct comparable to that of the basement membrane or zona deposited around the ovum as the vitelline membrane in the ovarian follicle. The evolution of the eggshell itself may, therefore, with the utmost show of prob- ability, be traced to a voluntary and more or less intelligent desire of the female parent to protect its potential offspring for a time within her own body. In carrying out this protective instinct which preceded the habit of nest-building, concealment or burial of the whole laying was resorted to, as still practiced by reptiles, such as alligators and turtles. The entire brood or nestful were also at first laid at once and concealed, and a * The evidence for this was first adduced by Nathusius, Zoolog, Anzeiger, Vol, viii. ae Ss ee ee ae ee ~~. 1893.] 209 [Ryder. crude egg-burrow only, without subsequent parental care, as in the case of Pityophis, was constructed. We can thus understand that the often elaborate and intelligent nest-building habits of Aves were preceded by the far cruder and hastier and simpler nesting habits of the Reptilia, which, on account of the phylogenetic relations between the two groups, should, on @ priori grounds, be the case. The origin of the egg-shell of the eggs of birds and reptiles may y vere. fore be traced to physiological causes acting automatically under the con- trol of those instincts or intelligent efforts at self-preservation and protection extended by the parent to the young even while still in the form ofthe outwardly and apparently quiescent condition of theegg. The pro- longed retention of the eggs in the oviducts must have begun in reptiles where the whole laying of a season is found to occupy the oviducts at one time. Such prolonged retention would distinctly tend to develop a shell owing to the operation of agencies that we can in a great measure trace and specify asabove. Such a retention of the ova within the oviduct for a period would also distinctly tend to develop the amniote placental and viviparous forms of development, provided the retention of the eggs was from any cause prolonged. There is, in fact, much evidence to indicate that eggshells or secondary egg envelopes were, in the first place, evolved because of the prolonged retention of the eggs within the oviduct by the wary female for purposes of protection. Sucha prolonged retention of the eggs in the oviduct was only the prelude to the evolution of placental viviparity and to the highest forms of parental care as exemplified in the human species, Both processes were, therefore, adaptive as they were also manifestly superposed in the order of their development. The mechanical genesis of the amnion was begun in fishes, and was completed amongst higher forms. Its conditions have been in part traced by the present writer and Dr. T. W. Shore. In the same way the successive steps of the evolution of the allantois may be traced. It may accordingly be shown that the lines of demarcation between egg-laying and vivip- arous vertebrates are in large measure arbitrary, and that if the evolution of these processes be carefully studied, direct and obvious connections can be established between both. Not only is this the fact, but there also now exist sufficient data to establish upon a tolerably firm foundation the doctrine that the various types of placentation are developed as the results of direct mechanical and physiological adaptation. The evidence for this appears quite as clear as that which has been adduced above in regard to the dynamical method and mechanical conditions under which the form of the eggshell is determined in the oviduct of birds. Baur.] 210 [May 5, Notes on the Classification and Taxonomy of the Testudinata. By G. Baur, University of Chicago. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 5, 1893.) I. Toe Tyee oF HyDROMEDUSA TECTIFERA Cope, WITH GENERAL OB- SERVATIONS ON THE GENUS HYDROMEDUSA AND THE CLASSIFICA- TION OF THE PLEURODIRA. Through the kindness of Prof. E. D. Cope, I have received for examina- tion the type specimen of Hydromedusa tectifera Cope. The carapace is totally different from that figured by Boulenger * as Hydromedusa tectifera. 1. Osteological Dijferences.—In the diagnosis of Hydromedusa Boulenger states the number of neural bones as seven, and in the figure mentioned seven are shown. In the type specimen there are only six neural bones, allowing pleuralia 7 and 8 to meet in the middle line. The neurals are much more slender than in the specimen figured by Boulenger. The first neural is 89 mm. long and extends to the second pleural, excluding neu- rale 2 from pleurale 1. The first neural measures 6 mm. in front and 15 mm. behind. The second neural is only in connection with pleurale 2. The sixth neural bone is placed between the fifth and sixth pleuralia. The pleuralia 6 do not meet in the middle line, but are separated by the sixth neural and the seventh pleural of the right side, which touches the sixth pleural of the left. The first peripheral (marginal bone) is completely excluded from the second pleural; it is placed between the nuchal and the second peripheral. Notwithstanding the carapace measures over curve 29 cm. in length, it is not fully ossified ; there are small fontanelles on the side between the pleurals and peripherals and also between the plastron and the peripherals. : 2. Differences in the Dermal Shields.—The first vertebral shield is very much longer than broad (58 mm. : 81 mm.); where it meets the posterior cervical shield it is 82 mm. broad ; the breadth of the posterior end of the second cervical shield is 68mm. There cannot be any doubt that the specimen figured by Boulenger as ZH. tectifera belongs to a different species from the type. What name it ought to receive I am unable to de- termine. Boulenger considers the specimen figured by Wagler+ as Hydromedusa maximiliani and that figured by Peters ¢{ under the same name as identi- cal species, which he also considers as HZ. tectifera, There seems to be no doubt that the specimens figured by Peters and Wag- * Boulenger, G. A., Catalogue of the Chelonians, London, 1889, p. 211. + Wagler, Joh., Natiirliches System der Amphibien, P1. tii, Fig, 25-42, 1880. t Peters, W., “ Zur Osteologie der Hydromedusa maximiliani,”’ Mill, Archiv., 1839, pp. 280- 299, Pl. xiv, I may mention here that this paper originally appeared as Peters’ Disserta- tio Inauguralis, under the title “ Observationes ad Anatomiam Cheloniorum,” with one plate (Berolini, 1838), ae a ee ee Bl nd ois 7 ae ee ae ee ty ae ee ee ee ee ee ee 1898. 211 |Baur. ler belong to two different species. This is at once seen from the structure of the squamosal and frontal. In the specimen of Peters the posterior ends of the frontals are very slender and not connected with the very slender inner branches of the squamosals. In the specimen of Wagler the posterior ends of the frontals are well developed and united with the inner branches of the squamosals. There is a frontosquamosal arch in Wagler’s specimen, but there is only a supraoccipito-squamosal arch in the specimen of Peters. Unfortunately, the skull of the type of Hydromedusa tectifera Cope is not preserved, and it is therefore impossible to determine whether one of : the specimens figured by Peters and Wagler belongs to this species. In spite of the papers of Dr. Giinther and Boulenger on the subject, it is now again as undecided as ever. Further studies have to decide about it. The characters of the genus Hydromedusa Wagler. The skull of Hy- dromedusa shows a peculiarity which separates it widely from its allied forms, Chelys and Chelodina. In Hydromedusa the posterior nasal open- ings are of enormous size and the pterygotds form their posterior and inner border. In other words, the palatines have no inner process at all to con- nect the vomer (Peters). This seems important enough to place Hydro- medusa in a separate family, Hydromeduside, with the following charac- ters: Hy dromeduside. A slender parieto-squamosal-, or supraoccipito-squamosal arch. Posterior nasal openings bounded by mazillary, palate, pterygoid and vomer; frontals double ; nasals free; premazillary doubie. I also propose to establish separate families for both Chelys and Chelo- dina, with the following characters : Chelyida. A strong parieto-squamosal arch. Posterior nasal openings bounded by maxillary, palate and vomer ; frontals double, no free nasals ; premazillary single. COhelodinide., No parieto-squamosal arch nor supraoceipito-squamosal arch. Posterior nasal openings bounded by mazillary, palate and vomer ; frontal single,* nasals free ; premaxillary double. The other genera of the Chelyidx, in the sense of Boulenger, are : Rhinemyst Wagler, 1830 = Phrynops Wagler, 1830= Hydraspis (Blgr.) -+ Rhinemys (Blgr.). Platemys Wagler, 1830. * Baur, G., ‘The Pelvis of the Testudinata,” Journ. Morph., Vol. iv, 1891, p. 352. } Baur, G., ‘Note on the Genera Hydraspis and Rhinemys,”’ Am. Nat., May, 1890, p. 485, Baur.] 21 2 [May 5, Emydura Bonaparte, 1836.* Elseya (Gray part, 1867) Boulenger, 1889. These I place all in one family which I call Rhinemydide. Rhinemydide. A slender or broad parieto-squamosal arch. Posterior nasal openings bounded by maxillary, palate and vomer ; frontal double ; nasals free ; pre- maxillary double. : The Chelyidx, Chelodinide, Rhinemydide and Hydromedusids form one natural group of the Pleurodira, which has been already established by me in 1887,+ but without proper name. I propose to call it CHELYOIDEA. } Fifth and eighth cervical vertebrae biconver ; no mesoplastron ; no quad. ratojugal ; vomer present and complete. The second group of the Pleurodira, which contains the. families Pelo- meduside and Podocnemidide, may be called PELOMEDUSOIDEA. Second cervical biconvex ; a mesoplastron ; quadratojugal present ; vomer rudimentary or absent. Pelomeduside. Quadratojugal without connection with parietals, Pelomedusa Wagl., Sternotherus (Bell) Gray. Podocnemidide. Quadratojugal in connection with parietals, Podocnemis Wagler; Peliocephalus, Dum. and Bibr. Erymnochelys Baur.§ Intermediate Extinct Family Bothremydida. | Vomer well developed ; no free nasal bones ; dentaries codssified ; small mesoplastron present. January 16, 1892. * This genus was proposed by Bonaparte, in 1836, in his Cheloniorum Tubula Analytica, p. 7, and not in 1838, Arch, f. Nat, i, p, 140, as stated by Boulenger. t Baur, G., “ Osteologische Notizen tiber Reptilien,” Fortsetzung, ii, Zool. Ans., No, 244, 1887, p. 101. : {In the Zool. Anz , No, 285, 1888, I had given the names Amesoplastralia and Mesoplas- tralia to the two groups, among which I placed at this time several fossil forms which do not belong there, 2 Baur, G., The Genera of the Podocnemidid@,” Am. Nat, May, 1890, p. 483 (Zool, Anz., No, 285, 1888; No, 206, 1888), | Baur, G., Notes on Some Little Known American Fossil Tortoises,’’ Phila, Ac, Nat. Sct,, 181, p. 424. i i i a ee ee? Oe le i ie eat al EE a ed a Ce Oe ee 1308 J 213 (Baur. II. Notes on Some Types OF THE TESTUDINATA CoLLECTED BY SPIx AND PRESERVED IN THE ZOOLOGICAL Museum at MuNICcKa. Rhinemys.—In my note on the genera Hydraspis and Rhinemys (Am. Naturalist, May, 1890), I have stated that the number of the neuralia in Rhinemys rufipes Spix, the type of Rhinemys, was not yet known. I have now examined the type specimen and have found that the number is seven. All the pleuralia 1-7 are separated by the neurals; the pleu- ralia 8 alone are in contact. Emys erythrocephala Spix, 1824. An examination of the type specimen shows that this species is identi- cal with Podocnemis unifilis Troschel, 1848 ; the name Podocnemis erythro- cephala has therefore to be used. Emys amazonica Spix, 1824. This species is nothing but the Podocnemis sextuberculata Cornalia and the Bartlettia pitipii Gray, and the name Podoenemis amazonica has to be used therefor. The skull shows so considerable differences from the other species of Podocnemis that it seems justified to accept Gray's generic term £artlettia for this form. ‘ The type specimen has six neuralia ; in the specimen figured by Bou- lenger seven are present. I have to state here that these facts were fully brought out already by the late Prof. v. Siebold. The labels written by him give Spix’s original names and Troschel’s and Gray’s names are added respectively. Iam greatly indebted to Prof. R. Hertwig for the permittance to exam- ine these interesting types and to Inspector Will for assistance given during the examination. MGncuHEN, August 1, 1892. III. Tue GENERA OF THE TRIONYCUID. The generic name 7rionyx was established by E. Geoffroy St. Hilaire in 1809 * (or 1808+). Schweigger t had introduced the name Amydain a MS. handed to the French Institut in 1809. Geoffroy mentions the following species : Trionyx subplanus Geoffr. ‘* — egyptiacus Geoffr., Testudo trivnguis Forskal. es stellatus Geoffr., Testudo cartilaginea Boddaert. ve carinatus Geoffr., one of the American species. * Geoffroy St, Hilaire, E., ‘‘ Mémoire sur les Tortues molles, nouveau genre sous le nom de Trionyx et surla formation des Carapaces,” Ann. Mus. Paris, xiv, 1309, pp. 1-20, P). 1-5 TGeoffroy St. Hilaire, E., ‘Sur les tortues molles,’’ Paris Soc. Phil. Bull., i, 1808, pp, 363-367 (not seen). tSchweigger, ‘“‘Prodromus monographie Cheloniorum,’’ Kénigsberger Archiv. fiir Naturw. and Math., Bd. i, KOnigsberg, 1812, pp. 271,_272. Baur] 214 [May 5, Trionyx javanicus Geoffr., Testudo cartilaginea Boddaert. és coromandelicus Geoftr., Testudo punctata Lacépéde. sf georgicus Geoffr., Testudo ferox Schneider. < euphraticus Geoftr., Testudo euphratica Daudin. In 1830 Wagler* divided the genus 7rionyx Geoffr. into two genera— Trionyz and Aspidonectes. Aspidonectes is thus characterized : ‘‘ Thorax cartilagine flexibili limba- tus ; digiti tres palme planteque unguiculati ;’’ and the following species are named: Trionyr egyptiacus Geoffr., Trionyx javanicus Geoftr., Tes- tudo ferox Penn., T’rionyx muticus Les., Trionyx carinatus Geoftr. Trionyx is characterized thus: ‘‘Thorax limbo osseo mobili auctus ; digiti Aspidonectis ;’? and the single species Testudo punctata Lacép. is noted. One year later, in 1831, Gray + divides also the genus 7’rionyx Geoffroy in two divisions—Trionyx and Hmyda. Among Trionyx he names - T. ferox Merr., T. muticus Les., T. egyptiacus Geoffr., T. indicus Gray, T. hurum Gray, T. javanicus Geoftr., T. subplanus Geoftr., 7. euphraticus Geoffr. Among Hmyda he names Trionyx (Emyda) punctata Lacép. The characters of 7rionyx are: ‘‘The margin of the shields cartilagin- ous and the sternum narrow.’’ Those of Hmyda- ‘‘ Margin of the shield with a series of small bones in front-and behind; limbs covered, when withdrawn, by the valves on the side of the sternum.’’ It is evident that 7rionyx Gray is the same as Aspidonectes Wagler, and Emyda Gray the same as 7'rionyx Wagler ; the name Hmyda Gray can therefore not be admitted. Besides the name Hmyda had already been used by Rafinesque (Analyse de la Nature, Palerme, 1815, p. 75) for Hmys Dum. A few months later Gray ¢ published a ‘‘new edition’’ of his Synopsis Reptilium. He now separates Emyda completely as a distinct genus from Trionyx. Meanwhile he had seen Wagler’s paper, and he states in the Additions and Corrections, p. 78, ‘‘Dr. Wagler keeps the generic name of Trionyx for my Hmyda and uses that of Aspidonectes for my Trionyz.”’ In 1832, Bonaparte § follows Wagler, using 7'rionya and Aspidoneetes! In 1835, Duméril et Bibron | propose the new names Gymnopus for Aspidonectes Wagier and Cryptopus for Trionyx Wagler, which, of course, cannot be accepted. * Wagler, Dr. Joh., Nuatiirliches System der Amphibien, Miinchen, Stuttgart und Tibingen, 1830, p. 184, +Gray, J. E., ‘A Synopsis of the Species of the Class Reptilia,” pp. 18, 19, Appendix to Vol, ix of Griffith's Animal Kingdom, London, 1831, t Gray, John Edward, Synopsis Reptilium; or, Short Descriptions of the Rperrer of Reptiles, Part |, ‘‘ Cataptracta,’’ London, 1881, pp. 44-50. 2 Bonaparte, C. L., Sagglo d’una Distribuzione Metodica degli Animali Verlebrati a Sangue Freddo, Koma, 1882, p. 13. || Duméril, M. C., et G, Bibron, Espétologie Générale, Paris, 1835, Vol, il, pp. 472, 499. a eee ee ee eee 1893.] 2 15 | Baur, Fitzinger divides, in 1836,* the genus Trionyx into five sections: Section 1. Zrionyz, s. str. ‘<2. Aspidonectes. «<3. Platypeltis. ‘© 4. Pelodiscus. «+B. Amyda. The characters of Trionyz, s. str., are: ‘‘Ossicula marginalia distincta. Os cervicale vertebralibus conjunctum, in tota superficie ragosum. Ossa costalia postica contigua.’’ This section contains 7. granosus Schweigg. (T. punctata Lac.). The characters of Aspidonectes are: ‘‘Ossicula murginalia nulla. Os cervicale vertebralibus conjunctum, in tota superficic rugosum. Ossa costalia postica contigua.’’ (‘‘Vertebralia septem; costalia utringue octo.’’) This section contains 7. javunicus Geoffr., 7. egyptiacus Geoffr., T. hurum Gray, T. indicus Gray. The characters of Platypeltis are: ‘‘Ossicula marginalia nulla. Os cervicale vertebralibus conjunctum, in medio tantum rugosum, Ossa costalia postica contigua.’’ (‘‘ Vertebralia sex, costalia utringue sep- tem.’’) This section contains 7. brogniarti Schweigg., 7. ferox Schweigg. The characters of Pelodiseus are: ‘‘ Ossicula marginalia nulla. Os cer- vicale a vertebralibus separatum, in medio tantum rugosum. Ossa cos- talia postica contigua.’’ This section contains 7. sinensis Wigm., 7. la- biutus Bell. The characters of Amyda are: ‘‘Ossicula marginalia nulla. Os cervi- cale a vertebralibus separatum, in medio tantum rugosum. Ossa costalia postica interposito vertebralibus discreta.’’ This section contains 7. sub- planus Geoffr., 7. muticus Lesueur, T. euphraticus Geoftr. Bonaparte{ follows mainly Fitzinger, but uses the generic names Amyda Schweigg. and T'rionyx Wagler. «*AmybDa Schweigg. + Ossa costalia postica contigua. 1. Aspidonectes Fitz. 2. Platypeltis Fitz. 3. Pelodiscus Fitz. ++ Ossa costalia postica interposito vertebralibus discreta. 4. Amyda Fitz. Trionyx Wagler.”’ In 1844, Gray § gave the following synopsis of the genera : ‘A. Sternum bruad, with valves over the feet. The margin of the shield supported by bones. 1. Hmyda. Head moderate, sterpval callosities five * Fitzinger, Leopold, ‘‘ Entwurf einer systematischen Anordnung der Schildkréten,’’ Ann. Wien. Mus , i, 1836, pp. 119, 120, 127. : Bonaparte, C. L., @heloniorum Tabula Analytica, Rome, 1836. 2 Catalogue of the Tortoises, Crocodiles and Amphisbenians, London, 1844, p. 46. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141.2B. PRINTED JUNE 29, 1893. Baur.] 216 {May 5, B. Sternum narrow at each end. The margin of the shield expanded, flexible, thin. Sternal callosities four. 2. Tyrse. Head moderate, ovate, narrow in front; lips thin. Ribs eight pair, forming a disk with the vertebrae when young. 3. Dogania. Head very large, dilated behind, narrow in front; lips thin. Ribs eight pair, not united in a solid disk until late in life. 4. Chitra. Head dilated behind, broad and short in front ; lips very large, swollen. Ribs eight pair. 5. nichcnie, ancl Head moderate, ovate, narrow in front. Ribs seven pair.” The following species are clases with the different genera : Emyda—E. punctata, EB. senegalensis. Tyrse—T. gangetica, T. javanica, T. perocellata, T. sso ge T. rafeht. Dogania— D. subplana. Chitra—Ch. indica. Trionyx—T. ferozx, T. muticus. Gray did not accept Fitzinmger’s classification, because, he says, the characters given by him ‘‘alter with the age of the animals’’ (p. 50). It may be noted here that in 1843 Fitzinger * had separated the Aspido- nectes javanicus Wagl. under the name of Potamochelys, without giving any characters. In 1854, Peters+ established the genus Cycloderma for Cacledermn Sren- atum Peters. The last work we may mention, before discussing the question, is that of Agassiz.} He retains the following genera: Trionyx Wagler (Hmyda Gray). Chitra Gray. Dogania Gray. Cycloderma Peters, Aspidonectes Wag). (7'r. javanicus, T. egyptiacus, 7. spinifer, A. asper, A. nuchalis, A. emoryii). Platypeltis Fitz. (type, Tr. ferox Schweigger, 7'r. gangeticus Cuyv.). Amyda Ag. (type, 7. muticus Les.). It is now the time to discuss the value of the different genera proposed. There is no doubt about 7rionya Wagler, for this genus has to stand with Testudo punctata Lacép. as the type; Hmyda Gray and Cryptopus D., et B. are synonyms of it, * Fitzinger, L., Systema Reptilium Vindobana, 1843, p. 30. + Peters, W., *‘ Ueber dic auf seiner Reise nach Mosambique beobachteten Schildkroten,"’ Berl, Acad, Monatab., 1851, pp. 215, 216, t Agassiz, Louls, Contributions to the Natural History of the United Slates, Vol, ir Boston, 1857, pp. 304-307, > eS =... me +! Byars ete eee ee ee ae a ee 1893,] : 21 T {Baur. The question now is, What is the type of Aspidonectes Wagler? Since Aspidonectes javanicus = Testudo cartilaginea Boda. is fully fig- ured by Wagler, PI. ii, Figs. 1-12, and this species is also placed in Aspi- donectes Fitzinger, I consider it as the type of Aspidonectes. Besides this species, three others are mentioned by Fitzinger with Aspi- donectes : T. egyptiacus Geoffroy = Testudo triunguis Forskal. T. hurum Gray. T. indicus Gray. None of these belong to Aspidonectes. Aspidonectes contains besides the type, Zrionyx formosus Gray and Trionyx phayret Theob. Aspidonectes Wagl. may be characterized thus : Posterior nares reduced in size by the inner and posterior extension of the maxillaries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw with a strong longitudinal symphyseal ridge ( fide Boulenger). Eight pairs of pleuralia, last pair in contact in the median line; a single neural between the first pair of pleurals. 1. Type, Testudo cartilaginea Boddaert. 2. Trionyx formosus Gray. 3. Trionyx phayrei, Theob. The genus Platypeltis was established by Fitzinger for 7. brogniarti Schweigg. and 7. ferox Schweigg. Agassiz retains the genus Platypeltis with Zestudo feroxr Schweigg. as type. But the species considered as Testudo ferox Schweigger, by Agassiz, does not represent this species at all, but a new one, which I have called Platypeltis agassizit ;* and this species belongs toa different genus than Platypeltis Fitz. The Platypeltis Fitzinger is the same as Aspidonectes Agassiz. The type of Platypeltis Fitzinger is Testwdo ferox Schneider. To this genus belong the following American species : Trionyx spiniferus Les. Aspidonectes asper Ag. - nuchalis Ag. % emoryti Ag. The genus Platypeltis Fitzinger (name only) may be characterized in this way : Posterior nares not reduced in size by the inner and posterior extension of the maxillaries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without a longitudinal symphyseal ridge ; seven or eight pairs of pleuralia, last pair in contact in the median line ; a single neural between the first pair of pleurals. The question now is, To what genus isan the form belong described by ' Agassiz as Platypelfis ferov and named by me Platypeltis agassizii? By *Baur, G., “ Notes on the American Trionychide,’’ Am, Nat., Dec., 1888, pp. 1121, 1122. Baur. ] ‘ 218 [May 5, the study of different skulls I have found that this species Aspidonectes has to be associated with Trionyz triunguis, T. sinensis, T. californianas, T. swinhoet and T. euphraticus. The following generic names have been applied to these forms since Fitzinger, in 1836, besides the many names given by Heude : Pelodiseus Fitzinger, 1836 (7. sinensis Wiegm., 7. labiatus Bell), = Amyda Fitz., 1836 (7. euphraticus, 7. triunguis). Tyrse Gray, 1844 (T. triunguis, T. sinensis, T. ih: opened Rafetus Gray, 1864 (7. euphraticus). Landemania Gray, 1869 ( 7’. sinensis). ' Fordia Gray, 1869 (7. triunguis). Potamochelys Gray, 1870 (7. sinensis). Oscaria Gray, 1873 (T. swinhoet). Of all these, Pelodiscus is the oldest, and I shall Bore tore introduce it again. Pelodiscus Fitzinger (name only). Posterior nares reduced in size by the inner and posterior extension of the maxillaries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without longitudinal symphyseal ridge ; seven to eight pairs of pleuralia, last pair in contact in the median line ; a single neural between the first pair of pleurals. Type, Aspidonectes sinensis, Wiegm. Other species : P. triunguis Forsk. P. swinhonis Gray. P. euphraticus Daud. P. agassizii Baur. P. californianus Rivers. The genus Amyda Fitz. contains the three species T’rionyz cartilagineue, T. muticus and T. euphraticus. Of these, 7. euphraticus has already been placed in Pelodiscus. The Trionyx cartilagineus was placed in a special genus by Gray, with the name Dogania, in 1844. Trionyx muticus was kept in Amyda by Agassiz, in 1857. Both these genera have to be retained, each with a single species. Dogania Gray, 1844. Posterior nares reduced in size by the inner extension of the maxilla- ries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without a longitudinal symphyseal ridge ; eight pairs of pleuralia, all separated by neurals ; a single neural between the first pair of pleurals, Type, Trionyx subplanus Geoftr. Amyda Fitzinger, 1836 (name only), Agassiz, 1857. Posterior nares not reduced in size by the inner extension of the max- illaries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without a longitudinal symphys- 1893, ] 219 [Baur. eal ridge ; seven to eight pairs of pleuralia, all separated by neurals; a single neural between the first pair of pleurals. Type, Trionyx muticus Les. There is one group left, consisting of three species, which cannot be united with any of the preceding genera, but which come nearest to As- pidonectes and to Pelodiseus. This group consists of the Trionyx gangeti- cus Cuvier, Trionyx leithii Gray and Trionyx hurum Gray. I shall use the generic name Jsola for this group proposed by Gray in 1873 for 7'ri- onyx leithit. Isola Gray. Posterior nares reduced in size by the inner extension of the maxilla- ries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without a strong longitudinal sym- physeal ridge ; eight pairs of pleuralia, the posterior ones meeting in the middle line ; two neurals between the first pair of pleurals. Type, Trionyx leithit Gray. The Trionyx indicus Gray, placed by Fitzinger-with Aspidonectes, has been separated by Gray as long ago as 1844 under the generic name of ' Chitra, This genus, as well as Polochelys Gray (1864), Cycloderma Peters (1854) and Cyclanorbis Gray (1852), I accept in the way as they have been used by Boulenger in the British Museum Catalogue. I give now a table of the different genera, with the type species and their original locality, and also the names of the other species with their original localities. Trionyx Geoffr., 1809 (name), Wagler (Hmyda Bou).). 1. Type, Testudo punctata Lacépéde, 1788. Exact locality of type not known, India. 2. Trionyx vitatta Peters, 1854. Locality of type, Goa, West Coast of British India. 3. Trionyx scutata Peters, 1868. Locality of type, Pegu, British India. Cycloderma Peters, 1854. Type, Cycloderma frenatum Peters, 1854. Locality of type, Zambesi river, East Africa. 2. CO. aubryi A. Dum., 1856. Locality of type, Gaboon, West Africa. = Cyclanorbis Gray, 1852. 1. Type, Cryptopus senegalensis Dum. et Bibr., 1835. Locality of type,* Senegal, West Africa. 2. C. elegans Gray, 1869. Locality of type, West Africa. *The real type of Cyclanorbis is Cyclanorbis petersii Gray, 1852, from Gambia, Baur.] 220 [May 5, Aspidonectes Wagler, 1830 (name), Aspidonectes Fitzinger (part.) (Tri- ony2, i, B. 2, Boulenger). 1. Type, Testudo cartilaginea Boddaert, 1770. Locality of type, Java. 2. A. formosus Gray, 1869. Locality of type, Pegu. 3. A. phayret Theobald, 1868. Locality of type, Araccan range, west of Pegu. Platypeltis Fitzinger, 1836 (name) (TZrionyz, ii, Boulenger, part.). 1. Type, Testudo ferox Schweigger. Locality of type, Savannah river, Ga. 2. P. spinefer Les. Locality of type, Wabash river, Ind. 3. P. asper Ag. Locality of type, Lake Concordia, La. 4. P. nuchalis Ag. Locality of type, Cumberland river, Tenn. 5. P. emoryii Ag. Locality of type, Lower Rio Grande river, Texas, near Browns ville. Pelodiscus Fitzinger, 1836 (name) (Trionyz, i, B. 8, Boulenger, part.). 1. Type, Aspidonectes sinensis Wiegm., 1834. Locality of type, near Makao. 2. P. swinhoet Gray, 1873. Locality of type, Shanghai. 3. P. euphraticus Daudin, 1802. Locality of type, Euphrates. 4. P. triunguis Forskal, 1775. Locality of type, Nile. 5. P. agassizii Baur, 1886. Locality of type, Western Georgia. 6. P. californianus Rivers, Locality of type, Sacramento river, near Sacramento, Cal. Dogania Gray, 1844 (Trionya, i, A., Boulenger). 1. Type Trionyx subplanus Geoffr., 1809. Locality of type, probably, Ganges. Amyda Fitzinger, 1836 (name), Agassiz, 1857. 1. Type, Trionyx muticus Les., 1827. Locality of type, Wabash river, Ind. ‘Isola Gray, 1878 (Trionya, ii, B. 1, Botlenger). 1. Type, Trionyx leithii Gray. Locality of type, Poonah, = ee 1808, | 221 Bane. 2. I. gangetica Cuv. Locality of type, Ganges. 3. I hurum Gray, 1837. Locality of type, Ganges (probably). Chitra Gray, 1844. . Type, Trionyx indicus Gray, 1831. Locality of type, Ganges, Pinang. —s Pelochelys Gray, 1864, 1. Type, Pelochelys cantorii Gray, 1864. _ Locality of type, Pinang. 2. P. cummingii Gray, 1864. Locality of type, Philippines. P. poljakowti, Strauch. Locality of type, Fu-tschan. ee It may be seen that in the circumscription of the species I have nearly completely followed Boulenger, This, however, is only provisionary. I am fully convinced that Boulenger has gone too farin contracting species. This I may especially say in regard to his 7rionyzx sinensis, triunguis and subplanus. Further detailed studies have to decide about this question. I do not believe at all that the system proposed here is finished ; but I think that it gives a more correct idea of this difficult group of tortoises. Much remains to be done yet for an exact knowledge of the Asiatic and African forms. But it is only by an exhaustive study of ane osteological characters that any light can be brought here. January 15, 1892. 1V. THe SPECIES OF THE GENUS PSEUDEMYS. The genus Pseudemys was established by Gray * in 1855. The species referred to it were Testudo concinna LeC., Emys hieroglyphica Holbr. (Pseudemys (?) hieroglyphica Gray) and Testudo rubiventris LeC. (Pseu- demys serrata Gray). Two years later, Agassiz f gave the generic name Ptychemys to the same group, distinguishing the following species : Piychemys rugosa Ag. (Testudo rubiventris LeC.). " coneinna Ag. ba mobiliensis Ag. “ hieroglyphica Ag. ds decussata Ag. It is evident that Piychemys Ag. isa synonym of Pseudemys Gray. As the type of this genus I consider 7estudo concinna LeC. * Gray, J. E., Catal. Shield Rept. Coll. Brit. Mus., Part i, ‘‘ Testudinata,” London, 1855. + Agassiz, Louis, Contrib. Nat Hist. Un. States, Vol. i, Boston, 1857. Baur.] 222 [May 5, Pseudemys concinna LeC., Gray. This species was described by LeConte* under the name of Testudo concinna LeC. LeConte says: ‘‘Inhabits the rivers of Georgia and Carolina, where the beds are rocky. I have never seen them below Augusta on the Savannah, or Columbia on the Congaree.’’ We have therefore to consider specimens from these localities as typical. The upper jaw in this species is smooth, not notched, and without lat- eral cusps; the lower jaw is serrated and has a sharp median cusp on the symphysis. This species is characterized by its broad and low shell and its small head. - Pseudemys hieroglyphica Holbrook, This species was described by Holbrook, in 1836, in the first edition of his Herpetology (Vol. i, p. 47, Pl. ii). The type now in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy came from the Cumberland river, Tenn. A species very close to Pseudemys concinna LeConte, but distinguished by its elongated, narrow shell and its head, which is still smaller. The yellow stripes and dots on the head and neck are also very much more expressed than in Pseudemys concinna LeConte. Pseudemys labyrinthica Lesueur, MSS., C. Duméril. Boulenger places this species as a synonym of Malaclemys geographica, but there cannot be any doubt that it belongs to Pseudemys It was origi- nally described by C. Duméril, in Catalogue méthodique dela Collection des Reptiles, Paris, 1851, p. 13, The type specimens collected by Lesueur came from the Wabash river, Ill., probably from New Harmony. That it cannot be Malaclemys geographica is at once seen from the de- scription of the jaws: ‘‘ Machoire inférieure dentelée, munie Ason extré- mité antérieure d’un crochet venant se loger dans une petite échancrure de la supérieure.’”? Duméril correctly compares it with P. hieroglyphica Holbr., and says: ‘‘Cette E, différe de la précédente [hieroglyphica] par la forme de sa carapace, dont l’ovale est moins allongé, et par ]’élévation quelle présente sur la ligne vertébrale, qui est au contraire déprimée dans l’E. hiéroglyphique, et enfin par le volume preportionellement plus con- sidérable de la téte.’’ This species shows the coloration of head and neck of P. hieroglyphica, but the head is larger and the shell more as in P. mobdiliensis, but by far not so large. I huve examined two heads of this form, from Illinois, preserved in alcohol ; it is mentioned as Pseudemys concinna LeO, by H. Garman in ‘* Notes on Illinois Reptiles and Amphibians ”’ (Zllinois State Laboratory of Nat. Hist., pp. 185, 186), This species is said to be found at Mt, Car- mel, Il. *LeConte, J., Deseription of the Species of North American Tortoises,’ Ann. Lye, Nat. Hist,, New York, Vol. iii, Febr., 1880, 1893.] 223 | Baur. Pseudemys floridana LeC. In 1830, LeConte described a tortoise from the St. John’s river, in East Florida, under the name of 7Jestudo floridana. This species was recog- nized as distinct by Holbrook, in 1842, and figured (PI. viii). Agassiz stated that it has to be considered a synonym of P. concinna LeC., and it seems that all recent authors have followed him. There is no doubt that this species is distinct from Psewdemys concinna LeC, and P. mobiliensis Holbr, The description given by LeConte is very good. The species is at once distinguished by its oval form and the great elevation of the cara- pace and its color. The carapace is not emarginate in front. It has a very dark-brown color, with numerous irregular lines of yellow. The marginals are also dark brown and have only one vertical median yellow line and are without the yellow concentric lines so characteristic for P. concinna and P. mobiliensis. The carapace is much more arched than in P. mobiliensis and nearly forms a half circle. The skull is also larger than in this species and the jawsare not serrated. This species seems to be restricted to Florida and Southern Georgia. Pseudemys texana, sp. nov. Agassiz mentions specimens of his Ptychemys mobiliensis ‘‘ from Guada- lupe mountains, Pecos river, Texas, and New Leon, near Cadereita, Mexico,’’ and also young specimens collected in Texas by Mr. G. Stolley. I have examined different specimens of this so-called Plychemys mobiili- ensis, from Texas, and reach the conclusion that it belongs to a new spe- cies of Pseudemys related to P. rubiventris LeC., which may be called Pseudemys texana. As typical specimen of this new species I consider a stuffed specimen, No. 246, of the Philadelphia Academy, collected by Dr. Hermann in San Antonio, Texas. Pseudemys texana, sp. nov. Shell very thin behind, posterior border serrated, longitudinally rugose ; nuchal long and slender; upper shell brown, with yellow reticulations similar to Psewdemys concinna ; shell not much elevated. Plastron emar- ginated behind, yellow or with brown markings. Skull small, similar to P. rubiventris ; upper jaw notched in the centre, with a rounded tooth on each side, not so prominent as in P. rubiventris. Lower jaw similar to P. rubiventris. The coloration of the head quite different from the other species. A yellow longitudinal spot behind the eye ; above this, a yellow line ending in a long longitudinal spot above the temples ; from the lower posterior portion of the eye a yellow line appears, sending a branch upwards in front of tympanic cavity, and con- tinues behind on the neck. Three very strong yellow and some slender yellow stripes on lower face of neck. Locality of type, San Antonio, Texas. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xxxI. 141. 2¢. PRINTED JUNE 29, 1893. Baur.] 224 [May 5, There is a shell of the same species in the Philadelphia Academy. No. 247. It has the Smithsonian Institution number 7173 and was collected near Old Fort Cobb, I. T. The soft parts, limbs and head are preserved in alcohol at the Smithsonian. The two specimens mentioned by Agassiz are also at the Smithsonian (No. 80, Guadalupe mountains, Pecos river, Texas, and No. 76, New Leon, near Cadereita, Mexico) and belong to this species. I consider Pseudemys texana as the representative of Pseudemys in the southern portions of this country west of the Mississippi—Texas, Indian Territory, Northern Mexico. Pseudemys rubiventris LeC., Baur. This species has been first mentioned by Say,* who described it erro- neously as Hmys serrata Daudin, in 1825. LeConte + introduced it as a new species under the name of Testudo rubiventris LeC., the ‘‘red-bellied terrapin, vulg.’’? According to LeConte, it inhabits ‘‘in rivers from New Jersey to Virginia, chiefly in such as are rocky.’’ He says that they are very numerous in the Delaware, near Trenton; specimens from this locality may be considered as typical, therefore. In this form both jaws, especially the lower one, are strongly serrated ; the upper one is notched mesially and has a cusp on each side ; the lower jaw has a strong, median, serrated cusp and a notch on each side of it. Pseudemys alabamensis, sp. nov. In the collection of Mr. Gustave Kohn, of New Orleans, La., I found two specimens from Mobile, Ala., which are closely allied to P. rubiven- tris. They are at once distinguished, however, by their much more arched shell. This species has been noted by Agassiz as Ptychemys mo- biliensis. It is, however, totally different from this, having the structure. of the skull of Pseudemys rubiventris LeC. The shell is much more arched than in P. rubiventris ; the coloration is like that in the latter form, but the plastron is yellow, or yellow with brown reticulations or dots. Locality of types, Mobile bay, Ala. Collection of Mr. G. Kohn, New Orleans, La. This species exists in different museums, with the name P. mobiliensis Holbr. Pseudemys mobiliensis Holbr. The types of this species are from Alabama and are Nos. 241 and 242 of the Philadelphia Academy collection. I have examined the types and found that they are very close to P. concinna LeC. The skull agrees ex- actly with that of P. concinna, but is considerably larger. There is no notch in the upper jaw and no lateral cusps ; the lower jaw only has a *Say, Thomas, “ On the Fresh-water and Land Tortoises of the United States,’’ Journ. Acad, Nat. Se., Philad., Vol, iv, Part 2, 1825, + LeConte, J., 1. ¢. 1893.] 225 (Baur. sharp median hook, but no lateral notches. The upper jaw is very finely, the lower one strongly, serrated. A number of specimens in Mr. Kohn’s collection from Mobile bay, Ala., and New Orleans, La., agree with the type. Skull like Pseudemys concinna LeC., but larger ; shell very much more arched, especially in front, than that of P. concinna ; coloration as in the latter form. Animal much larger than P. concinna, the upper shell reach- ing a length of 385 mm. (over curve), We have, therefore, the following species of Pseudemys : Pseudemys concinna LeC. ivi hieroglyphica Holbr. BS labyrinthica C. Dum. floridana LeC. hy mobiliensis Holbr. 6 rubiventris LeC. ‘f alabamensis Baur. +4 texana Baur. These forms can be arranged in two series. A. Both jaws strongly and coarsely serrated ; upper one notched me- sially, with a cusp on each side. Lower jaw with a median cusp. 1. Pseudemys rubiventris LeC., Baur. Type from Delaware, near Trenton. 2. Pseudemys alabamensis Baur. Syn., Ptychemys mobiliensis Ag. (part). Type from Mobile bay, Ala. In the collection of Mr. G. Kohn, New Orleans, La. 8. Pseudemys texana Baur. Syn., Plychemys mobiliensis-Ag. (part). Type from San Antonio, Texas. No. 246 Philadelphia Academy. B. Generally lower jaw only strongly and coarsely serrated ; upper without median notch, no cusps on the sides. Lower jaw with a median cusp. 1. Pseudemys concinna LeC., Gray. ; Type from upper parts of rivers of South Carolina and Northern Georgia. 2. Pseudemys mobiliensis Holbr., Baur (non Ag., non Boul.). Type from Mobile, Ala. Philadelphia Academy, Nos. 241, 242. Syn., Amys orthonix Wied. 8. Pseudemys floridana LeC., Baur. Type from St. John’s river, Eastern Fla. 4, Pseudemys hieroglyphica Holbr., Gray. Type from Cumberland river, Tenn. No. 217, Philadelphia Academy. 5. Pseudemys labyrinthica (Les. MSS.) C. Dum., Gray. Type from Wabash river, Il]. Museum Natural History, Paris. 226 [May 5; Stated Meeting, May 5, 1893. Vice-President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the Chair. Correspondence was submitted as follows: Letters of envoy were received from the K. Siichsische Gesell- schaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig; Bath and West and Southern Counties Society, Bath, Eng.; Royal Statistical Society, Meteorological Office, London, Eng.; Texas Academy of Science, Austin. Letters of acknowledgment (139) were received from the Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Altenberg, Ger- many; Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg, Germany; Profs. Aris- tides Brezina, Matthew Much, Friederich Miiller, Vienna, Austria; Société de l’Histoire de France, Paris; Sir John Evans Hensel, Hempstead, England; Philosophical and Literary Society, Leeds, England; Royal Astronomical Society, Victoria Institute, Royal Society, Royal Institution, Zodlogical Society, Institution of Civil Engineers, Royal Statistical Society, Royal Meteorological Society, Mr. C. Juhlin Dannfeld, Lon- don, England; Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne, England; Sir Lowthian Bell, Northallerton, England; Rad- cliffe Observatory, Prof. J. J. Sylvester, Oxford, England ; Mr. Alfred R. Wallace, Parkstone, Dorset, England; Academy of Science, Rochester, N. Y. : Accessions to the Library were reported from the Zoolo- gisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, K. K. Naturehistorische Hof- museum, Vienna, Austria; Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg, Germany ; K. Siichs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig; Ministero di Agricoltura, Industria e Commercia, Rome, Italy; R. Osservatorio Astronomico, Turin, Italy; Royal In- stitution, Meteorological Council, Royal Microscopical Society, London, England; American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Cambridge, Mass.; Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, Yale University, New Haven; American Museum of Natural History, Messrs. J, Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y.; Smith- sonian Institution, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Mr. J. ©. 1893] 227 Mendenhall, Washington, D. C.; Prof. Alexander Macfarlane, Austin, Tex.; University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; Univer- sity of Nebraska, Lincoln; Agricultural Experiment Stations, Amherst, Cambridge, Mass.; New Haven, Conn.; Newark, N. J.; Morgantown, W. Va.; Byran, Tex.; Lafayette, Ind.; Lincoln, Neb. Mr. Fraley moved that the letter in reference to the Halde- man Indian collection be referred to the Curators, to report to the Society. Remarks were made by Dr. Morris, Mr. Prime and Prof. Cope. The Chairman observed that no objects should be loaned, according to a By-Law of the Society, except for the purpose of study. The motion was carried. A portrait of the late Matthew Carey was presented to the Society, on behalf of the Hon. Henry Carey Baird. On motion of Curator Dr. Morris, the Secretaries were re- quested to return to Mr. Henry C. Baird the thanks of the Society for the gift of the portrait of Matthew Carey. Prof. Cope presentéd a paper for the Proceedings, by title, “Notes on the Classification and Taxonomy of the Testudi- nata,” by G. Baur, University of Chicago. Pending nominations for membership, Nos. 1249, 1250, 1253, 1254, 1255, 1256, 1257, were read. Dr. J. Cheston Morris presented a communication from the Curators, which was received and referred to the Ha.] Com- mittee for reply. Dr. Morris moved that the Curators be authorized to dis- pose of such objects as are of no value to the Society. Diseussion by Dr. Brinton, Prof. Cope, Mr. Fraley, Mr. Prime, Dr. Morris, The motion was adopted. Prof. Cope requested information about the programme of the Sesqui-Centennial Celebration. Dr. Brinton gave information as to the action of the Com- mittee appointed for the purpcse. Remarks were made by Prof. Cope, Dr. Brinton, Dr. Morris, Mr. Fraley on the publication in reference to the proceedings of the Society in the public papers, with reference to the report of the proceedings of the Society at a previous meeting. And the meeting was adjourned by the presiding member. 228 - [May 19, Stated Meeting, May 19, 1893. The President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair. In the absence of all the Secretaries at the opening of the meeting, Mr. Lyman was appointed Secretary pro tem. Mr. Cramp, a newly elected member, was presented to the President, and took his seat. Letters of envoy were received from the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia (Victoria Branch), Melbourne ; Geologi- cal Survey of India, Calcutta; Université Royale, Lund, Sweden; K. K. Astronomisch-Meteorologische Observatorium, Triest, Austria ; Musée Guimet, Bureau des Longitudes, Paris, France. Accessions to the Library were reported from the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia (Victoria Branch), Mel- bourne; Finska Litteratur, Salskapet, Helsingfors; Lund Uni- versity, Lund, Sweden; M. W. Pleyte, Leiden, Holland; Ob- servatorio Marittimo, Trieste, Austria ; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, Bremen, Germany; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Zurich, Switzerland; Academie N. des Sciences, Bordeaux, France ; Société N. des Sciences Naturelleset Mathematiques, Cherbourg; Société de Borda, Dax; Academie des Arts et Belles-Lettres, Dijon; Union Geographique du Nord de la France, Donai; Société des Sciences Naturelle et Archzologi- ques de la Creuse, Guéret; Société des Sciences Naturelles, La Rochelle; Comité de Rédaction des Annales de la Faculté des Sciences, Marseille; Musée Guimet, Museum d'Histoire Naturelles, Société Zoologique de France, Société D’An- thropologie, Bureau des Longitudes, Société N. des Anti- quaires de France, Paris; Société des Antiquaires de la Mori- nie, Saint Omer; Société de Geographie, Toulouse, France ; Société de Geographie, Lisbon, Portugal; Geological Society, Mauchester, Eng.; Natural History Society, Montreal, Canada ; Boston Public Library ; Academy of Sciences, New York ; 1893,] 229 Mr. Burnet Landreth, Bristol, Pa.; Mr. William John Potts, Camden, N.J.; Franklin Reformatory Home for Inebriates, Prof. E. D. Cope, Messrs. Alexander EK. Outerbridge, Joseph Wharton, Philadelphia; U. S. National Museum, Prof. Edward Goodfellow, Washington, D.C.; Agricultural Experi- ment Stations, Geneva, N. Y.; Raleigh, N. C.; Lake City, Fla.; Brookings, S. Dak. The donations to the library were announced. The minutes of the Council meeting of the 12th of May were read. The resolution That the Council recommend to the Society the appointment of Messrs. Meehan, Houston and Price as a Committee to Examine the Catalogue of the Martindale Library, in order to ascertain if any books contained therein are important to complete our list, and if so, to purchase the same at a cost not exceeding $100—provided the money can be obtained from the income of the Michaux Fund, or by subscription. recommended by the Council was considered. Mr. Prime moved that Dr. Rothrock be added to the Com- mittee. Carried. Mr. Prime moved to amend by striking out from the last clause the words, “or by subscription.” Carried. The resolution so amended was carried. The business of the election of new members was taken up. Nominations Nos, 1250, 1253, 1254, 1255, 1256, 1257, 1258 and 1259 were read, spoken to, and balloted for. Prof. Barker and Mr, Price were appointed tellers by the President. Prof. Cope made a communication in regard to some stone implements occurring in Maryland, on the Potomac, the simplest yet found by him in forty years’ collecting. The locality is two or three miles from the Potomac, is one-half mile to one mile in length, in material that is supposed to be derived from the Triassic and that has apparently been earried by floating ice. The locality is traversed by a small stream, with small hills on each side. There is a bed of red- dish clay, up to six feet in thickness, filled with cobble-stones, many of them broken, and many worked; and some of them 230 [May 19, have the external portions of the original shape entirely removed. Some of the most numerous class of them were exhibited, and have a portion of the original surface; others have a small portion of it; and others none at all. Many hundreds have been carried away by inhabitants of Wash- ington, and many by Mr. W. H. Holmes, of the Bureau of Ethnology there. The method of manufacture was de- scribed ; showing that the fractures could not be natural, but must be artificial. The question is, Whatare these objects? In Europe similar objects are reckoned as made by the earliest men, and are found at the lowest bed of the cave deposits. They are not polished. Now in Switzerland, for example, the paleolithic man is quite definitely associated with certain extinct animals. The later paleolithic man was an artist, while the following neolithic men were less artistic. Now, however, the Washington men insist that these ruder imple- ments are only the imperfect or rejected implements of later men, merely the residue and rejected work of neolithic men; and in part the effect of weathering. One reason given why the more perfect implements are not found with them is, that the better ones have been carried away. The evidence in America is less perfect than iu Kurope, yet it is against sup- posing that the makers of the imperfect implements also had better ones. None of the better ones have been found in the whole region. ‘The geological part of the investigation by the Washington men has been well done. At Trenton, how- ever, they are thoroughly opposed by the good authority of Prof. F. W. Putnam, The history of man in America may be affected by the result of the discussion; but not that of European man. In America, too, the study of the caves has not been studied so far as in Kurope; and the cave deposits give much the most trustworthy evidence. Mr, Clarence B, Moore has made important discoveries in Florida. He found a ramus of the lower jaw of a dog in a shell heap there this past winter. The shell heaps are post-Columbian. But this dog does not appear to be the present domestic dog. The jaw has three premolar teeth, instead of four, a deficiency which is . 1893,] 231 rare in the recent domesticated or wild dogs. There are also other peculiarities. Probably it is an extinct species, and it is a normal healthy specimen. Prof. Ryder made a written communication for the Pro- ceedings, entitled, “The Adaptive Forms and the Vortex Motion of the Substance of the Red Corpuscles of Verte- brates.” He gave orally the substance of the paper. The tellers reported the following named to have been duly elected members of the Society : 2218. Hon. Charles P. Daly, New York, N. Y. 2219. Prof. Isaac H. Hall, New York, N. Y. 2220. Gen. Isaac J. Wistar, Philadelphia. 2221. Mr. Edward Vincent d’Invilliers, Philadelphia. 2222. Prof. Waterman L. Hewitt, Ithaca, N. Y. 2223. Dr. Justin Winsor, Cambridge, Mass. 2224. Dr. William Hyde Appleton, Swarthmore, Pa. 2225. Prof. James E. Rhoads, Bryn Mawr, Pa. Mr. Blodget obtained unanimous leave to make a commu- nication. He had prepared a series of ten maps to show the resources of the State of Pennsylvania for the Chicago World’s Fair. The maps are some thirty inches by twenty inches. Bituminous coal, oil and other products are repre- sented on the series of maps, showing their past and present importance. The true capitalization of the yearly industrial earnings of the State he finds to be about $10,000,000,000. The results have been reached by five or six months’ labor. And the Society was adjourned by the President. a a. ae ae eae eC Sept. 1, 1893.] 233 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY HELD AT PHILADELPHIA POR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Vou. XXXI. JuLty To DecEMBER, 1893. No. 142. Stated Meeting, September 1, 1893. Prof. AtBeERT H. SmytH in the Chair. Correspondence was submitted as follows: Acknowledgments of election to membership were received from Prof. Isaac H. Hall, New York. Gen. Isaac J. Wistar, Philadelphia. ‘Mr. Edward Vincent d’Invilliers, Philadelphia. Prof. Waterman L. Hewitt, Ithaca, N. Y. Prof. Justin Winsor, Cambridge, Mass. Prof. William Hyde Appleton, Swarthmore, Pa. President James E. Rhoads, Bryn Mawr, Pa. An invitation from the New Haven Colony Historical eiety, New Haven, Conn., to be present at the dedication of the new building erected as a memorial to James E. and Caro- line A. English, to take place September 28, 1893, at 8 P.M. A circular from the Congrés International de Zodlogie, Paris, relative to the prizes which will be awarded by the Congrés. A circular from the Anthropological Society of Washing- ton in regard to the Citizenship Prizes to be awarded for essays on specified subjects. A letter from the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Wash- ington, D. C., requesting certain numbers of the Society’s Proceedings and Transactions to complete their set. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xxxI. 142.2D. PRINTED NOV. 15, 1893. 234 [Sept. 1, The following communication was read and referred to the Curators: _ AMERICAN HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, Wasuineton, D. C., August 2, 1893. Tue SECRETARY OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, PHILADELPHIA, Pa. : Dear Sir :—I am desirous of obtaining for the use of the American Historical Association definite information regarding the collections of the various Historical Societies in the United States. I have been informed that under the supervision of your Society an interesting collection of historical objects has grown up. May I ask your assistance in furnishing me with a few lines explaining the scope of the collection, with a little history of its growth, and the names of those who have been and are now most conspicuous in its development. Ifa catalogue of the. collection has been published, may I beg that you will furnish me with a copy. Iam, sir, yours very respectfully, A. Howarp CLARK, Assistant Secretary of the American Historical Association, Curator Hist. Coll., U. 8. N. i. Letters of envoy were received from the Geological Survey of India, Calcutta; Royal Society of New South Wales, Syd- ney; Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors, Fin- land; Fondation de P. Teyler van der Hulst, Harlem, Holland; K. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen ; Université Royale, Lund, Sweden; Naturforschende Verein, Briinn, Aus- tria; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Dresden, Saxony; Wetterauische Gesellschaft fiir’ die Gesammte Naturkunde, Hanau, Hesse ; K. Siichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig, Sax- ony; Gesellschaft zur Beférderung der Gesammten Naturwis- senschaften, Marburg, Prussia; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, Osnabriick, Prussia; Royal Observatory, Greenwich, England ; Zoblogical Society, Meteorological Office, Statistical Society, London, England; Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cam- bridge, Mass.; Meteorological Observatory, New York; Di- reccion General de Estadistica, Mexico, Mexico; Observatorio N. Argentino, Cordoba, Argentine Republic. Letters of acknowledgment (Trans, xvii, 8, and xviii, 1) were received from the Geological and Natural History Survey, Ottawa, Canada; Public Library, Boston, Mass.; Museum of 1893, 235 Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Mass.; American Antiqua- rian Society, Worcester, Mass.; Yale University, New Haven, Conn.; University of the State of New York, Albany; Buffalo Library; New York Historical Society; Astor Li- brary, New York; United States Military Academy, West Point, N. Y.; New Jersey Historical Society, Newark, N. J.; Academy of Natural Sciences; Franklin Institute, Philadel- phia; Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.; Univer- sity of California, Berkeley ; State Historical Society of Wis- consin, Madison; Kansas Academy of Science, Topeka. Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Anthro- pologische Gesellschaft, Profs. Franz Ritt v. Hauer, F. S. Krauss, Vienna, Austria (139); Anthropologische Gesell- schaft, K. Bibliothek, Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, K. P. Me- teorologische Institut, Physikalische Gesellschaft, Berlin, Prus- sia (189); University of Bonn (139); K. Siichsische Meteoro- logische Institut, Chemnitz (139); K. Sichsische Altertums- verein, Verein fiir Erdkunde, Dresden (139); Prof. Otto Bohtlingk, Leipzig, Germany (139, 140); K. P. Geodiitische Institut, Potsdam, Prussia (139); Naturwissenschaftliche Ver- ein fiir Schleswig-Holstein, Kiel, Prussia (1389); Verein fiir Vaterliindische Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg, Stuttgart (139) ; Prof. Robert W. Bunsen, Heidelberg, Germany (139); Société de Geographie (181-184), Naturhistorische Gesellschaft (139), Schweizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Berne (139) ; Prof. Carl Vogt, Geneva, Switzerland (139); Société Vaudoise _des Sciences Naturelles, Lausanne (139, 140); Mr. Samuel Timmins, Arley, Coventry, England (139, 140); Philosophi- cal Society, Cambridge, England (139, 140); Sir Rawson W. Rawson (189), Institution of Civil Engineers, London, Eng- land (131-139); Geographical Society, Manchester, England (189, 140); R. Geological Society of Ireland, Dublin (139, 140); Royal Observatory, Prof. James Geikie, Edinburgh, Scotland (189, 140); Société d'Histoire et d’Archéologie, Chalon-sur-Saone, France (137-140); Société N. des Sciences Naturelles et Mathématique, Cherbourg, France (136); Uni- versité de Lyon (13, 140); Rédaction de “Cosmos,” Paris, 236 [Sept. 1, France (131-186, 189); Yale University, New Haven, Conn. (139); Prof. G. L. Goodall, Cambridge, Mass. (187-1389) ; Prof. James Ellis Humphrey, Weymouth Heights, Mass. (1387- 140); Kentucky Historical Society, Frankfort (137); Instituto Fisico-Geografico Nacional, San Jose de Costa Rica, Central America (138); Museo Nacional, Santiago, Chile (137). Letters of acknowledgment (140) were received from the Geological Survey, Ottawa, Canada; Université Laval, Hon. J. M. Le Moine, Quebec; Dr. Alfred R. C. Selwyn, Montreal ; Canadian Institute, Toronto ; Bowdoin College Library, Bruns- wick, Me.; Experiment Station, Orono, Me.; Society of Nat- ural History, Portland, Me.; Prof. Charles H: Hitchcock, Hanover, N. H.; Amherst College Library, Amherst, Mass. ; Marine Biological Laboratory, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston; Society of Natural History, Massachu- setts Historical Society, State Library of Massachusetts, Messrs. T. M. Drown, Hamilton A. Hill, Robert C. Winthrop, Boston, Mass.; Museum of Comparative Zoélogy, Prof. G. L. Goodall, Mr. Robert N. Toppan, Cambridge, Mass.; Free Public Li- brary, New Bedford, Mass.; Rev. Edward HE. Hale, Roxbury, Mass.; Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.; American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.; Rhode Island Agricultural Experi- ment Station, Kingston, R. I.; Providence Franklin Society, Rhode Island Historical Society, Providence; Mr. George F. Dunning, Farmington, Conn.; Hartford Theological Seminary, Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford; New Haven Colony Historical Society, Profs. O. C. Marsh, H. A. Newton, W. D. Whitney, New Haven, Conn.; Prof. James [all, Albany, N. Y.; Society of Natural Science, Buffalo Library, Buffalo, N. Y.; Profs. T. F, Crane, B. G. Wilder, Ithaca, N. Y.; Astor Library, American Museum of Natural History, New York Historical Society, New York Academy of Medicine, New York Hospital, Profs, Joel A. Allen, Daniel Draper, Henry F’. Osborn, John J. Stevenson, New York, N. Y.; Vassar Broth- ers’ Institute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.; Prof. W. Le Conte Stevens, Troy, N. Y.; Oneida Historical Society, Utica, N. Y.; U. S. Military Academy, West Point, N. Y.; Free Public 1893.] 237 Library, Jersey City; New Jersey Historical Society, New- ark; Profs. W. Henry Green, C. A. Young, Princeton, N. J.; Dr. Robert H. Allison, Ardmore, Pa.; Prof. Robert W. Rogers, Carlisle, Pa.; Prof. M. H. Boyé, Coopersburg, Pa. ; Hon. Eckley B. Coxe, Drifton, Pa.; Dr. Traill Green, Prof. J. W. Moore, Rev. Thomas C, Porter, Easton, Pa.; Mr. Andrew S. McCreath, Harrisburg, Pa.; Prof. Lyman B. Hall, Haver- ford, Pa.; Mr. John Fulton, Johnstown, Pa.; Linnean Society, Lancaster, Pa.; Mr. P. F. Rothermel, Linfield, Pa.; Dr. F. A. Muhlenberg, Reading, Pa.; University of Pennsylvania, Li- brary Company of Philadelphia, The Medical News, Wag- ner Free Institute of Science, Academy of Natural Sciences, Historical Society of Pennsylvania, Numismatic and Antiqua- rian Society, Mercantile Library, Admiral E. Y. Macauley, Hon. James T. Mitchell, Hon. Henry Reed, Profs. John Ash- hurst, Jr., EH. D. Cope, F. A. Genth, Jr., H. V. Hilprecht, E. O. Kendall, J. P. Lesley, John M. Maisch, Albert H. Smyth, Drs. John H. Brinton, Persifor Frazer, George Friebis, John Mar- shall, George R. Morehouse, Isaac Norris, Charles A. Oliver, C. N. Peirce, W. S. W. Ruschenberger, H. Clay Trumbull, William H. Wahl, Messrs. Arthur EK. Brown, R. Meade Bache, Charles Bullock, Thomas M. Cleemann, Patterson Du Bois, Robert Patterson Field, J. S. Harris, Francis Jordan, Jr., Wil- liam W. Jefferis, Henry Phillips, Jr., Franklin Platt, Theodore D. Rand, J. G. Rosengarten, L. A. Scott, Talcott Williams, Charles Stewart Wurts, Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael, Phila- phia; Prof. John T, Carll, Pleasantville, Pa.; Mr. Heber S. Thompson, Pottsville, Pa.; Rev. George W. Anderson, Rose- mont, Pa.; Dr. John Curwen, Warren, Pa.; Mr. Philip P. Sharples, Hon. Washington Townsend, West Chester, Pa.; Mr. William M. Canby, Wilmington, Del.; U. S. Naval In- stitute, Annapolis, Md.; Enoch Pratt Free Library, Baltimore, Md.; Mr. T. Leeper Patterson, Cumberland, Md.; Smithson- ian Institution, U. S. Naval Observatory, Anthropological Society, U.S. Weather Bureau, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Sur- vey, Library Surgeon-General’s Office, U. 8. Geological Sur- vey, Dr. J. S. Billings, Prof. S. F. Emmons, Dr. W. J. Hoff- 238 | [Sept. 1, man, Prof. Charles A. Schott, Mr. W. B. Taylor, Washington, D. C.; University of Virginia, Charlottsville; Journal U.S. Artillery, Fortress Monroe, Va.; Agricultural Experiment Station, Morgantown; Prof. J. W. Mallet, University of Vir- ginia, Va.; Agricultural Experiment Station, Raleigh, N. C.;.. Georgia Historical Society, Savannah ; University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa; Agricultural Experiment Station, Baton Rouge, La.; Texas Academy of Science, Austin; Museo Oaxaqueiio, Oaxaca de Juarez, Mex.; Observatorio Astronomico Nacional, Tacubaya, Mex.; Agricultural Experiment Station, Las Cruces, N. M.; Prof. E. W. Claypole, Akron, O.; University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati Observatory, Society -of Natural Science, Cincinnati, O.; Oberlin College; Rev. Henry S. Osborn, Oxford, O.; Kentucky Historical Society, Frankfort ; Dr. Robert Peter, Lexington, Ky.; University of California ; Prof. Joseph LeConte, Berkeley, Cal.; Lick Observatory ; Mt. Hamilton, Cal.; Prof. J. C. Branner, Palo Alto, Cal. ; Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, Riverside, Cal.; Prof. George David- son, San Francisco, Cal.; Geological Survey of Missouri, Jef: ferson City ; Academy of Sciences, St. Louis, Mo.; Arkansas. Agricultural Experiment Station, Fayetteville; Purdue Ex- periment Station, La Fayette, Ind.; Historical Society, Chi- cago, Ill.; Academy of Natural Sciences, Davenport, Ia. ; State University of Iowa, Iowa City; Wisconsin State His- torical Society, Madison; Agricultural Experiment Station, Lincoln, Neb.; State Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kans. ; Academy of Sciences, State Historical Society, Washburn College, Topeka, Kans.; Agricultural Experiment Station, St. Anthony Park, Minn.; Tacoma Academy of Science, Tacoma, Wash. : Letters of acknowledgment (141) were received from Dr. Charles B. Dudley, Altoona, Pa.; Dr. Robert H. Alison, Ardmore; Pa.; Prof. James E. Rhoads, Bryn Mawr, Pa.; Dr. Charles F. Himes, Carlisle, Pa.; Prof. Martin H. Boyé, Coopersburg, Pa.; Hon. Eckley B. Coxe, Drifton, Pa.; Drs. Traill Green, J. W. Moore, Thomas ©. Porter, Haston, Pa. ; Mr. Andrew S McOCreath, Harrisburg, Pa.; Mr. John Ful- 1893. | 239 ton, Johnstown, Pa.; Linnean Society, Lancaster, Pa.; Nu- mismatic and Antiquarian Society, Historical Society of Penn- sylvania, Academy of Natural Sciences, Library Company of Philadelphia, Hon. Joseph Allison, Prof. John Ashhurst, Jr., Messrs. R. Meade Bache, Henry C. Baird, Cadwalader Biddle, Patterson Du Bois, Jacob B. Eekfeldt, Robert P. Field, Dr. Henry Hartshorne, Prof. H. H. Houston, Messrs. William A. Ingham, E. V. d’Invilliers, Francis Jordan, Jr., Prof. J. P. Lesley, Dr. John Marshall, Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael, Drs. Isaac Norris, Charles A. Oliver, C. N. Peirce, William Pepper, Messrs. Franklin Platt, Theodore D. Rand, J. G. Rosengarten, Dr. W.S. W. Ruschenberger, Prof. Benjamin Sharp, Rev. H. Clay Trumbull, Prof. James Tyson, Messrs W. P. Tatham, D. K. Tuttle, Samuel Wagner, Philadelphia; Prof. John F. Carll, Pleasantville, Pa.; Mr. Heber S. Thompson, Pottsville, Pa.; Rev. F. A. Muhlenberg, Reading, Pa.; Dr. W. H. Apple- ton, Swarthmore, Pa.-; Philosophical Society, Mr. Philip P. Sharples, Hon. Washington Townsend, Prof. J. 'T. Rothrock, West Chester, Pa. Accessions to the Library were reported from the Govern- ment Geologist, Adelaide, Australia; Royal Society of N.S. Wales, Hon. Arthur Renwick, Sydney ; New Zealand Insti- tute, Wellington; Tokyo Library, Tokyo, Japan; Madras Observatory, Madras, India; R. Asiatic Society (China Branch), Shanghai, China; Societatea Geographica Romana, Bucuresci; Societates pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors, Finland; Société Physico Mathématique, Kasan, Russia; K. Mineralogische Gesellschaft, Comité Géologique, Bibliothéque Géologique, Société de Géographie, Prof. Serge Nikitin, St. Petersburg, Russia; K. Norsk. Oldskrift Selskab, K. Danske Videns- Rabernes Selskab, Copenhagen, Denmark ; Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen; Friesch Ge- nootschap van Geschied, etc., Leewarden, Friesland; Musée Teyler, Haarlem, Holland; Academie R. de Belgique, So- ciété R. Malacologique de Belgique, Bruxelles; Naturfor- schende Verein, Briinn, Austria; K. K. Sternwarte, Prag, Bo- hemia; I. R. Accademia degli Agiati, Roveredo, Tyrol; K. P. 240 [Sept. 1, Geologische Landesanstalt und Bergakademie, Berlin, Prussia ; Verein fiir Schlesische Insektenkunde, Breslau, Prussia; Siichsische Meteorologische Institut, Chemnitz, Saxony ; Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft “ Isis,’ Verein fiir Erd- kunde, Dresden, Saxony; K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Gottingen, Prussia; Wetterauische Gesellschaft fiir die Ge- sammte Naturkunde, Hanau a.-M.; Gesellschaft zur Befor- derung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften, Marburg, Prus- sia; Bayerische Botanische Gesellschaft, Munich, Bavaria; Dr. P. Steiner, Neuwied, Germany ; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, Osnabriick, Prussia; Verein fiir Vaterliindische Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg, Stuttgart; Commission Inter- nationale de la carte Geologique d’Kurope, Prof. E. Renevier, Lausanne, Switzerland; Société Neuchateloise de Geographie, Neuchatel, Switzerland; R. Accademia di Scienze, etc., Mo- dena, Italy; Accademia dei Lincei, Prof. Guiseppi Sergi, Rome, Italy; Société Linnéene, Bordeaux, France; Société Languedocienne de Géographie, Montpellier, France ; Prof. Dr. Jules Oppert, Paris, France ; Société de Géographie, Lis- bon, Portugal; Philosophical Society, University Library, Cambridge, England; Royal Polytechnic Society, Cornwall, England; Philosophical and Library Society, Leeds, England ; Zodlogical Society, Meteorological Office, Linnean Society London, England; Natural History and Antiquarian Society, Penzance, England; Université Laval, Quebec, Canada; Nova Scotia Institute of Science, Halifax; Agricultural Experiment Station, Bangor, Me.; Massachusetts Institute of Technology, American Philological Association, Massachusetts Historical Society, Capt. J. W. Norcross, Miss Cornelius Horsford, Bos- ton, Mass,; Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College, Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Mass.; Hssex Institute, Salem, Mass.; Rhode Island Historical Society, Providence; Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford; Yale University, American Oriental Society, New Haven, Count Albany Institute, Albany, N. Y.; Buffalo Library, Buffalo, N. Y.; Hamilton College, Clinton, N, Y.; Academy of Sciences, Meteorological Observatory, American "Geographical Society, — a eS ee ee ‘aon sae 241 Profs. J. A. Allen, Isaac H. Hall, Mr. Cortlandt F. Bishop, New York, N. Y.; Mr. William John Potts, Camden, N. J.; Free Public Library, Jersey City, N. J.; American Chemical Society, Easton, Pa.; Pennsylvania State Weather Service, Zoological Society, Pennsylvania Hospital, Prof. George F. Barker, Dr. D. G. Brinton, Prof. E. D. Cope, Messrs. Herbert Welsh, Joseph Wilcox, Philadelphia; Peabody Institute, Baltimore, Md.; Departments of Labor, Agriculture, U. S. National Museum, Messrs. J. W. Fewkes, Lester F. Ward, Washington, D. C.; Leander McCormick Observatory, Char- lottsville, Va.; Virginia Historical Society, Richmond; Agri- cultural Experiment Station, Raleigh, N. C.; Col. Charles C. Jones, Augusta, Ga.; Geological Survey of Arkansas, Little Rock; Agricultural Experiment Station, Knoxville, Tenn.; Geological Survey of Texas, Austin; University of Califor- nia, Berkeley; Mercantile Library Association, San Francisco, Cal.; University of Cincinnati; Archeological and Histori- cal Society, Columbus, O.; Academy of Natural Sciences, Davenport, Ia.; Washburn College, Topeka, Kans. ; Observa- torio Rachaunion N. de Tasubaya; Chapultipec, Motes Di- reccion Général de Hstadistica, Mexico, Mex.; Direccion as: eral de Estadistica, Guatemala, O.As: Ohserwatoris N. Arjen- tino, Buenos Aires, S. A.; Museo Nacional, Santiago de Chile, A. The following donations to the Cabinet were received : A photo-lithographic copy of the certificate of member- ship of the American Philosophical Society of Robert Stret- tle Jones, presented by his grandson, Robert J. Fisher, Wash- ington, D. C. A phototype (framed) of the old “ Liberty Bell,” presented by Mr. F. Gutekunst, Philadelphia. Photographs for the Society’s Album were received from Dr. Isaac H. Hall, New York; Mr. Henry C. Baird, Dr. Charles A. Shiver, Philadelphia ; Dr. Be Aa badass aatcas Reading, Pa. The following deaths were announced : Anthony J. Drexel (Philadelphia), died June 30, 1893, set. 60. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXII. 142, 2 E. PRINTED NOV. 15, 1893. 242 [Sept. 15, Col. C. C. Jones (Augusta, Ga.), died July 19, 1893, at. 62. Robert Cornelius (Philadelphia), died August 10, 1898, eet. 84. Prof. William H. C. Bartlett (Yonkers, N.Y.), died May 11, 1893. The President was authorized to appoint a suitable person to prepare the usual obituary notice of Mr. Cornelius. List of deficiencies, part third, was laid before the Society. The University of Missouri wrote that its Library had been destroyed by fire, and requesting that certain of the Society’s Proceedings should be replaced. On motion the matter was referred to the Librarian with power to act. And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member. Stated Meeting, September 15, 1893. Prof. ALBERT H. SmMytTH in the Chair. | Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Observ- atoire Phys. Central de Russie, St. Petersburg (139); Tasch- kent Observatory, Taschkent, Turkestan (13); Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors, Finland (186-188); K. Norske Videnskabernes Selskab, Throndhjem, Norway (1 9); K. Universitetet, Lund, Sweden (139); K. Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien, Stockholm, Sweden (140); Société Royale de Géographie, Antwerp, Belgium (139); K. Zoologisch Genoot- schap “ Natura Artis Magistra,” Amsterdam, Netherlands (140); Colonial Museum, Fondation de P. Teyler vander Hulst, Har- lem, Holland (139, 140); K. Bibleotheek, The Hague, Hol- land (139, 140); K. K. Sternwarte, Prag, Bohemia (139, 140); Anthropologische Gesellschaft (187, 188); K. K. Central An- stalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus (140); Profs. Friederich Miiller (140), Gustav Tschermak (186-139), Vienna, Austria; K. Preuss, Geol. Landesanstalt und Bergakademie, 1893,] 243 Berlin (140); Verein fiir Schlesische Insektenkunde, Breslau, Prussia (189); Verein fiir Geographie u. Statistik, Frankfurt a.-M. (138, 189); Geographische Gesellschaft, Hannover, Prus- sia (139); K. Siichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Prof. J. Victor Carus, Leipzig, Saxony (139, 140); Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte, Mecklenburg, Germany (139); K. Sternwarte, Munich, Bavaria (140); Verein fiir Vaterliin- dische Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg, Stuttgart (186-139, and Trans., xvii, 1,2); Prof. Carl Vogt, Geneva, Switzerland (140) ; Biblioteca N. C., Florence, Italy (1389); R. Accademia dei Lincei (140); Prof. G. Sergi, Rome, Italy (139, 140); Osserva- torio Astronomico, Académie R. des Sciences, Turin, Italy (189); Société d’Kmulation, Abbeville, France (140); Société Linnéenne, Bordeaux, France (140); Société d’ Anthropologie (135, 188, 139), Minister des Travaux Publics (140), Marquis de Nadaillac, Profs. Hovelacque, Moscart, Mospero, Paris, France (140); University Library, Prof. J. P. Postgate, Cam- bridge, England (140); Philosophical and Literary Society, Leeds, England (140); Royal Society, Victoria Institute, R. Me- teorological Society, Society of Antiquaries, R. Geographical Society, Linnean Society, Mr. C. Juhlin Dannfeld, London, Eng- land (140); Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester, England (140); Natural History Society, Newcastle-upon-T yne, * England (140); Radcliffe Observatory, Sir H. W. Acland, Ox- ford, England (140); Royal Society of Edinburgh, Scotland (140); Mr. Horatio Hale, Clinton, Ontario, Canada (140); New York State Library, Albany (135-140); Geological Society of America, Rochester, N. Y.(140); Prof. George Stuart, Philadel- phia (186, 137, 1389); Dr. W. H. Appleton, Swarthmore, Pa. (187-140); Philosophical Society, Washington, D.C. (140); State Agricultural College, Michigan (139, 140); Kansas State Agricultural College, Manhattan (139); Bishop Crescencio Car- rillo, Mérida de Yucatan, Mexico (139, 140); Central Meteor- ological Observatory, Mexico (140). Letters of acknowledgment (141) were received from the Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa; Historical and Scien- tific Society, Winnipeg, Manitoba; Bowdoin College, Bruns- 244 [Sept. 15, wick, Me.; Maine Historical Society, Society of Natural His- tory, Portland, Me.; Prof. C. H. Hitchcock, Hanover, N. H.; Vermont Historical Society, Montpelier; State Library of Massachusetts, Boston Society of Natural History, Massachu- setts Historical Society, Athenzeum, Marine Biological Labo- ratory, Prof. T. M. Drown, Mr. Robert C. Winthrop, Boston, Mass.; Harvard College, Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Profs. A. Agassiz, G. L. Goodale, Mr. Robert N. Toppan, Cambridge, Mass. ; Free Public Library, New Bedford, Mass. ; Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.; Prof. Elihu Thomson, Swamp- scott, Mass.; Ames Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass. ; _ Agricultural Experiment Station, Kingston, R.I.; Providence Franklin Society, Rhode Island Historical Society, Provi- dence; Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford; Yale Uni- versity, New Haven Colony Historical Society, New Haven, Conn.; Agricultural Experiment Station, Storrs, Conn.; New York State Library, Albany, N. Y.; Society of Natural Science, Buffalo, N. Y.; Prof. Edward North, Clinton, N. Y.; Profs. J. M. Hart, J. W. Oliver, B. G. Wilder, Ithaca, N. Y.; Meteorological Observatory, Ames Museum Natural History, Ames Geographical Society, Historical Society, Profs. Isaac H. Hall, John J. Stevenson, New York; Vassar Brothers’ In- stitute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.; Geological Society of America, Rochester, N. Y.; Prof. W. Le Conte Stevens, Troy, N. Y.; Oneida Historical Society, Utica, N. Y.; Free Public Library, Jersey City, N.J.; Historical Society, Newark, N.J.; Prof. Charles A. Young, Princeton, N. J.; Prof. H. D. Gregory, Philadelphia; Agricultural Experiment Station, Newark, Del. Donations to the Library were announced. Mr, W. P. Tatham presented to the Society, on the behalf of Mrs. Mifflin Wistar, a handsomely bound collection of letters to the late Dr. Caspar Wistar, accompanied by the following letter : To THE PRESIDENT AND MANAGERS OF Tue AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL Socrery . Gentlemen :—The Manuscripts described in the accompanying list have es ee ee ee ar eee eT ke 1893,] 245 been selected from the papers of Prof. Caspar Wistar, M.D., who was the fourth President of your ancient and honorable Society. Among them are letters in English, in French, in German, and in Latin, from some of the most learned men of science of their day. The direct information that they convey may be of little value ; it is not from writings of the early years of this century that we look for scientific in- struction. But some of the letters are from men so eminent, that they cannot fail to be of interest both in what they tell us of their authors, and in the history of scientific discovery. And the fact that Dr. Wistar’s tal- ents were so honored, and his friendship so valued by great and learned men in distant countries, at a period in our history when America at- tracted little attention among the nations of the earth, will perhaps be gratifying to his successors in this Society, and to American scholars in general, I beg of you to accept these letters as a memorial of Prof. Wistar’s son, my late husband, Dr. Mifflin Wistar, who inherited a love of his profes- sion and a love of his fellow-men, and who died in 1872. No descendant of Prof. Wistar now survives. Iam, gentlemen, most respectfully yours, EstHer F. Wistar. September, 1893, * The following is a catalog of the letters, etc., presented : 1. Geneva, July 19, 1794. Letter from Dr. Sylvestre to Dr. Caspar Wistar. (French.) 2. Charleston, May 20, 1796. De Beauvoir to Dr. Wistar, proposing a scientific journey in Georgia. 3. Richmond, April 25, 1798. Same to same, describing the discovery of a skeleton of anelkin Virginia. (French.) 4. North Carolina, May 18, 1797, Letter from Rev. Samuel Spring and Samuel McCorkle to Robert Patterson. 5. New York, February 14, 1792. From Dr. Samuel L. Mitchell to Dr. Wistar, describ- ing a new invention of distilling fresh water from salt. 6. New York, June 30, 1798. Same to Jonathan Williams, describing geological discov- eries in New York. 7. Boston, October 12, 1799. Notice of Dr. Wistar’s election to the Historical Society of Massachusetts. 8. Paris, April 3, 1801. Printed Prospectus of a work of G. Cuvier, on Quadrupeds, re- . ceived by the American Philosophical Society from the author. 9, Washington, Mississippi Territory, August 24, 1806. Letter from Samuel Brown to Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States, describing discovery of large bones. 10. Paris, November 15, 1807. Letter from Dr. Delile to Dr. Wistar, relating to poison of the Upas Tree. (French.) 11. Paris, November 24, 1808. Same to same, informing Dr. Wistar that the writer is engaged in a work on the Flora of Egypt, at the Government's expense. (French.) 12. Dissertation on Upas poison, referred to in No. 10, (French.) 13. Paris, October 21, 1809. Letter from Dr. Delile to Dr. Wistar, sending the said dis- sertation. (French.) 14. Paris, September 14, 1810, Same to same. (French.) 15. Paris, October 10, 1808. Report of G. Cuvier to the Institut National, Classe des Sciences, Physiques et Mathematiques, on a collection of fossils sent by Jefferson. (French.) winst “ 16. Paris, November 14, 1808. Letter of thanks for the above from Cuvier to Jefferson. (French.) 246 [Sept. 15, On motion, the sincere thanks of the Society were tendered to Mrs. Mifflin Wistar for her valuable gift, for which the Society ordered suitable acknowledgment should be made. . The deaths of Edward Hopper, August 7, 1893, st. 82, and John M. Maisch, September 10, 1893, eet. 63, were announced, and the President authorized to appoint suitable persons to prepare the usual obituary notices.* Mr. Lyman read a paper on “The Great Mesozoic Fault in 17. Paris, May 27, 1809. Letter from Andre Michaux to Dr. Wistar, referring among other things to his work. (French.) 18. Paris, November 29, 1809. Same tosame. (French.) 19. Paris, September 7, 1810. Same to same, introducing Monsieur Borges. (French.) 20. Paris, December 5, 1811. Same tosame, introducing the Abbe de Correa de Serra. (French.) 21. Paris, January 28,1812. Sametosame. (French.) 22. Paris, June 26, 1814. Same tosame. (French.) 23. Paris, September 17, 1816. Same tosame. (French.) 24. Paris, December 18, 1817. Same tosame. (French.) 25. Nodute. Same tosame. (French.) 26. No date. Same to same, sending the first volume of Michaux’s book on the trees of the United States. 27. No date. Instructions from the American Philosophical Society to Mr. Andrew Michaux, for exploring the country along the Missouri and thence westwardly to the Pacific Ocean. 28. Francker (Holland), July 31, 1809. Letter from A. G. Camper about fossils collected by his father, the late Professor of Anatomy, Pitrus Camper. 29. Francker, November 10, 1809. From same to Dr. Wistar, about same, etc. 30. Francker, June 2, 1815. From same about same, etc. 31. Francker, June 20, 1816. From same to Dr. Wistar, about.an alligator skeleton, etc. 82. Paris, December 4, 1811. From D. B, Warden to Dr. Wistar, introducing Correa de Serra. 33. Boston, September 27, 1813. From I. Correa de Serra to Dr. Wistar. 34. Lexington, August 20, 1814. From same to same. 85. St. Petersburg, October, 1813. From Dr. Tilesius to Dr. Wistar, about skeletons, ete. (Latin.) 36. St. Petersburg, October, 1813. From same to same, about fossils, skeletons, ete. 87. St. Peter-burg, January 27, 1814. From same to same, accompanying a box of casts of skulls, bones, ete. (German.) 88 New York, May 1, 1815. Notice of Dr. Wistar’s election as an honorary member of the New York Literary and Philosophical Society. 39. Bethlehem, June 2, 1816. Letter from John Heckewelder to Dr. Wistar, about the publication of a book, ete, 40. Bethlehem, July |, 1816. From same to same, about said book, 41. Bethlehem, April 26, 1817. From same to same. 42. March 3, 1815. Report of the Committee on Dr, Wistar’s Memoir on the Othmoid tone. 43, January 19,——. Report of the Committee on Dr, Wistar’s Paper on Fossil Bones. 44. Philadelphia, July 22, 1880, Letter from the President of the American Philosophi- eal Society, asking for the loan of Dr, Wistar’s portrait in order to have it copied and hung in the Hall of the Society. * The President subsequently appointed Dr, Charles 8, Dolley for Dr, Maisch, oe 1893, | 247 New Jersey,” after the conclusion of which the author, in answer to a query by Mr. Williams as to whether he could suggest any other name for the Newark group, stated that Montgomery shales would be more suitable, because the beds occur more fully and have been studied more thoroughly in Montgomery county (Pennsylvania) than in any other like district ; but that the beds are probably of two various ages to be properly called by a single name. New nominations Nos, 1260, 1261, 1262, 1263, 1264 were read. Mr. Williams moved “that a Committee of five members be appointed to consider a plan for preparing a Codperative Index of all Transactions.” After discussion, the motion was deferred until the next meeting of the Society, notice of same to be placed on the card, and the Society was adjourned by the presiding member. Stated Meeting, October 6, 1893. President FRALEY in the Chair. Correspondence was submitted as follows: A letter from Hon. Charles P. Daly, New York, accepting membership. A letter from the Naturhistorische Verein der Preussischen Rheinlande, Westfalens und des Regierungs-Bezirks Osnabriick, Bonn, Prussia, inviting the Society to attend the celebration of its Fiftieth Anniversary, held May 23 and 24, 1893. A letter from the Niederrheinische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, Bonn, Prussia, inviting the Society to attend the celebration of its Seventy-fifth Anniversary, held July 2, 1898. Letters of envoy were received from the K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Vienna, Austria; Naturforschende Gesell- schaft, Bamberg, Bavaria; K. Geologische Landesanstalt. und 248 [Oet. 6, Bergakademie, K. P. Meteorologische Institut, Berlin, Prussia ; Verein fiir Schlesische Insektenkunde, Breslau, Prussia; K. Sichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig, Saxony ; Verein fiir Vaterliindische Naturkunde, Stuttgart, Wiirtem- berg ; Société des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, Bordeaux, France; Musée Guimet, Paris, France; Smithsonian Institu- tion, Washington, D. C.; Mr. William John Potts, Camden, N. J.; Academy of Natural Sciences, Davenport, Iowa; Di- reccién General de Estadistica de la Reptiblica Mexicana, Mex- ico. Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal Society of Victoria, Melbourne (139); Royal Society of N.S. Wales, Sydney, Australia (139); K. Vetenskaps Akademiens, Stockholm, Sweden (141); Royal Society of Sciences, Upsal, Sweden (140); K. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Prof. Japetus Steenstrup, Copenhagen, Denmark (139, 140); Royal Zoblogical Society, Amsterdam, Netherlands (139); K. Zool- isch-Botanische Genootschap, The Hague, Z. Holland (139, 140); Imperial Academy of Science, St. Petersburg, Russia (139); K. K. Naturhistorische Hofmuseum, Drs. Aristides Brezina, Friederich 8. Krauss, Matthzeus Much, Vienna, Aus- tria (140); Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Alten- berg, Saxe- Weimar (140); Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft (139, 140), Editor of Naturwissenschaftliche Wochenschrift (140), Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde (140), Berlin, Prussia ; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Dresden, Saxony (140); Physikalisch-Medicin- ische Societiit, Erlangen, Bavaria (189, 140); Oberhessische Gessellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, Giessen, Hesse (139, 140); Physikalisch-Gikonomische Gesellschaft, K6nigsberg, Prussia (189); Verein fiir Erdkunde, Metz, Lorraine (139, 140); Instituto di Studi Superiori, Firenze, Italia (140); R. Osservatorio dell’ Universiti, Torino, Italia (140); Académie des Sciences et Belles-lettres, Angers, France (189); Société Historique du Cher, Bourges, France (189); Société des Sciences Naturelles et Archéologiques de la Creuse, Guéret, France (189); Prof. Leén de Rosny, Paris, France (189); Mr. Samuel Timmins, Arley, Coventry, England (141); Bath 1893. ] 249 and West and Southern Counties Society, Bath, England (140, 141); Royal Meteorological Society (141), Victoria Institute (141), Linnean Society (141), Royal Astronomical Society (141, and Trans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1), Prof. William Crookes (141), Mr. C. Juhlin-Dannfelt (141), Dr. W. H. Flower (140), London, England; Literary and Philosophical Society, Geographical Society, Manchester, England (141); Royal Observatory, Edin- burgh, Scotland (141, and Trans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1); Massachu- setts Agricultural College, Amherst (141), Dr. Justin Winsor, Cambridge, Mass. (137-140); Prof. James Hall, Albany, N. Y. (141); American Geographical Society, Prof. Isaac H. Hall, New York (137-140); Prof. C. W. Shields, Princeton, N. J. (141); Wyoming Historical and Geological Society, Wilkesbarre, Pa. (141); State Library of Pennsylvania, Har- risburg, Pa. (Trans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1); Mercantile Library (141), Prof. E. D. Cope (141), Mr. E. T. D'Invilliers (187-140), Mr. G. de B. Keim (141), Prof. Albert H. Smyth (141), Prof. George Stuart (185, 141), Philadelphia; Prof. James EH. Rhoads, Bryn Mawr (137-141); Agricultural Experiment Station, Newark, Del. (139, 140); U.S. Naval Institute, An- napolis, Md. (141); Maryland Institute, Enoch Pratt Free Li- brary, Baltimore, Md. (141); Mr. T. L. Patterson, Cumber- land, Md. (141); Smithsonian Institution (544 packages), Bureau of Ethnology, Surgeon-General's Office, U.S. Weather Bureau (Trans., xvii, 8, xviii, 1), Anthropological Society, U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey, U. S. Geological Survey, Col. Garrick Mallery, Rt. Rev. John J. Keane, Profs. 8, F. Emmons, Charles A. Schott, Drs. J. S. Billings, Albert S. Gatschet, W. J. Hoffmann, Mr. W. B. Taylor, Washington, D.C. (141); University of Virginia, Leander McCormick Ob- servatory, Charlottsville, Va. (141); U.S. Artillery, Fort ' Monroe, Va. (141); Prof. J. W. Mallet, University of Vir- ginia, Va. (141); N. C. Experiment Station, Raleigh (141); Canebrake Experiment Station, Uniontown, Ala. (141); Uni- versity of Alabama, University P. O. (141); State Experi- ment Station, Baton Rouge, La. (141).; Academy of Sciences, Austin, Texas (141); Society of Natural History, Prof. T. H. PROC, AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxI. 142.2 F. PRINTED NOV. 15, 1893. 250 [Oct 6, Norton, Cincinnati, Ohio (141); Oberlin College, Oberlin, O. (141); Agricultural Experiment Station, Knoxville, Tenn. (141); Purdue Experiment Station, LaFayette, Ind. (141); State Agricultural College, Michigan (141); Academy of - Natural Sciences, Davenport, Ia. (141); Washburn College, Topeka, Kans. (141); State Historical Society, Madison, Wis. (141); Colorado Scientific Society, Denver (141); State Agricultural College, Fort Collins, Colo. (187, 139, 140, 141); Academy of Science, Tacoma, Wash. (141); Experi- ment Station, Lincoln, Neb. (141); University of California, Prof. Joseph LeConte, Berkeley, Cal. (141); Prof. J. C. Bran- ner, Palo Alto, Cal. (141); Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, Riverside, Cal. (141); Prof. George Davidson, San Francisco, Cal. (141); Obseratorio Astronomico de Tacubaya, Mexico (141); Bishop Crescencio Carrillo, Merida, Yucatan, Mex. (141). Accessions to the Library were reported from the K. K. Militiir-Geographische Institut, Vienna, Austria; Naturfor- schende Gesellschaft, Bamberg, Bavaria; K. P. Meteorolog- ische Institut, Berlin, Prussia; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Cassel, Prussia ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Emden, Prussia ; Ober- hessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, Giessen, Hesse; Geographische Gesellschaft, Hanover, Prussia; Physi- kalisch-ikonomische Gesellschaft, Kénigsberg, Prussia; Ver- ein fiir Kunst und Alterthum, Ulm, Wiirtemberg; Société des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, Bordeaux, France; Académie N. des Sciences, etc., Caen, France; Société de I’ His- toire de France, Prof. Paul Topinard, Paris, France; Société d’Agriculture, Lyons, France ; Instituto y Osservatorio de Ma. rina, San Fernando, Spain; Société de Geographie, Lisbon, Portugal; Rousdon Observatory, Devon, England; Depart- ment of Public Works and Mining, Halifax, N. S.; Natural History Society, Montreal, Canada; Royal Society of Canada, Ottawa; Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston, Mass,; Scientific Alliance, Prof. J. A. Allen, New York, N. Y.; Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr, Philadelphia; Smithsonian Institution, Anthropological Society, Dr. Elliott Coues, Washington, D, C,; Georgia Historical Society, Savannah; Public Library, St, 1893] 251 Louis, Mo.; Michigan Mining School, Lansing; University of Wisconsin, Madison; Mr. Alton H. Thompson, Topeka, Kans.; Nebraska State Historical Society, Lincoln; Colorado Scien- tific Society, Denver; Agricultural Experiment Stations, Kingston, R. I., Madison, Wis. A photograph for the Society’s album was received from Mr. Robert P. Field, Philadelphia. A circular from the Friesch Genootschap voor Geschied., Ondheid en Taalkunde, Leeuwarden, Friesland, announcing the death of three of its members. The Secretaries reported that the paper by Prof. Gentry was undesirable for publication, and it was ordered to be re- turned to its writer. Dr. Ruschenberger read an obituary notice of the late Wil- liam Barton Rogers. Prof. W. B. Scott, of Princeton, N.J., presented a paper for the Transactions entitled, ‘On the Mammalian Fauna from the Deep River Beds of Montana,” of which he gave an oral synopsis. On motion, the President was authorized to appoint a Com- mittee of three members to examine and report on same.* Dr. Brinton read a paper on “The Central American Native Calendar.” In answer to a query by Dr. Morris, Dr. Brinton made some ; remarks on the meaning of the Mexican Calendar. Pending nominations Nos. 1260, 1261, 1262, 1263 and 1264 were read. At the call of deferred business, the motion of Mr. Williams, offered at the last meeting, was taken up and considered. The motion was as follows: “* Resolved, That a Committee of five members be appointed to consider a plan for preparing a Coéperative Index of all Transactions,”’ The subject was discussed by Messrs. Smyth, Brinton, Cope,. Prime, Phillips, Morris and others, and was area iy Mr. Williams. * Dr. Cope, Dr. Ryder and Mr. Lyman were subsequently appointed as such Com- mittee. 252 [Oct. 20, Dr. Horn moved to amend the resolution so that it should read:as follows: ‘ Resolved, That a Committee of five mem- bers be appointed to consider the expediency of preparing a plan of a Codperative Index of all Transactions and if expe- dient to report such a plan to the Society.” Mr. Williams accepted the amendment. The question was put on the motion as amended and the resolution was carried by a vote of seven ayes to six nays. And the Society was adjourned by the President. _ Stated Meeting, October 20, 1893. President, Mr. FRAuEy, in the Chair. Dr. James E. Rhoads, of Bryn Mawr, was presented to the Chair and took his seat. Accessions to the Library were reported from the Govern- ment Geologist, Adelaide, Australia; R. Societatis Scienti- arum, Upsal, Sweden; Naturwissenschaften Verein des Reg.- Bez. Frankfurt a. O., Prussia; Direzione Generale della Statis- tica, Rome, Italy; R. Accademia de Scienze, R. Osservatorio Astronomico, Turin, Italy; Union Géographique du Nord de la France, Douai; Société de Géographie, Paris, France; Geo- logical Survey of Canada, Ottawa; Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba, Winnipeg; Vassar Brothers’ Institute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.; Ferry Co., Hoboken, N. J.; Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia; Board of Public Charities, etc., Harrisburg, Pa.; Surgeon-General’s Office, Bureau of Ameri- can Republics, Dr. Albert S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C.; Public Library, Cincinnati, O.; Iowa Geological Survey, Des Moines ; Department de Fomento, Caracas, Venezuela, Letters of envoy were received from the Société Royale des " 4893,] 253 Sciences, Upsal, Sweden; Académie R. des Sciences, etc., Bruxelles, Belgium; Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa; Bureau of American Republics, Washington, D. C. Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal Geographical Society (Queensland Branch), Brisbane (139); Société Royale des Sciences, Upsal, Sweden (125-139); K. Zoologisch Genootschap, Amsterdam, Netherlands (141); Fondation de P. Teyler van der Hulst, Colonial Museum, Haarlem, Holland (141); Museum van Oudheiden, Leiden, Holland (141); Royal Library, K. Zoologisch-Botanisch Ge- nootschap, ’S-Gravenhage, The Hague (141); Académe R. des Sciences, etc., Bruxelles, Belgium (139); K. K. Central-An- stalt fiir Meteorologie, etc., Vienna, Austria (141); Naturhis- torische Verein, Bonn, Prussia (139); Naturwissenschaftliche Verein des Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt a. O., Prussia (137, 139, 140); Direktion der Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg, Germany (140); K. Sternwarte, Munich, Bavaria (141); Marquis Antonio de Gregorio, Palermo, Italy (139, 140); Philosophical Society, Cambridge, England (141, and Trans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1); Royal Geographical Society, Zodlogical Society, Dr. W. H. Flower, Mr. P. L. Sclater, London, England (141); Prof. W. Boyd Dawkins, Manchester, England (189, 140, 141); Natural His- tory Society, New-Castle-on-Tyne, England (141); Royal So- ciety, Dublin, Ireland (141); Prof. W. D. Whitney, New Haven, Conn. (141); Prof. L. B. Hall, Haverford, Pa. (141); Dr. John H. Brinton, Philadelphia (141); Smithsonian Insti- tution, Washington, D. C. (141); University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (141); Prof. E. W. Claypole, Akron, O. (141); Cincinnati Observatory (141); Prof. H.S. Osborn, Oxford, O. (141); Prof. J. L. Campbell, Crawfordsville, Ind. (141); Mr. Everard F. im Thurn, Georgetown, British Guiana, South America (140); Bureau de Statistique, La Plata, Buénos Ayres, South America (96, 107-128, 135-138). The Committee on Prof. W. B. Scott’s Paper reported the same to be worthy of publication in the Transactions of the Society. On motion, the Committee was discharged. Ruschenberger.] 254 [Oct. 6, Pending nominations Nos. 1260, 1261, 1262, 1263 and 1264 were read, spoken to and balloted for. Mr. Prime made some remarks on the classification of ore deposits and proposed a new system. Dr. Cope made an oral communication on the forms of fossil sharks, family Cladodontide. The President reported the appointment of Mr. William P. Tatham on the Committee of Finance in place of W. B. Rogers, deceased. The business of the meeting being over, the Tellers exam- ined the ballots cast and reported to the President the state of the poll. A The President thereupon declared that the following had been duly elected to membership in the Society : 2222. Dr. Samuel A. Green, Boston, Mass, 2223. Dr. John G. Morris, Baltimore, Md. 2224. Prof. J. M. Hoppin, New Haven, Conn. 2225. Chevalier Rousseau d’Hoppancourt, Vienna, Austria. 2226. Dr. Isaac Roberts, London, England. And the Society was adjourned by the President. A Notice of William Barton Rogers. By W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Oct. 6, 1893.) According to its long-existing practice on the death of a mem- ber, the Society, at the proper time, resolved that a notice of the late William B, Rogers should be recorded in its Proceedings, and that the Presidégt should appoint a member to prepare it. He has been pleased to kindly assign the duty tome. And now, with diffi- dence, I submit the following brief sketch. Mr. Rogers was a son of Dr. James Blythe Rogers, who succeeded 1898.] 255 [Ruschenberger. the distinguished chemist, Dr. Robert Hare, in the Professorship of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. His three uncles, as well as their father, Dr. P. K. Rogers, were widely known in the field of science. Dr. P. K. Rogers was appointed, in 1819, Professor of Natural Philosophy and Mathematics in the ancient college of Wil- liam and Mary, at Williamsburg, Va. William B. Rogers, the uncle after whom our subject was named, was Professor of Natural Philosophy and Geology in the University of Virginia, and, from July, 1835, the Director of the Geological Survey of the State. Henry Darwin Rogers was Director of the First Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, and, from 1858, Regius Professor of Natural His- tory in the University of Glasgow; and Dr. Robert E. Rogers was Professor of Chemistry during many years in the University of Pennsylvania, and subsequently in the Jefferson Medical College. William B. Rogers, Jr., was born Dec. 17, 1833,.in Baltimore, - where his parents then resided. In 1840, they settled in Philadel- phia. William was first at a Friends’ School, taught by Miss Mary Tyson. On leaving it, he was, from 1843 to 1846, at the Public Grammar School, N.E. corner of Twelfth and Locust streets, of which Mr. Clevenger was Principal. In 1846, he entered the Central High School of Philadelphia, then under the direction of Mr. John S. Hart, and graduated Bachelor of Arts in 1850. ‘The same year he matriculated at the University of Virginia, but being called home in the spring of 1852 by the illness of his father, who died June 15, he did not resume his course in the University. . In the winter of 1852-53, he was appointed an assistant on the First Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, and for three years did field or, office duty, as occasion required, and in the fourth year, desultory work. This Geological Survey was ended by the failure of the Legislature of the State to appropriate money to continue it, and all who had assisted in the work were released from their con- nection with it. ~ Mr. Rogers was without regular occupation during many months. To him profitable and continued employment of some kind was very desirable. He was always an earnest student, and his acquire- ments were notable at that time. It seemed probable that the ex- ample of the lives of his father and uncles, as well as his own pref- erence, would induce him to select for himself only some one of Ruschenberger.] 256 [Oct. 6, the vocations associated with science. Possibly, however, observa- tion may have satisfied him that toiling on any purely scientific path does not always lead to sufficient compensation, reckoned either in fortune or in fame. Whatever reason may have deter- mined his course, he abandoned science as a career, but adhered to it as a proper diversion and amusement for leisure hours. * In December, 1859, The Western Saving Fund Society of Phila- delphia appointed him a clerk in the institution. There his habit- ual exactness, devotion to duty, pleasant demeanor, and manifest integrity in every sense won for him unreserved confidence and esteem, and secured his advancement step by step in the institution. In July, 1862, he was promoted to be Secretary and assistant of the President. He married, Nov. 12, 1862, a daughter of Mr. William Wynne Wister, of Germantown, and in December of that year was ap- pointed Treasurer of the Saving Fund. He was chosen Vice-Pres- ident of it in February, 1878, and elected one of the Board of Managers of the Society in October, 1882. To obtain temporary relaxation from official duty after almost continuous attention to it during thirty-one years, and also for the benefit of his health, which was in some degree impaired, he went to Europe in June, 1890; and, having visited the British Islands, Bel- gium, France, Germany and Switzerland, returned and resumed his official work, after an absence of about three months. His educational training and impressions, received while in view of near relatives engaged in scientific work, possibly imparted the taste which led him to seek temporary diversion from cares inci- dent to his vocational occupation in certain societies, devoted to the increase and diffusion of knowledge, as well as to the promo- tion of general interest in intellectual pursuits. He was interested in several such associations. Mr. Rogers became a member of the Union League, May 13, 1863, and resigned from it Nov. 13, 1866. He was a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia from September, 1870, and was elected one of the Board of Trustees of the Building Fund of the Academy, and Secretary of the Board in January, 1893. * The writer of this notice learned since “reading” it, that Mr, Rogers, about three months before bis death, told a friend that the reason why he abandoned science for finance was his inability to obtain any scientific appointment, ee eae eee 1893. ] 257 [Ruschenberger. He was a member of the Board of Directors of the Mercantile Library Company of Philadelphia from 1878 till 1887, when he resigned. He was chosen a member of the American Philosophical Society April 16, 1880, and served on its Finance Committee from Janu- ary, 1885. He was elected a member of the Historical Society of Pennsyl- vania, December 19, 1887; and was also a member of the Geo- graphical and of the Photographical Societies. The titles of the institutions in which Mr. Rogers was interested may suggest the various subjects that, at different times, occupied his attention. Intellectually liberal, generous in disposition, and naturally endowed with a well-balanced mind—good sense—his diversified and reliable knowledge greatly enhanced his qualifica- tions to be an efficient officer and manager in a financial institution. His general health had become impaired in the past year. After a few hours’ illness at his home in Germantown, he died on the evening of March 15, 1893, in the sixtieth year of his age, leaving a widow, ason, and a daughter, bereaved of a considerate, loving husband and affectionate father. The Western Saving Fund Society of Philadelphia, at a special meeting, March 20, recorded on its minutes an expression of its sense of loss in the death of its Vice-President, who with entire ap- probation had served the Society during thirty-three years. His extensive knowledge of finance enabled him to judiciously select securities suitable for the investment of funds entrusted to the care of the Society. He had the confidence and respect of depos- itors ; and with those who desired to transact other business with the institution, his relations were always friendly and confidential. The value of an officer so highly qualified cannot be easily esti- mated nor definitely expressed. William B. Rogers will long be kindly and respectfully remembered by his daily associates and numerous friends. Philadelphia, in his death, lost a modest, intelligent, unpreten- tious citizen, whose conduct was exemplary in every respect—a man who never forgot to do his duty. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxI. 142, 2G. PRINTED NOV. 15, 1893. Brinton.] 258 [Oct. 6, The Native Calendar of Central America and Mexico. A Study in Linguistics and Symbolism. By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Oct. 6, 1893.) Purpose and Method of the Inquiry. Geographic Extension of the Calendar System. Mathematical Basis of the Calendar. The 20 and 13-day Periods. The 5-day Periods and ‘‘ Year-bearers.”’ The 7-day Periods. The Vague Solar Year. Methods of Divination by the Calendar. Calendar Festivals of the Modern Quichés. Where was the Calendar Invented, and by what aie The Linguistic Analysis. Analysis of the Day-Names in the Maya, Tzental, Quiché, and Cakchiquel Dialects, and in the Zapotec and Nahuatl Languages. . Analysis of the Month-Names in the Maya, Tzental, Quiché, and Cakchiquel Dialects, and in the Chapanec Language. The Symbolism of the Day-Names. General Symbolic Significance of the Calendar. I ke me a BE FP SOPS PAS CP Or wp CP LP UR UP MP LR MP UP we UP MP _ oo _ a § 1. Purpose AND METHop oF THIS INQUIRY. Of all the intellectual monuments which remain to us of the native race of the Western Continent, the most remarkable without doubt is the Calendar system which was in use among the more civilized tribes of Mexico and Central America. Years ago, Alexander von Humboldt assigned to it the first rank among the proofs that they had reached a certain degree of true civil- ization; indeed, so deeply did its intricacies impress him, that he could not believe that it was wholly developed by tribes so uncultured in some other respects, and sought for its chief prin- ciples an origin among the old civilizations of Asia,* A profounder study of the subject, rendered possible by more abundant documents, especially of a linguistic character, has shown that the hypothesis of the great naturalist is unnecessary, *See his Vues des Cordilléres et Monumens des Peuples Indigtnes del Amérique, Tome i, p. 882, ete. a ee ee ee i ds eet be ie es iat” ie a re ra eS — ‘ . . . 1893.] 259 (Brinton. and indeed .contrary to the evidence. The peculiarities which mark this Calendar belong to itself alone, and differ completely from those on which the time-counts and astronomical measure- ments of the ancient nations of the Old World were based. Itis strangely and absolutely independent and American in its ori- gin and development. The especial object which I have in view in this essay is to collect the month and day-names of all the nations of the Maya stock within my reach, and subject them to an etymolog- ical analysis and comparison with their correspondents in the Zapotec and Nahuatl tongues, and to endeavor to reach the sym- bolic significance of the Valenday as a mythical record and method of divination. I confine myself to the linguistic analysis, and avoid that based on the hieroglyphic writing, of which so much use has been made by Prof. Cyrus Thomas, Dr. Schellhas, Dr. Seler and others, because I believe it must be brought into requisition with great caution and under strict limitations. The leading princi- ple of this writing is, in my opinion, essentially phonetic, and not representative ; but phonetic according to what I have called the “ ikonomatic ” method, which means that the glyph or figure is a picture, not of the object, but of the name of the object, as in what is called a “ rebus.” * The consequence of this is, that it becomes quite misleading to seek the real meaning or derivation of a day-name or other word from the figure which represents it in the hieroglyphic writing. The latter stands usually for a word of an entirely dif- ferent meaning, the only connection being a more or less simi- larity in sound. - This will readily be understood by a few examples of this method of writing in our own tongue. In it, for instance, the pronoun “I” would be represented by the picture of an eye; a (writing) pen by the picture of a (hog) pen; “matron” by a mat, and a person running ; and so on. It is evident that any attempt to derive from such figures the literal names of the day or month would lead the inquirer wholly astray. Yet in spite of the fact that we have any number of examples proving that this method was constantly in use by the *See my Essays of an Americanist, pp. 213-229 (Philadelphia, 1890), for a spss explanation of the ikonomatic method. 4 dubia 260 [Oct. 6, Nahuas and Mayas, the authors above referred to and others have repeatedly overlooked it, and have often been led into ob- viously erroneous interpretations. § 2. GrograpHic EXTENSION OF THE CALENDAR SYSTEM. We know to a certainty that essentially the same Calendar system was in use among the Nahuas of the Valley of Mexico and other tribes of the same linguistic family resident in Tlas- callan and Meztitlan, in Soconusco, Guatemala and Nicaragua ; that it prevailed among the Mixtecs and Zapotecs; and that of the numerous Mayan tribes, it was familiar to the Mayas proper of Yucatan, the Tzentals and Zotzils of Chiapas, the Quichés and Cakchiquels of Guatemala, and to their ancestors, the build- ers of the ruined cities of Copan and Palenque. There is no direct evidence that it had extended to the Huas- tecas, of Maya lineage, on the Rio Panuco; but it was in vogue among the Totonacos, their neighbors to the south, on the Gulf of Mexico. The Pirindas, Matlazincas and Tarascos of Mich- oacan had also accepted it, though perhaps not in a complete form.* The Chapanecs (Chiapanecs) or Mangues, part of whom lived in Nicaragua and part in Chiapas, had also adopted it. The tribes above named belong to seven entirely different lin- guistic stocks, but were not geographically distant. Outside of the area which they occupied, no traces of this Calendar system, with its many and salient peculiarities, have been found, either in the New or the Old World. The date of this wide dispersion we cannot assign, but we can positively say that it was many centuries before the conquest of the country by the Spaniards. We know that in the Mayan ter- ritory the builders of the ancient cities of Palenque in Tabasco, and Copan in Honduras, both of which had been deserted and ruined long before the arrival of Cortes, were familiar with a well-developed form of this Calendar, and with the graphic methods for carrying out its computations. We further know that the migrations of the Nahuas from Central Mexico, to form the colonies of the Pipiles in Guatemala, and of the Nicaraos in Nicaragua, took place after that stock had elaborated their special * On this point, consult the Anales del Museo Michoacano, Tomo | (1888), p. 85, for a crit. ical exposition of the question, by the Rey. Paso y Troncoso. Also, Orozco y Berra, His- torta Antigua de Mexico, Tomo il, p. 144 et seq. Pa Oi. eee 1893. | 261 [Brinton. form of the Calendar, because these emigrants carried it with them, and preserved it until the advent of the Europeans. Such facts incline us to accept the statement of the Quiché astrono- mers to the effect that they had been regularly keeping their national annals by this time measurement for at least eight hun- dred years before the advent of the Spaniards in 1524. * The Mayan dialects of which I can avail myself are the Maya proper of Yucatan; the Tzental of Chiapas; and the Quiché and Cakchiquel of Guatemala. The last two differ very slightly from each other, and may be considered as one language. The Tzentals and Zotzils were closely allied branches of the stock, who inhabited a considerable portion of Chiapas and Tabasco when this region was first explored by the Spaniards. Early writers often call the Tzentals, “Tzendals” and “ Zeldals,” through a corruption of their proper name, which is Tzental, there being no d in their alphabet. The Zotzils called themselves Keren, “ young men,” which the Spaniards changed into Que- lenes. Garcia de Palacio, writing in 1576, includes both under the compound name, Zeldal-Quelen, as one language.t They have from time to time been spoken of erroneously as Chiapanecs. These, whose right name is Chapanecs, are linguistically in no way related to the Mayan stock. . The Tzental dialect is not distant from the pure Maya. In his scheme of the divarication of the stock, Dr. Stoll places it, indeed, as the branch nearest allied to the tongue spoken in Yucatan.[ I am inclined, however, from my own studies of these dialects, to accept as correct the uniform traditions of the Cakchiquels, Quichés and Tzutuhils of Guatemala, who traced their ancestry to the same parentage as that of the Tzentals and Zotzils ; thus bringing the dialects of Chiapas into closer rela- tionship to those of Guatemala than to those of the Peninsula of Yucatan. § * “Demas de ochocientos afios,” Herrera, Historia de las Indias Occidentales, Dec. iii, Lib. iv, cap. 18. ¢ Carta al Rey, p. 20 (Ed. Squier), t Dr. Otto Stoll, Ethnographie der Republik Guatemala, s. 84 (Zurich, 1884), The form “Tzotzil”? adopted by this writer is not so correct as “‘ Zotzil.” : 21 do notinclude the Chol among the proper dialects of the Tzental territory. It is of modern introduction, from the upper valley of the Usumacinta river. Brinton.] 262 [Oet. 6, § 3. MarHEMATICAL BAsIs OF THE CALENDAR. The general outlines of this Calendar system are so well known —or rather, I should say, are discussed in so many accessible books—that I need not more than refer to them here. The basis is a so-called “month” of 20 days. Each day is designated by a name of some object, animate or inanimate ; and besides its name, each day is numbered, but not from 1 to 20, but only from | to 13, when the numbering begins again at the unit. : The result of this combination evidently is, that a day bear- ing both the same name and the same number will not recur until 13 of the “ months” have elapsed. This gives a period or cycle of 260 days, and this anomalous period is at the founda- tion of the native Calendar. Why was it chosen? Does it correspond to any series of re- curring events in nature? Isit astronomical? Or was it purely mythical and terrestrial ? The answers to these inquiries are not entirely satisfactory. It is generally admitted that the number 20 was chosen because the arithmetical system of these nations was vigesimal, and grouping the days by twenties was a natural method with them ; and it has usually been stated that the number 13 represents one-half the number of days during which the moon is visible between its heliacal conjunctions, and that it owed its selection to this observation.* An obvious difficulty in this theory is, that according to it the Calendar ought not to take note of the days when the moon is in conjunction, as otherwise after the very first month it will no longer correspond with the sequence of natural events from which it is assumed to be derived ; but as these days are counted, it would appear, although the lunar relations of the calendar in later days cannot be denied, that it had some other origin. The month may have been counted from new moon to new moon; but the 26 days in which the moon was actually visible alone have been included in a ritual or ceremonial lunar count, 18 of these being assigned to the waxing, 18 to the waning moon, * See Orozco y Berra, Historia Antigua de Mexico, Tome ii, p. 12, Another theory which he suggests is that the 18 may have had reference to the 13 lunar months which approxi- mately make up a solar year, ee Ee ee en ne ee ee ee. |! nee ee ee ee 1893.] . 263 [Brinton. Dr. Forstemann is of opinion that the 13-day period arose from an effort to divide the vague solar year, counted as 364 days, into equal parts, thus making 13 X 28 = 364. * Another theory, especially urged by the able Mexican anti- quary, Paso y Troncoso, is that the period of 260 days and the number 13 owe their selection to astronomical observations of the planet Venus. He points out that 5 synodical revolutions of Venus equal 8 solar years; and that after 13 periods of 8 years, forming a cycle of 104 years, on the initial day of the next cycle the relative positions of Venus and the sun would be the same as at the commencement of the first cycle.t An entirely different explanation of the selection of the num- ber 13 is that which traces it to certain widespread terrestrial and mythical connections. Whether these mythical relations were adopted from the Cal- -endar or whether they gave rise to it, they certainly were pres- ent in marked prominence among these nations. According to Aztec mythology the heavens were 13 in number, and 13 divini- ties ruled over the under world. The Quichés and Cakchiquels believed that 13 was the number of the first ancestors of the human race, so they divided their tribes into 13 divisions or gentes.. And other instances could be quoted of the sacredness of this number. Whence did it derive this mythical character? A possible explanation has been suggested to me by Mr. Frank H. Cushing, based on his observations among the Zunis. In the ceremonies of this nation the complete terrestrial sphere is symbolized by pointing or blowing the smoke to the four cardinal points, to the zenith and the nadir, the indi- vidual himself making the seventh number. When the celestial is also to be symbolized only the six directions are added to this seven, because the individual remains the same. So that the number typifying the whole universe, terrestrial and celes- tial, becomes 13. When, on the other hand, in their ceremonies the rite requires the officiant to typify the supra- and the infra-terrestrial spheres, * “Die Zahl 364 scheint den Anlass gegeben zu haben das Jahr in Perioden yon je 13 Tagen zu teilen. Denn die Natur scheint die Zahl 13 nicht geliefert zu haben.” Globus, Bd. 63, No. 2. 1892. + See his lengthy and careful study in the Anales del Museo Nacional de Mexico, Tomo ii, pp. 3850, seg. Brinton.] 264 ; [Oct. 6, that is, the upper and the under worlds, the same number, 13, results, as it is held that in each the sun stands for the individ- ual, being in turn the day-sun and the night-sun, the light and the dark sun, but ever the same, and therefore counts but once. The number 13 possesses certain properties and relations which appear to have recommended it widely for divinatory purposes and games. The Mexican “cycle” was composed of 52 years arranged in 4 series of 13 each; precisely analogous to a pack of our playing-cards. These cards can be traced back to primitive games played for purposes of divination; and no doubt the numbers were selected and combined in both instances from the same motives. The Nahuas certainly regarded the ritual year of 260 days as equivalent to 9 lunations, as they divided it in some of the most important of their Calendars—the celebrated “ Tonalamatl,” for instance—into 9 equal divisions, ruled over by the so-called 9 “Lords of the Night;” thus 29 X 9 = 261; though what they did with the supernumerary day is not clear.* An ingenious theory of the mathematical development of this Calendar has been offered by Mrs. Zelia Nuttall. It assumes that at the close of each period of 20 xX 13 = 260 days, 5 inter- calary days were inserted before the next 260-day period was technically commenced, This naturally brought its commence- ment on the next subsequent Dominical day, and also caused the whole period, 265 days, to equal, very nearly, nine lunations. If it can be shown that this intercalation actually took place, Mrs. Nuttall’s suggestion will have cleared up one of the most obscure problems in American archeology. It seems inherently probable that there was some such very accurate hieratic plan of keeping the time count, as we are as- sured by many writers that certain native festivals,,etc., were observed precisely on days of the year fixed by the European Calendar.t *On the Tonalamatl see Dr. Seler's very thorough article in the Compte-Rendu of the Congress of Americanists for 1888, p. 527, seq. + Dr. Stoll has shown that the Cakchiquels must have subtracted 8 days from the 260 in order to keep their reckoning as we know they did, (/thnologie der Indianerstdimme vor Guatemala, p. 6%, Leiden, 1889.) His comparison of the methods of reckoning time among the Nahuas, Mayas and the nations of Guatemala is highly suggestive. en ee ee ey ee ee ae eee Pe re ee ee ee ee ee ee 1893.] 265 (Brinton. § 4. Tae 5-pay PERiops AND “ YEAR-BEARERS.” The sequence of the days is found to be the same in all the Calendars which have been preserved, from whatever stock they have been derived. In all, also, the “ month” of 20 days was divided into a series of 4 shorter periods of 5 days each. But here the similarity ends, for these 5-day periods did not uni- formly begin on the day which we know was the first of the 20, nor was there any agreement between the various Calendars as to when they should begin. As the counts of the years and cycles were named after and adjusted by these “ Dominical days,” or, as the Mayas called them, “ Year-bearers,” this led to a certain confusion. The differences will be seen in the following table, in which the numbers are those of the 20-day period on which the shorter periods of 5 days began in the several Calendars. MAYA, TZENTAL, QUICHE-CAKCHIQUEL. ZAPOTEC. NAHUATL 4 3 : 2 1 3 9 8 : 7 6 8 14 13 12 11 13 19 18 17 16 18 It will be seen that the only two which agree are the Tzental and the Nahuatl; and the only one which began the 5-day and the 20-day periods on the same day was the Zapotec. Nevertheless, the fact that the Calendar did begin on the first day of the 20-day period was distinctly recognized by these peoples. It is mentioned concerning the Mayas by Bishop Landa,* and by various writers of the Mexicans. Why and when the change was made remains extremely obscure and has received a variety of explanations at the hands of students. Orozco y Berra questioned the accuracy of Landa’s statement, that the day Imix began the count in Maya, and suggested that what his informant meant was, that the day and number of Imizx were duplicated every four years as a bisasxtile day, and in that sense began the reckoning.t Dr. Seler explains the Nahuatl and Maya Dominical days _ thus: “ The day Acatl, like Kan, belongs to the four chief signs with which the sequence of the years is indicated, and both refer * Landa, Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan, p. 246. + Historia Antigua de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. 128, PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142, 2H. PRINTED NOV. 18, 1893. Brinton.) 266 [Oct. 6, especially to those years which are assigned to the East, the place of beginning.”* This does not explain why these days rather than others were chosen as the “ Year-bearers,” or as the Dominical days. Nor is it accurate to say that the Calendars, when arranged, as was the custom, with reference to the cardinal points, began at the east. Motilinia tells us those of the Na- huas,at least those which he had seen, began with Tochtli, which was placed to the south; + and Ordonez y Aguiar, in the scheme of the Tzental Calendar, which he copied from a native original, begins with Lambat, which he also places to the south; { both of these being the eighth day of these calendars. According to Dr. Férstemann, who has prosecuted such valu- able researches into the Maya Codices, the Maya years began with Imiz until towards the close of the fifteenth or the beginning of the sixteénth century, when the lack of an intercalary day led to a disorder in the reckoning. They then intercalated 17 days, and recommenced the regular account with Kan. He is of opin- ion that the Codex Troano shows the older form of reckoning, the Codex Dresdensis the newer.§ In some correspondence I have had with Prof. Cyrus Thomas, who has given long and fruitful attention to the study of the Maya Codices, he states his entire agreement with Dr. Férste- mann that the Dresden Codex “follows the usual method of counting by the four-year series as the Kan, Muluc, Ix and Cauac years.” As to the statement of Bishop Landa, Dr. Thomas writes me: “ As we find several of the time series in the Codices commencing with this day (Imi), it is probable that the Indians in explaining to Landa hit on one of these, thus causing him to believe this to be a rule in counting years.” M. de Charencey believes that the Aztecs chose the third day of the series, the Mayas the fourth day, etc., with which to begin the count, because these numbers were specially sacred in these various nations from mythical associations or historic inci- dents. || * Zcitechrift fiir Ethnologie, 1888, p. 42. + Historia de las Indias de la Nueva Espaiia, Trat. 1. t Historia del Cielo y de la Tierra, MS. This singular work is now in a private library in the United States, 2 See his article, ‘Zur Maya Chronologie,” in the Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, 1891, pp, 141, #99. | Charencey, Des Nombres Symboliques chex'les Tolteques Occidentaux, p, 19 (1898). tan Oo ee ee ee 1893.] 267 : [Brinton. None of the above solutions can be deemed satisfactory. The fact remains, that among all these peoples the first day of the 20-day series was well known and recognized as such; and yet, except among the Zapotecs, it was not used as a Dominical day or a year-bearer. The Nahuas were well aware of this curious discrepancy, and had their own explanation of it, which, of course, is either purely mythical, or so esoteric that its interpre- tation escapes us. They said that the 5-day periods and the years did originally begin with day 1 and number 1 (ce Cipacitli), and that this continued from the time of the invention of the Calendar down to the close of the fourth age of the world, a period of 2028 years; but as the fifth or present age began on the 8th day of the series and number 1 (ce Tochtli), this was then chosen in place of the former.* This 8th day was there- fore placed on the south of the “ wheel,” and as the count was from right to left, it necessarily brought the 13th day, Acatl, to the east, and therefore the true series of Dominical days in the Aztec Calendar would run thus: 8:13:18: 3. Making this correction in this and the other Calendars, we ob- tain the following as the true sequence of the year-bearers in them, the numbers showing the position of the days in the 20- day series. MAYA. TZENTAL. QUICHE-CaAK, ZAPOTEC. NAHUATL, 4, Kan. 8. Lambat. 17. Noh. 1. Chilla. 8. Tochtli. 9. Muluc. 18. Ben. _ 2. Ig. 6. Lana. 13. Acatl. 14. Ix. 18. Chinax. 7. Queh. 11. Goloo. 18. Tecpatl. | 19. Cauac. 3. Votan. 12, E. 16. Guilloo. 3. Calli. Here again the Tzental is in accord with the Nahuatl, which diminishes the probability of it being a mere coincidence. § 5. Tue 7-pay Perron. The Tzentals appear to have developed the number 7 as an arithmetical element in their astronomical system. They had in their Calendars 7 days painted with black figures, the first be- * See the discussion of the Nahuatl myths on the subject, by Paso y Troncoso, in the Anales del Museo Nacional de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. 354 e¢ seq.. and Orozeo y Berra, Historia Antigua de Mexico, Tom. i, p.17. According to [xtlilxochitl, the Tezeucans did not begin with Zochtli, but with Tecpatl, the latter being the date of the destruction of Tollan. This would give still another series: 18: 3: 8: 13. Brinton.] 268 [Oct. 6, ginning with a Friday.* It is not possible from the jejune ac- count we have of this feature to say whether it was based on the European week; or was the result of the subtraction of the 13 days of the native week from the 20 days of the month. I am inclined to the latter view; for the Tzentals were not the only nation employing this Calendar who had a 7-day period, although Orozco y Berra, in discussing the subject, asserts that they were.t We have, however, the testimony of Father Thomas Coto to the fact that the Cakchiquels of Guatemala had a period of similar length in their time count, though unfor- tunately he took so little interest in the subject that he mentions nothing beyond the bare fact.{[ And Father Varea, writing of the same nation, says that they observed a period of 7 days annually in Lent, during which they believed all animals, etc., retired into seclusion. To this period they gave the name K’api k’ih, closed days or days apart, the same term which they ap- plied to the intercalary days. § The close relation of the 7 period to the 13 period is shown in the traditional history of the Cakchiquels. From the earliest times they were divided into 13 divisions, K’hobd, and 7 tribes, Amag’. These were undoubtedly drawn from the numbers of the Calendar. || The attention of the native arithmeticians was naturally at- - tracted to the number 7, as in order to know the number of the day in the 13-day list on which a given month would commence, they were obliged to add 7 to the number of the first day of the preceding month. This was the foundation of a series of tables preserved in several of the Maya “Books of Chilan Balam,” bearing the title Buk Xoc, or General Computation, specimens of which have been given by Pid Perez. * Fn muchos pueblos de las provincias de este obispado tienen pintados en sus repor- torios o kalendarios siete negritos para hacer divinaciones y pronosticos correspondi- entes 4 los siete dias de la semana, comenzandola por el Viernes 4 contar,’’ Nufiez de la Vega, Conatituciones Diocesanas del Obispado de Chiappa, Lib. i, p. 9. + Orozco y Berra, Historia Antigua de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. 160. +‘ Algunos meses duran veinte dias, y otros siete ; que ni los acabaremos de entender, ni ellos se entienden, aunque tienen sus maestros en esta facultad,’’ Thomas Coto, Vo- cabulario de la Lengua Cakchiquel, MS., 1651. 2" K’api kih; Siete dias que suelen caer en la quaresma, en los quales dicen los indios que se recogen todos los animales, montes, ete.’’ Varea, Vocabulario Cakchiquel, MS. [ Annals of the Cakchiquele, passim, € In his Essay on the Maya Calendar, printed in the Registro Yucateco and in Brasseur’s edition of Diego de Landa’s Relacion, se +S 1893.] 269 . [Brinton. Dr. Forstemann brings evidence to show that the Mayas at one time arranged the days of the solar year in 4 groups of 7 weeks each, each week being the native one of 13 days (4 X 13 x 1 = 364), and that each of these groups of 7 was assigned to a particular cardinal point.* _ §6. Tue Vacur Sonar Year. Whatever might have been its origin or earlier uses, this period of 260 days was no longer at the time of the Conquest the received civil time measure, but was confined to divinatory, astrological and sacred purposes. It served to fix the festivals and fasts of religion, and to foretell the fate of individuals and nations. No doubt these nations, like the northern hunting tribes, had in early times a rude and inaccurate method of noting the solar year, either by seasons, or lunations, or by the regular recur- rence of natural phenomena. An effort was made to adjust to this the computation by vigesimal day periods, 18 of which gave 360 days. This still required 5 days every year and 1 more every 4 years to render the count accurate. The 5 days were noted, and annually allowed for as “ useless,” or uncounted days ; but the 1 every 4 years, which we intercalate in our leap year, was probably not recognized in most tribes, and several careful authors think not anywhere. The assertions in reference to this by early authorities are obscure and unsatisfactory. In spite of the fact that these 20-day periods in no wise cor- responded to the lunar months nor were derived from them, they seem to have been very generally called by terms connected with the word for moon, which indicates that at some time they superseded a more ancient system of reckoning the solar year by a series of lunations. This will be seen from the following examples : The Cakchiquels, according to Varea, had two expressions for “month,’’ the one, ig, evidently allied to ig, moon; the other, atit, the literal meaning of which is “old woman” (muger * Globus, No. 2, 1892. The Nahuatl legend of the ‘‘Seven Caves, Chicomoztoc,’’ whence issued their ancestors, and the repeated use of the number seven in the Popol Vuh, are other indications of the general sacredness of this number among the tribes under dis- eussion. I have already quoted Mr. Cushing in reference to its meaning in the mythical rites of the Zuiis. Brinton.] 270 | Oct. 6, vieja). The Mayas spoke of the 20-day period as u, the moon or lunar month. The Tzentals employed the corresponding term 7, moon or month, and for year the word avil from the same root as the Maya haab. There was no uniformity in the date of beginning the solar year. The Mayas were said to have begun it on July 16, the Cakchiquels on January 31, and as for the Quichés, three author- ities before me, Ximenes, Gavarrete and a native Calendar, assign respectively February 27, December 24 and February 7. The same uncertainty prevailed everywhere. § 7. Meruops or DIVINATION BY THE CALENDAR. A study of the methods of divination by the Calendar as em- ployed by these nations would be by no means profitless. To them, this use of it was far more important than as a time count. Man’s fears and hopes, all the emotions which prompt his actions, look to the future rather than to the past; and for that reason prophets, when accredited, have ever enjoyed greater popular consideration than historians. We may be reasonably sure that the key to the few ancient Calendars which have been preserved to us, and also to the strange inscriptions on the ruined buildings of Central America, is to be found in astrology rather than in chronology. The only early writer who enters into this with any degree of fullness is Father Sahagun, who devotes the fourth book of his “ History of New Spain” to the judicial astrology of the ancient Mexicans.* Writing a hundred and fifty years later, Bishop Nujiez de la Vega, of the Diocese of Chiapas, states explicitly that the general principles then in use for soothsaying from the Calendar in that district were the same as those practiced in Mexico from the remotest known period; + and that they have * The information on this subject supplied by Father Duran in his Historia de las In- dias de Nueva Espafia, Tom. li, App. Cap. ii, is, according to his own statements, of doubt- ful correctness, +‘ En cada successo escogian un Dios; y llegé cada uno a tener su nagual, y aun mu- chos, uno solo de astros, elementos, aves, pezes, y brutos animales, y algunos tan viles, y asquerosos, como hormigas, ratones, lechuzas y murcielagos, Este error fué passando y ar- raigandose tanto en los subsequentes Nagualistas, que hasta oi en dia se ha practicado por Reportorios y Kalendarios del primitivo gentilismo, que en la substancia y modo de pro- nosticar por el numero de 20 y de 18, concuerdan los mas modernos con los mas antiguos, que se practicayan en Mexico; y solo en los nombres significado por los 20 caracteres en cada provincia son diversos, 6 por ser differente los idiomas, 6 por no ser unos mismos los que poblaron.”’ Nufiez de la Vega, Constituciones Diocesanas, Lib. li, p. 184 (Roma, 1702). 1893.] 271 (Brinton. not materially differed down to the present day, is proved by a native Quiché Calendar of 1854, which I have in my possession. The decisions of the native astrologers as to which days are auspicious or the reverse did not seem to depend on any theories transmitted from nation to nation; although in the Calendars of a given nation there was a prevailing consensus of opinion among them. Thus, Sahagun remarks of the Mexican reperto- ries, “In general, in all the signs, the tenth and thirteenth days are good,” while “the eighth and ninth days are usually bad.” * It is consistent with this that we find the 9th days of all the signs chosen by malicious witches and sorcerers as those on which they would be most active in their evil designs.+ The same number, 9, appears to have had some special meaning for the Quiché diviners, as in each of their months they had 9 good and 9 bad days, the remaining 2 being indifferent. { The Aztecs had 6 good days, 7 indifferent and 7 bad. § The painted paper or skin on which the Calendar was repre- sented by its symbols was taken as a ground on which lots were cast, and as they fell on one or other of the signs, they beto- kened a fortunate or unfavorable outcome of an undertaking. || But it was especially to foretell the fate of a new-born child and to select his guardian spirit or nagual, that the Calendar was chiefly called in by the priesthood. One name of a child was that of the day of its birth, both the number and the day name being expressed. This gives us those curious personal appellations often recurring in the early Spanish historians, such as Seven Winds, Five Serpents, and the like. Wherever they occur, we may be sure the nation made use of this Calendar. § 8. CALENDAR FEsTIVALS OF THE MODERN QuIcHEs. The natives of Guatemala of aboriginal blood continue to reckon by this ancient Calendar, and regulate by it certain recur- rent festivals and rites which have little to do with the Christi- * Sahagun, Historia de Nueva Espaiia, Lib. iv, Cap. ii, 16. + Orozeo y Berra, Historia Antigua de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. 24. t See Scherzer, Die Indianer Santa Catalina Istlavacan, p. 15. 2 Diego Duran, Historia de las Indias, Tom. ii, p. 259, who names them. | Duran, ubi supra, p. 259. 4 Father Juan de Cordova, who is our only authority for the Zapotec Calendar, ex- plains at length its employment in divination, Arte de la Lengua Zapotleca, p. 201, seq. I do not extend my remarks on this subject, as I shall examine it fully in an article on “* Nagualism,’’ as. it prevailed before and after the Conquest among these peoples. Brinton.] 272 [Oct. 6, anity to which they are ostensibly adherents. A writer of that country has furnished a description of these, and as the publica- tion in which his article appeared is exidbinbly rare,* and the facts pertinent, I shall quote some of them. When a day name coincides with the number 8, the day is considered sacred and a rite is celebrated either of the first, second or third order of solemnity, according to its object, for instance : The day 8 Camey is that on which the souls of the departed are prayed for, and the sorcerers implored to keep evil-minded souls from injuring the living. The day 8 Kanel was that on which in ancient shines they sac- rificed to the divinities of the field and of agriculture., At pres- ent, Saint Anthony occupies the place of the dethroned old gods, and to him they offer the first fruits and dance to the sound of the marimba. On the day 8 Batz, which by their count falls in the last month of their year,} there is a sort of general summary of all the fes- tivals of the year, when there is much dancing, much copal burned as incense, much discharge of rockets, the whole closing with a general intoxication of the participants on aguardiente. The day 8 Ze is that devoted to the adjuration of a particular monkey, who is supposed to be seated on one of the hill-tops, and is therefore called “The God of the Hill” (Dios del Cerro). The native priests require numerous offerings from the faithful to placate him, which naturally find their way into their own stores. The day 8 Ah-mak, like Camey, is set apart to commemorate the dead. The native priests go forth in the evening and call upon them with loud voices, while the mourners tell the spirits thus summoned whatever family news or other incidents they think will interest them. On the day 8 Noh is celebrated a festival dedicated to the house and the family. They call upon the names of their de- ceased ancestors and place upon the altar which is invariably set up a cup of water in which a piece of money is dropped, which piece will be handed the cura of the parish the next day *H. Spina in Boletin de la Sociedad Economica de Guatemala, Dec. , 1870. + The Calendar to which this refers evidently, like that of the Cakchiquels, drops 3 ot the 260 days; otherwise, 8 Batz would not always fall in the last month, 1893.] 273 [Brinton. to pay for masses for the dead.* 820¢.)- ek Srey || 2315; BOVEIG D- CRUANON sos) ae a. earrishurg, Pas. 00S 6 GS a) eens . 16 May 19, 1893. Ho; oae Cnarios FeAl sys 5 5-8 2-8. + 2 NOW York, Ni Yoo a ce 2's ae a IE hina eae gus, ‘a: a NOW XOPK, Nw VY s:s. aoc «isc etetoneieue mel Pith eeei SWIM Ce ag 4 aes sc « PRUGACIPNIB, . ss ¢-0.'ece ss adens ache 2217. Edward Vincent d’Invilliers . . . Philadelphia. ...........ee-. 231 2218. Waterman L. Hewitt. ......Ithaca,N.Y.../3..... ong eiee 281 2219. Justin Winsor. ... dh cal ee RMDridge; Mame 66555) Hstiel atid ee ee 2220. William Hyde Appleton BUST rans Swarthmore, Pa jis. .e asia ve ee 231 2221. James E. Rhoads........ «Bryn: Mawr, Pao sacs se $° ole ee October 20, 1898. No, 2222. Samuel A.Green ........ . Boston, Mass...... oo 9), 0. oe ele a Bas: Jorn G: Morrigs se? ee es Baltimore; Ma's ots es . |: Bobert:Cornelius.) o s..c.\e> se. 4 aan 242 When My Marestord io. sce eee 2 = Bf William H. CO, Bartlett): 6s ses 242 Isaac C. Martindale. ........ « 9); Rdward Hoppers) 3:. s ace ce eee 246 aR ROO G GAS ay % co 40. yal 1} | John: M. Matsohesis s,s Ae ee 246 CV SGhOrNemmer sos... he 128 | Furman Sheppard. ...... ath alta eae Hippolyte Taine... 2... 2.20. 182 | Conrad Leemans........... . 349 William B. Rogers. ........ ..132 | KarlChev. Rousseau d’Happoncourt . 352 TORAC' BULK. Be ce ke es 2 186 | Hermann August Hagen, «5... . + 882 Esquiron de Parieu ........ . 188 | Thomas M. Cleemann......... 355 TROUGH PH LUGIGT: 6.6. 4 vie es 3 6s 188 ‘| Joseph D. Potts.52 5h es sees Anthony J:Drexel. s 5 61 es ete DAL. dS: Sobre Parra oe ats oh a a ae ce 57 368 Obituary Notices. Page. Obituary Notice ordered—Isaac C. Martindale by Joseph T. Rothrock. ...... . 8 PA. Genth-by-G. FP. Barker: (4454. unm, S68 Rw cae 11 Thomas H. Dudley by William John Potts . peers °c Auta bi) John M. Maisch by Charles S. Dolley... .....4/.. . 246 Furman Sheppard by Mr. McKean. .......... 349, 353 Thomas M. Cleemann by Mr. Frederick Prime. . .... . 355 Jdeeph. Do POtGy «ai. awk et Sfelig 75 %k suederai ate er 857 Obituary Notices read—William B. Rogers by Dr. Ruschenberger. . . ... . . . 251, 254 Joseph Zentmayer by Dr. Charles A. Oliver. . .... . . 857, 358 Resignations of Members. Bobert FB. Thompson. 6) oe Ass sea) ie! aiisdnns a, eV wliel bere) o wie eel laa wie eNom mame De ATION iy. scare c aten eae hie cae had etek aa oe Oe te, ee ere Acceptance of Membership. Samuel G. Dixon, Philadelphia... . Justin Winsor, Cambridge, Mass. . . . 283 James Macfarlane, Lansdowne, Pa . . Waterman L. Hewitt, Ithaca, N. Y . . 233 James Ellis Humphrey, Amherst, Mass 1 James E. Rhoads, Bryn Mawr, Pa. . . 233 George Lincoln Goodale, Cambridge, William Hyde Appleton, Swarthmore, Mass . 2 aiettenete — oro PS oS NS: Oe eas aecetin tind edad Ras iee 233 Charles Schiiffer, Philadelphia. - » » .128 | Charles P. Daly, New York. ..... . 247 Robert E. Pattison, Harrisburg, Pa. . . 130 Samuel A. Green, Boston, Mass . . . . 348 Isaac H. Hall, New York. ...... . 238 John G. Morris, Baltimore, Md .. . . 848 Isaac J. Wistar, Philadelphia . .. . . 233 T. M. Hoppin, New Haven, Conn. . . 348 Edward Vincent d’Invilliers, Philadel- BIA Sh Soe 5600) eo es, 0) a oe ab 1 x Written Communications. Bacue, R. MEADE. The Conservation of Osmazome in Roasting ....... 2.2642... + 818, 353 Baur, G. Notes on the Classification and Taxonomy of the Testudinata ..... . . 210, 227 Boas, FRANZ. Vocabulary of the Kwakiutl Language ........+see+eeees0e088 94 Brinton, D. G. The Central American Native Calendar. ..... 0.2 +s0e+ see 6 « 201, 258 A Vocabulary of the Nanticoke Dialect ..14.....50600000 8000 0 9 920 Corr, BE. D. On the Genus Tomilopelae: % o's. oie 3! he ae 6 6 bene 8s ew eke eee eee A New Genus Tomiopals . 600005 ee tie ee é pare 6 oc do a's Wr leaeedeee aan Batrachia and Reptilia of Costa Rica... 6.60 ee ee eee ee ee eee BOB Second Addition to the Knowledge of the Batrachia and Reptilia of Costa il Oe teh ctr fortes ary Lae ia a ee er hee a erties Cours, Ex.aiorr. A Description of the MSS, Journals and Field Notebooks of Lewis and Clark. 9, 17 SS ee lle 369 DoLiEy, CHARLES §. Page. On the Thyrsus of Dionysos, and the Palm Inflorescence of the Winged Figures of Assyrian Monuments ........ a a eieielie ove lets ad. oti CEA eee ha es A Ow Dwicut, THOMAS. : Observations on the Psoas Parvus and Pyramidalis. A Study of Variation. 117, 132 Gentry, THomas G. The Fungi of Philadelphia and Its Neighborhood... ... he dy Eee 136, 251 HuBBARD, JESSE W. The Yolk Nucleus in Cymatogaster aggregatus......... pple tee'g, ieee ee Lyman, B. 8. The Great Mesozoic Fault in New Jersey... ......220% - « « 246, 247, 314 PacKARD, A. §S. - The Life History of Certain Moths of the Family Cochliopodide, with Notes on their Spines and Tubercles......... ev ahi atni baitptberiat hel eae 11, 83, 182, 139 Puiturres, Francis C. Researches upon the Chemical Properties of Gases .........- os ++ - 182 Ritter, W. F. McK. On a New Method of Determining the General Perturbations of the Minor Oe ee aI eae ke - « 124, 132 RypeEr, Joun A. Energy as a Factor in Organic Evolution. ..........2+2e+085 186, 192 On the Mechanical Genesis of the Fowl’s Egg. ..... 1.2.2 ee se eee 188, 203 Scorr, W. B. On the Mammalian Fauna from the Deep River Beds of Montana ...... . 251 A Tabulation Movement of Civilized Society Westward in the Natural Order of NA isla a's hae Ae aes pieatla Ae ark ial x eee SS ea si '*. ac ee COR Oee Oral Communications. Biopegrt, Mr. : Maps showing the resources of the State ot Pennsylvania for the Chicago Wo ey Ba) ai ee : SS ura egone ae ate a) alse wig ac ee Brinton, D. G. On the meaning of the Mexican Calendar. . .. 2.2. ..0 22 e220 eee ee oe Ddl Nanticoke Indian Vocabulary (requested to prepare same for publication). . . 350 Corn, E. D. On the fauna of the Eurystylus and Equus beds of the Staked Plains. ..... 11 PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2U. PRINTED JAN. 15, 1894, 370 Corrk, E. D. Page. \ In regard to some stone implements occurring in Maryland, on the Potomac. . 229 On Spermatodus pustalosus: 2 io). aie Wane ys Se aes aes . . 309 The results of late explorations by Mr. Honty GC, Meroe asa te:'a 5:6: eed a eee Havpt, L. M. On the Atlantic Coast Ship Canal. . 2... 2 eee ee ee eww ws « BAD, 358, 854 PRIME, Mr. On the present revolution taking place in iron making in the United States. . . 138 On the classification of-ore deposits, and proposition Of a new system... . . . 254 Ryper, Joun A. The adaptive forms and the vortex motion of the substance of the red corpus- cles of vertebrates S SEE tae etl h iil eatates ue Si tattig Sat ctte oe, wheat: celta eles eee Miscellaneous. Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, letter from in relation to the Keating- Polnpeté Collections 260525 24.5. ak cenit oh wh eas Siig chiral@: 16 10m Gee Académie de Belgique, Bruxelles, circular requesting subscription ‘to the works of Ween-Gorvais ied so. overs icck a ack focem pile eilsp chee taste Ma) otetle te 128 American Historical Association, Washington, D. C., communication from Eee ie site 234 Anthropological Society, Washington, D. C., edreular relative to citizenship, prizes to Wiawadled ? eee 2 sara aS cr eT ee tee we wo wo 288 Atlantic coast ship canal, referred to Committee. ..... Pa er ene EPs i ie eo v6 BMD Reported on by Committee . 2... 0.8 06 cece oe wwe oe ih oak Rocka ete oe + . 803, 354 Memorial to Congrons On! oo.) 66 a tee a aes 88 6 oe eu eee hice ek ekg an American Folk Lore Society, circular announcing its annual meeting ........ 2 Appropriations for ensuing year deferred .......4.. eee Shia Ck oe ee Bressa Prize, announcement of, by R. Academy of Sciences, Turin, Italy . es at Committees : Standing Committees ... 0.5. 0. 8s sess ar erarer ee er rere oe ie are On Michaux LAgaCy 6x. Hie ace ee . ‘ phe Bi. 8 On Finance, William P, Tatham appointed in place ‘of W. B. Rogers, deceased os On Publication, reported. ........-++6. iedrceiipeiitixti cy: To Examine and Report upon a Paper by Francis C. ‘Phillips La eae Te ke aiact 182, 136 To Examine Catalogue of Martindale Library, and to purchase any books con- tained therein, important to the Society. .... eee eee eee eee . 229 To Examine and Report on W. B, Scott’s Paper. ........- 5 - 951, 253 On Phillips Prize Essay, C. Stuart Patterson appointed a member of the Com: mittee 853 To Prepare a General Index of all Transactions. . . 1... 1 ee ee ee ee 2 BOD Codperative Index of Transactions. . ...eeseeveceve 0 0s 0 Ohi, 201, 252 Congres Internationale de Zoologie, circular relative to prizes to be awarded. . . . . 283 Curators; communication from. 65 oii oie elie! oli HST RG oie le le ere eke ulets slaae Report. Gc bite ee ee ée cai Js eo bw: 8) weg ee aye tae 8 ORS ee ee Columbia College, New York, ciroular from, concerning the Loubat Prize. ...... 14 Coues, Dr, Elliott, request for further extension of time to retain the Lewis and Clark Letter thanking the Society for itsloan of same. ......2s-eseeees08 6 Council, Blection, annual’: oo ss os) eel oe Oe sie ce eh eve: are! eral seule tet pe tte Minutes of, submitted... ... c's 0 0 oe oe ote oe 8 be 5 0 ow 0 LO) LOG) 220) B08 Endorses Atlantic coastship canal... ... 202 ee ee ee te 8 0 8 8 © + OOO, B04 Cramp, Mr, C. H., presented tothe chair, ......c.esncces eves vee s 00 ound 371 Page. Dercum, Dr. Francis X., presented to the chair . Gust fp ake te hac te 5. onivia Sua Erratum, page 132, line 12 from top, should read, “ President: was l catnoeend to ap- point a suitable person to prepare the usual obftuary”’ Number.commencing the list of newly elected members should be 2214 instead ee ere ul gale.) s,'e..6 p-i< ee. «a: 8 TAS OE ere Forestry Commission, resolution requesting Senate and ‘House of Representatives to vote in favor of the bill . PE ee OR Bia eg pe ee ery 16 Friesch Genootschap voor Gescheed Oudheia en Taalkunde, Leeuwarden, Friesland, letter announcing the death of three of its members... ......++-++4+s 251 RN NN REE TINO gig ay hg, 9s ale 0:0, .0! 2 pe MARA ALAS, Soe oe - 14 Goodwin, Mr. Harold, presented to the chair. .... 4 eh table ese eran ae catcig ee ASRS | Hodgkins’ Prizes, circular relating to ..... Sw piltigy cain alee MAME CoM i ne 187 Keating-Poinsett Collection, letter from the Ourators of ‘Academy of Natural Sciences PES Se 8 os 2 2 Se oe ne PPC Le me ee Letter from Department of Archeology of the University: of Pounsylrania re- EI UTE LI FOUL oi ig) ci aris iaiis spf o..4 5. *, ater Reena igs 13 Kokcharow, Hon. Nicholas, death of . Ghee ay aie; ith’ 6, asa ik. pale way ania ae 14 Liberty Bell, phototype of, presented by Vr. F. Gutekunst ..... ole. axa eaterenns te eee TAMUATINN DOMIORIOG en gel atelelsl eG 418) 8 0'p-s) 0-0 0.0 0 0 6 PRT ee RE Reélected ... A ’ PUREE ATM be Do 6 470 6+, SP Loubat Prize, degnlations Srvelelepae gs 2 ERS, 8 Sa POOR a a a Macfarlane, Dr., presented to the chair. oy a ae ee o: eye eee BAe ae Motions ; To introduce electric lighting into the building. ....... yao ath eer sree bee Mr. Fraley, in reference to the Haldeman Indian Collection .......... .227 Dr. Morris, Curators to dispose of objects of no value. ..........-..4468 227 Dr. Morris, Nominations 1271-1274 referred to Council. ..........+6. - 355 Mr. Prime, memorial to Congress considered ..........-. é. ‘aviaiee ane Mr. Smyth, Nanticoke Indian Vocabulary $6 be prepared for publication, Sis has ee Mr. Williams, Codperative Index of Tramsactions...........-. 247, 251, 252 SrREIOOMD TU ARIE WP ANS Neri lgc dlp seb vo# 5 .0-\¢ Lo! le. 6:9. 5e.@).b ie) «i eity . 350 Naturhistorische Verein der Preussischen Rheinlande, ete., Bons, Prussia, invitation to celebration of its fiftieth anniversary. . ....... sseeeseves 247 Niederrheinische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Hellkunde, Liane: Prussia, invitation to celebration of itsseventy-fifth anniversary .......-++...+.6-. » 247 New Exchanges ordered ........ Pea aiid aie cod 6 tralg ie Ree “L, 180, 348 New Haven Colony Historical Society, invitation to dedication of new building. . . 233 New York State Library, Albany, letter from, asking the Society to exhibit its publica- tions at the Columbian Celebration. ........... eel eaeiea 5 Nominations read . . . . .4, 9, 11, 16, 180, 182, 136, 188, 227, 229, 217, 251, 254, 354, 855, 357 Balloted for—Nos. 1235, 1250, 1251, 1252, 1253, 1254, 1255, 1256, 1257, 1258, 1259. . 16, 229 ROU, FeO, SAGE, Lee, Us 1 SOK: |e 6 os 00s 6 ai.0 eile eeae us eee Nos. 1249, 1265, 1266, 1267 . 1s Wied hs hey See he ke a . « OO7 POpmenmiats Fn a) BOD DG, OBC Of, og 5.5 oe 5 0 si’ © ose sae) oe. ee be eee ee Photographs received : Dry. Apoentwane Prof. ¥. A: Genth, Jr. ..0..6 0... ce 8 piialyh aie nal scissor 136 ee ees aK ge gly hig) Gok) B <. la. a ein, gam ceed ra trays 241 US SA eer ke Torey mae or. ood 241 oie ME ERM hs tn ete aba nee (ecole le a 06) angare Da ae weer aie 24h Pie eh EREOROT I x54! 3.04, a. ¥ ig! sioe cot algae ste hinn hlctpll enh eak a eer ee ee pO Re ae ar kc ba eae 251 Ui eI OIA ela dw ac. elacce Bw) ezedarn PPMP SPA er gre CONS AN SSE a ee ee ree wy yea. eee a deeeal ae neeaae 352 LED 2 200 Se a a etinh ue Mier are teeean PE Rey 9 ie ree A INNO oi 8s ls te a Swnels SP Kiel hint oie aatliemcarionee «ee BOe Mr. Joseph Zentmayer., . . 2°... 6. ee ee aia lat bn eirechared whist are 2 + 2 302 Photographs received : Page. Prof, Ke Opie Renae: ea snk ecco is anh ne: SN a. co te ee el ace ae a Dr. Ruschenberger. ..... 6g. Sateen tier ais ae Se a heh om Gece pind oY CR 1 eee ah eS Dr Wieser e a” 6.056 a a= NGL Gi ee el las th ca Op naar iy al a Portrait of John Vaughan exhibited and Geposited . SA Se Ye een 4 Portrait received, Matthew Carey, and thanks tetnéned tt Mr. Aridi Baird for seine 227 Prime, Mr. Frederick, on a new gold field in W. Australia... ......... syn 6" FOCI Reports : Curators’, relative to the requested loan of objects for the World’s Fair Co- lumbian Exposition. .......-. ORS ee ce tel eal ete) taneaaenl 13122 Curators upon the collections of the Society. ....... RES Chae eke Nef Of Treasurer presented. ....... wiler lene sa hies CaN tei) Fon Lect sivas at neem ea . 855 Of Publication Committee. .. 2... Pres gay Moles te oie a Saal diwe tas tame at pias 855 Resolutions : Dr. Cope, exhibition of mental or physical deformities ......... . « «186, 137 Mr. Du Bois, in reference to loan of articles for the Chicago ee ants: Pye Ue rae © Dr. J. C. Morris, Atlantic coast ship canal. . gcd’ Oreo Eik jn Bate Dr. Rothrock, in reference to Forestry Commission SS i> sip. Nw Ne Uectea ide hier Foialits 16 Rhoads, Dr. James E., presented tothe chair ...........0..- pa aired Se 252 Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin, Italy, circular announcing its offer of the ninth Breass Priester cc hits re ee syed nee aa hea igs hie edgier par) cece Mie eal ean 5 Sesqui-Centennial Celebration, Prof. Cope requested information about the pro- ODT OE esau x0 "fo, vara Nain. Vos Pa BURA bse ae Fe ah 227 Schiffer, Dr. Charles, presented to the chair. .. 1... 150 0 5 wn we ew wee te 356 Society’s Collections, question of withdrawing the Society’s Collection on deposit in Other institutions 07 Sse 2 Oe a Ree ie Pati EG CORRES papa 182, 183 Tomionails, Dr. GOpe OR 35 3is. ay Sis ccs. 5-8 -c- Som te Romina crs Paete! nearer a bine ot aite ee Tenn 350 University of Missouri, request for certain aeisnteal of the Proceedings. ....... 242 U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C., letter Pinar moatittag numbers of Proceedings and Tramsactions. ............ a vs . 238 Volumes and dates of Proceedings and Transactions .............2-+.22. 865 Wadsworth Atheneum, Hartford, invitation to attend the opening of the new Li- praries aid Att Gallonies sic sis See ie es Sona selene donk ab ek ome 1 Wistar, Mrs. Mifflin, presented to the Society a collection of letters to Dr. Caspar Wis- CBE hs Siete RSENS eet ere Spar Senatorial ie arin wc rer yrKeis yest Thanks tendered: to, for SAMO spice eee a eae ke Ae pave ete wipe el ete enee World’s Columbian Exposition, Curators report relative to requested loan of objects GOPENO oe ool oN, spelen tec ele a vat R RONAN) TR eee an teitae Sty aa RE 11, 12 Circular from Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C., in regard to the Educa- BTL IIB aie aint al owiehe We aw han 88a Cette Nekieia teas iw a arencal ips 14 Mr. Blodget’s maps showing the resources of Pennsylvania for the . fips ne hee eee Wyoming Historical and Geological Society, Wilkesbarre, Pa., invitation to opening of ite NOW DOUG, b= decks: Saal ot aes We ie Raa ee ee . 851 LIST OF SURVIVING MEMBERS OF THE AMERIGAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Corrected to January 5, 1894, BY BEPNRY PHILLIPS, JR., A Secretary of the Society. als. yet me. ea , ar 74 fy ————. ee eS List of surviving Members of the American Philosophical Society, held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge. The addresses here given so far as known are at the present time. Cor- rections of this list are respectfully solicited. A name printed in étalics indicates that the Society is uncertain as to ’ whether such member is still living and desires information on the subject. The Society will be happy to receive photographs (cabinet size preferred ) of such of its members as have not already sent. A. Name. Date of Election. Present Address. 1687, ABBE, CLEVELAND........ July 2i, 1871, Army Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C. 2170. ABBOTT, CHARLES C...... - Dec. 20,1889, Bristol, Pa. 1463. ABBoT, HENRY L.. . +++. April 18, 1862, New York city, N. Y. 1809. Ackerman, RICHARD...... July 21, 1876, Stockholm, Sweden. 1713. ACLAND, HENRY W......... Jan’y 17, 1873, Oxford, England, 2128, ADAM, LUCIEN. ....... - . Dee. 17, 1886, Rennes, France. 2081. ADAMs, H. B. ... -«.«.+s May) 21, 1886, Baltimore, Md. 1381. Adamson, Rev. John C. ... . - July 13, 1856, : 1779. AGASSIZ, ALEXANDER... . . . April 16, 1875, Cambridge, Mass, 1612. AGassiz, ELIZABETH. ...... Oct. 15, 1869, LL pb 200 RUBRMGMT, PAUL, «9.08.6 6 5-0 May 21, 1886, Hamburg, Germany. 1860. ALISON, ROBERTH....... - May — 8, 1878, Ardmore, Pa. 1869, ALLEN, JOEL ASAPH. ...... Sept. 20, 1878, New York, N. Y. 1927. AMES, CHARLESG......... Jan’y 21, 1881, Boston, Mass, 2064. ANDERSON, GEORGE B....... Feb’y 19, 1886, West Point, N. Y. 1655. ANDERSON, GEORGE W. ..... Oct. 15, 1869, Rosemont, Pa. 2164. ANGELL, JAMESB......... Oct. 18, 1889, Ann Arbor, Mich. 1122. Angelia, Pedro dé. ...... . Jan’y 17, 1840, Buenos Ayres, S. A. 2224. APPLETON, WILLIAM IlYDE.... May 19, 1893, Swathmore, Pa, 2102, ARGYLL, DUKE OF......... May 21, 1886, London, England. 1761. ARMSTRONG, WM. GEORGE ... July 17, 1874, Newcastle-on-Tyne, England, 1996. ASHHURST, JOHN... ....... Jan’y 18, 1884, Philadelphia. “oc 2012. ASHHURST, RICHARDL. ..... April 18, 1884, a. : Fie Sia Mite PEE BRT Ea Rats ~t Q American Philosophical 11 Society, Philadelphia P5 Proceedings Ve31L - Physical & - Applied Sate Seale 2 PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY : . Was nyeae es! ee . ard ay Marketers ar fis oe J ; . st eae 9152 =] nee ll 6; a ; dee ; sedated ST ied Dold ry sa yee earth Te Srualattees UE at ae ted ar: Patol . ' oad : ’ ayoehee - ease = Pte Pat : a eee eae ie ; peor aie . - ar areas args de" wave a - 2 es ee etal . . : rake reteset OS : Ete ! a PRP mee de mn " r ' aia eye oo A ouete | Aeralahes des Tie hae “1 ‘ : ‘ ‘ '